Songs Divine (Poetic Translation of Srimad Bhagavad Gita in English) by Pundit Ranjan Dash

Songs Divine
From the Author’s Diary……………. (A Translation of Srimad Bhagavadgita in English Poetic Form)
I bow before his Highness to have his
blessings for I could be able to translate
“Srimad Bhagavadgita” in English Poetic
Forms in this Book titled “Songs Divine”.
Herein each and every Sanskrit Verse has
been explained in two parts. The first part
is it’s Transliteration (Anway) describing
the exact word to word meaning of the
Verses in prose order, arranged in such a
manner that by reading the words
Consecutively within the bracket,
a meaningful sentence is realized.
The second part is its Translation (Anuvaad),
which conveys Lord’s philosophy in a
simple poetic form, easy to understand
even by the beginners to English language.
The second line of these tiny poems has
a rhymic effect with the last
line of the stanza making the spiritual value
melodious and more meaningful.
It would be my great gratification if the book
is accepted and appreciated widely.
Yours affectionately,
Pundit Ranjan Dash
Pundit Ranjan Dash
PREFACE
Srimad Bhagavadgita is the essence of the very basis of the way of life called Hinduism. I
use the word way of life rather than religion describing Hinduism, as there is no single
ritual, system of belief, colour, creed or caste that is representative of Hinduism. Extending
this logic a bit further, that's why Srimad Bhagavadgita is not unique to Hindus and
Hinduism, but its relevance cuts across religions and nationalities. In fact, its a divine guide
for the mankind to understand Dharma, Karma and Moksha in its proper perspective and
the scripture is, therefore, an essence of what the human life is all about!
Many of us treat Mahabharata and Gita as one and the same! Mahabharata is an epic on
the life and times of Kuru clan by Maharishi Vyasa with special reference to Pandavas (sons
of Panduraj) and Kauravas (sons of Dhritrashtra) running in more than 1,00,000 shlokas.
Srimad Bhagavadgita is a part of Mahabharata consisting of 700 verses. It is a compendium
of dialogue from the holy battlefield of Kurukshetra between the supreme personality of
the Godhead Lord Krishna to his favourite and intimate disciple Arjuna. In the battle, Lord
Krishna representing the virtue of righteousness is charioteer to great warrior Arjuna in
this battle of dharma (Pandavas) and adharma (Kauravas). When Arjuna gets caught in a
web of emotion to use arms against his relatives, Acharayas and other respected elders
(incidentally all on the side of Kauravas), Lord Krishna exhorts him to forget everything
and follow the path of Dharma, which was to obliterate adharma!
The entire Bhagavadgita is in the form of commentary by Sanjaya (Minister of King

Dhritrashtra) narrating the entire episode from battlefield to his blind king Dhritarastra. In
fact, even blindness of Dhritrashtra is also seen by some as symbolic of his inability to see
adharma caused by his beloved son Duryodhana!
So much work has happened on this sacred scripture that one may wonder the need for
another translation (or transliteration as has been attempted in this work!). I deeply
appreciate the lifetime of effort put in by my dear colleague Pandit Ranjan Kumar Dash in
understanding the essence of Srimad Bhagavadgita and then attempting to translate this
great epic in Sanskrit first in his mother language of Oriya and now in universal language
called English for understanding of the wider audience. In both of his books Pt. Dash has
attempted his translation in simple poetic form besides explaining the Anwaya in prose
order. His work should not be compared to works by other scholars, but seen as work of
passion by a commoner driven by zeal to share the learning of this great epic with other
commoners like you and me.
To introduce myself, I am again a very common man getting this great privilege solely by
the virtue of my acquaintance with Pt. Dash. I have known him for sometime and given
encouragement to pursue his passion and he, in turn, gave me this great honour of writing
foreword of his epic work, an honour usually reserved for people of great eminence! I feel
truly blessed by this and fervently hope that this great effort by Pt. Dash will be received
with great enthusiasm and fervour by people like you and me - common man as we are
called in general parlance!
Would like to end this with the essence of Krishnalogy as summarised by Prabhupada, the
great exponent of Srimad Bhagvadgita and founder of International Society for Krishna
Consciouness (ISKCON), which is :
" Hare Rama Hare Rama Rama Rama Hare Hare

Hare Krishna Hare Krishna Krishna Krishna Hare Hare"
Jai Shri Krishna
ARVIND ARYA
MUMBAI
SONGS DIVINE
(An English Translation of Srimad Bhagavad Gita in poetic form)
अथ थमोऽ यायः- अजु

न वषादयोग
FIRST CHAPTER
(THE DOCTRINE OF ARJUN’S DEPRESSION)
Verse No 1
धृ
तरा उवाच
धम ेे कु ेे समवे
ता यु
यु
सवः ।
मामकाः पा डवा ै
व कमकुवत सं
जय ॥
Transliteration
dhṛtarāṣṭra uvāca
dharmakṣetre kurukṣetre samavetā yuyutsavaḥ
māmakāḥ pāṇḍavāścaiva kimakurvata sañjaya
Synonyms in prose order

dhṛtarāṣṭra uvāca (King Dhritarastra told), sañjaya (O Sanjay!), dharma-kṣetre (in this
religious field of) kuru-kṣetre (Kurukshetra) kim-akurvata (what did) samavetā
yuyutsavaḥ (the assembled warriors) māmakāḥ (of my side) ca-iva (and also of)
pāṇḍavāḥ (Paandav brothers). ||1||
Translation
In the religious field of sacred Kuruksetra
Amongst the warrior heroes, assembled
What did my sons and the Paandavas do
Addressing Sanjay King Dhritrastra asked ||1||
Verse No 2
संजय उवाच
वा तु
पा डवानीकं ढ ूंय धन तदा ।
आचायमु
पसंग य राजा वचनम वीत्
॥2॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
dṛṣṭvā tu pāṇḍavānīkaṁ vyūḍhaṁ duryodhanastadā
ācāryamupasaṅgamya rājā vacanamabravīt

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjay told), dṛṣṭvā tu (by seeing) pāṇḍava-anīkaṁ vyūḍhaṁ (the
phalanx of the Paandava soldiers) rājā duryodhana (the king Duryodhan) vacanam-
abravīt (told the words) ācāryaṁ (to the teacher Dronaacaarya) upasaṅgamya (by
coming close to him). ||2||
Translation
Beholding the military phalanx, replied Sanjay
The array of armies of the Pandavas’ platoon
Approaching Acharya, the trainer of warriors
Described Duryodhan, the Kauravas’ crown ||2||
Verse No 3
प यै
तां
पा डु
पुाणामाचाय महत चमू म्।
ढ
ूांपदपुण
ेतव श ये ण धीमता ॥
Transliteration
paśyaitāṁ pāṇḍuputrānāmācārya mahatīṁ camūm
vyūḍhāṁ drupadaputreṇa tava śiṣyeṇa dhīmatā

ācārya (O my teacher!), paśya (see!), etāṁ mahatīṁ camūṁ vyūḍhāṁ (this great
military phalanx) pāṇḍu-putrānāṁ (of the Paandava sons), drupada-putreṇa (created by
Dhristadyumna, the son of king Drupada), tava śiṣyeṇa dhīmatā (the intelligence of your
disciple). ||3||
Translation
Behold!, my respectable teacher, benevolent!
These gigantic armed force of Pandu’s sons
Observe, the skilful military phalanx with tricks
The wit of Drupada’s sons, disciple thy own ||3||
Verse No 4,5,&6
अ शू रा महेवासा भीमाजु
नसमा यु
ध।
युयु
धानो वराट पद महारथः ॥4॥
धृकेतुे कतानः का शराज वीयवान्।
पुज कुतभोज शै य नरपु
ङवः ॥5॥
युधाम यु व ा त उ मौजा वीयवान् ।
सौभ ो ौपदे या सव एव महारथाः ॥6॥
Transliteration
atra śūrā maheṣvāsā bhīmārjunasamā yudhi
yuyudhāno virāṭaśca drupadaśca mahārathaḥ
dhṛṣṭaketuścekitānaḥ kāśirājaśca vīryavān
purujitkuntibhojaśca śaibyaśca narapuṅgavaḥ
yudhāmanyuśca vikrānta uttamaujāśca vīryavān
saubhadro draupadeyāśca sarva eva mahārathāḥ

atra (Here are) śūrā (the heroes), maheṣvāsā (the great bowmen), mahā-rathaḥ (the
great warriors) bhīma-arjuna-samā (like Bhima and Arjuna), yuyudhāno virāṭaḥ-ca
(Yuyudhaana and Viraata), dhṛṣṭaketuḥ (Dhrustaketu), cekitānaḥ (Chekitaana), kāśirājaḥ-
ca vīryavān (and the mighty king of Kashi), drupadaḥ (Drupada), purujit-kuntibhojaḥ-ca
(Purujit and Kuntibhoj), śaibyaḥ-ca narapuṅgavaḥ (and also the great man Saivya),
yudhāmanyuḥ-ca vikrānta (Yudhaamanyu and Vikraanta), uttamaujāḥ-ca vīryavān (and
the powerful Uttamauja also), saubhadro (sons of Subhadra), draupadeyāḥ-ca (and the
sons of Draupadi), sarva eva (and all other) mahā-rathāḥ (great warriors). ||4,5,6||
Translation
Here are the bowmen, valiants
In this arena of war, auspicious
Named Bhim, Arjun, Yuyudhaan
Viraat, Drupad like the fighters ||4||
Dhristaketu, Chekitaan and Saivya

King of Kashi, the powerful strength
Purujit along with the King Kuntibhoj
The great grand warriors of this earth ||5||
Yudhamanyu, Uttamauja with Vikrant

Subhadra’s son Abhimanyu, the great
Sons of Draupadi, the five Paandavas
With all other mightier majors’ threat ||6||
Verse No 7,8,&9
अ माकंतुव श ा ये ता बोध जो म ।
नायका मम सैय य स ाथ ता वी म ते ॥7॥
भवा भी म कण कृ प स म त यः ।
अ थामा वकण सौमद तथै व च ॥8॥
अ येच बहवः शू
रा मदथ य जी वताः ।
नानाश हरणाः सव यु वशारदाः ॥9॥
Transliteration
asmākaṁ tu viśiṣṭā ye tānnibodha dvijottama
nāyakā mama sainyasya saṁjñārthaṁ tānbravīmi te
bhavānbhīṣmaśca karṇaśca kṛpaśca samitiṁjayaḥ
aśvatthāmā vikarṇaśca saumadatti tathaiva ca
anye ca bahavaḥ śūrā madarthe tyaktajīvitāḥ
nānāśastrapraharaṇāḥ sarve yuddhaviśāradāḥ

Dvija-uttama (O great brahminic born Dronacharya!), tān-nibodha (understand them), ye
tu (who are also) asmākaṁ viśiṣṭā (our army majors), bravīmi te (telling you) nāyakā
mama sainyasya (the names of my army majors) saṁjñārthaṁ (for your knowledge
sake). bhavān (you), bhīṣmaḥ-ca karṇaḥ-ca kṛpaḥ-ca samitiṁjayaḥ (the war victorious
leaders like Bhisma, Karna and Krupaacaarya), aśvatthāmā vikarṇaḥ-ca saumadatti
tatha-iva ca (Aswathama, Vikarna, Saumadatti and like others), anye ca bahavaḥ śūrā
(many more other heroes), nānā-śastra-praharaṇāḥ (various weapon experts), sarve-
yuddha-viśāradāḥ (all skilled fighters) mat-arthe tyakta-jīvitāḥ (have sacrificed their lives
for me). ||7,8,9||
Translation
O best Bravo of Brahminic Born!
Understand them, our army majors
Telling their names for recognition
Our great grand leading warriors’ ||7||
Bhisma, Karna with Saumadatti

Krupaachaarya, the warrior, victorious
Vikarna, Aswathamaa, the great heroes
Like thou, many more fierce fighters ||8||
Various weapons, armor experts

With warrior tricks, skill and wile
Sacrificing themselves all for me
Have assembled with aspiring will ||9||
Verse No 10
अपया तंतद माकंबलंभी मा भर तम्
।
पया तंवदमे
तेषां
बलंभीमा भर तम्॥10॥
Transliteration
aparyāptaṁ tadasmākaṁ balaṁ bhīṣmābhirakṣitam
paryāptaṁ tvidameteṣāṁ balaṁ bhīmābhirakṣitam

Tat-asmākaṁ balaṁ (that army force of ours) bhīṣma-abhirakṣitaṁ (under the
protection of Bhisma) aparyāptaṁ (seems incapable), tu (but) idaṁ-eteṣāṁ balaṁ (this
force of theirs) bhīma-abhirakṣitaṁ (under the protection of Bhima) paryāptaṁ (is
capable enough). ||10||
Translation
Under the protection of veteran Bhisma
Incapable seems, that army force of ours
But under the defense of vivacious Bhim
Capable enough, this battalion of theirs ||10||
Verse No 11
अयने
षु च सवषुयथाभागमव थताः ।
भी ममे
वा भर तु भव तः सव एव ह ॥11॥
Transliteration
ayaneṣu ca sarveṣu yathābhāgamavasthitāḥ
bhīṣmamevābhirakṣantu bhavantaḥ sarva eva hi

bhavantaḥ (all of you) ca sarva eva (and all others also) sarveṣu ayaneṣu (at all the war-
gates) yathā-bhāgaṁ-avasthitāḥ (being positioned at different locations), abhirakṣantu
(protect) bhīṣmaṁ-eva hi (only to Bhisma). ||11||
Translation
Addressing to all his valiant military majors
Ordered Duryodhan from all gates to protect
Great grand Bhisma, the commander in chief
Positioned differently, from enemies’ threat ||11||
Verse No 12,13
त य स नय हष कुवृः पतामहः ।
सहनादंवन ो चै
ः शं
ख द मो तापवान्॥12॥
ततः शं
खा भे य पणवानकगोमु खाः ।
सहसै
वा यह य त स श द तु
मल
ुोऽभवत्॥13॥
Transliteration
tasya sañjanayanharṣaṁ kuruvṛddhaḥ pitāmahaḥ
siṁhanādaṁ vinadyoccaiḥ śaṅkhaṁ dadhmau pratāpavān
tataḥ śaṅkhāśca bheryaśca paṇavānakagomukhāḥ
sahasaivābhyahanyanta sa śabdastumulo’bhavat

pratāpavān kuruvṛddhaḥ pitāmahaḥ (the powerful great grandfather Bhishma) siṁha-
nādaṁ vinadya (sounding like a lion’s roar) śaṅkhaṁ dadhmau (blew the conch shell)
uccaiḥ (high) tasya sañjanayan-harṣaṁ (for arising his pleasure). tataḥ (then) śaṅkhāḥ-
ca (the conch-shells and), bheryaḥ (trumpets) ca (and) paṇava-ānaka-gomukhāḥ (drums,
drumlettes, hornets), abhyahanyanta (sounded) sahasā-iva (suddenly together). sa
śabdaḥ (That sound) abhavat (became) tumulo (terrible). ||12-13||
Translation
For arising pleasure in Duryodhan’s mind
Oldest Kaurava, the great grand father
Blew the conch shell, the mightiest one
With a terrible sound like a lion’s roar ||12||
Together sounded then all conch shells

Blowing whistles with hornets humming
Flutes and trumpets blew together with
Loud sounds of the drummers drumming ||13||
Verse No 14,15,16
ततः े तै
हयै
युे मह त य दनेथतौ ।
माधवः पा डव ैव द ौ शंखौ द मतु ः ॥14॥
पा चज यंषीके शो दे
वद ं धन यः ।
पौ ं द मौ महाशं
ख भीमकमा वृ कोदरः ॥15॥
अन त वजयं राजा कुतीपुो यु
ध रः ।
नकुलः सहदे
व सु घोषम णपु पकौ ॥16॥
Transliteration
tataḥ śvetairhayairyukte mahati syandane sthitau
mādhavaḥ pāṇḍavaścaiva divyau śaṅkhau pradadhmatuḥ
pāñcajanyaṁ hṛṣīkeśo devadattaṁ dhanañjayaḥ
pauṇḍraṁ dadhmau mahāśaṅkhaṁ bhīmakarmā vṛkodaraḥ
anantavijayaṁ rājā kuntīputro yudhiṣṭhiraḥ
nakulaḥ sahadevaśca sughoṣamaṇipuṣpakau

tataḥ (Then) mādhavaḥ ca pāṇḍavaḥ-iva (Srikrishna and Arjun also), mahati syandane
sthitau (being positioned in a most charming chariot), śvetaiḥ-hayaiḥ-yukte (attached
with white horses), pradadhmatuḥ (blew together) divyau śaṅkhau (the divine conch
shells). hṛṣīkeśo (Srikrishna) dadhmau (blew) pāñcajanyaṁ (the conch-shell named
Paanchajanya), devadattaṁ dhanañjayaḥ (Arjun to the conch-shell named Devadatta),
bhīma-karmā vṛkodaraḥ (the fierce fighter Bhima) mahāśaṅkhaṁ pauṇḍraṁ (to the
great conch-shell named Paundra), rājā yudhiṣṭhiraḥ (the king Yudhisthir), kuntīputro
(the son of Kunti) anantavijayaṁ (to the conch-shell named Anantavijaya), nakulaḥ ca
sahadevaḥ (Nakul and Sahadeva), sughoṣa-maṇipuṣpakau (to the conch-shell named
Sughosa and Manipushpaka respectively). ||14,15,16||
Translation
Riding the most charming chariot then
Attached with the white horses, divine
Lord Srikrishna with the armored Arjun
Blew the conch-shells, as a holistic sign ||14||
The conch-shell, Panchajanya of Krishna

Blew the shell Arjun, named Debadatta
The bulky-built Bhim, the fierce fighter
Blew the conch shell Paundra, the great ||15||
The King Yudhisthir, the son of Kunti

Blew Anantavijay named conch shell
Blew the conch shell Sughosh, Nakul
The Manipuspak by Sahadev as well ||16||
Verse No 17,18,19
का य परमे वासः शख डी च महारथः ।
धृ ु नो वराट सा य क ापरा जतः ॥17॥
पदो ौपदेया सवशः पृ थवीपते
।
सौभ महाबा ः शं खा द मु
ः पृ
थ पृथक्॥18॥
स घोषो धातरा ाणांदया न दारयत् ।
नभ पृ थव चैव तु
मलुो नु नादयन्
॥19॥
Transliteration
kāśyaśca parameṣvāsaḥ śikhaṇḍī ca mahārathaḥ
dhṛṣṭadyumno virāṭaśca sātyakiścāparājitaḥ
drupado draupadeyāśca sarvaśaḥ pṛthivīpate
saubhadraśca mahābāhuḥ śaṅkhāndadhmuḥ pṛthakpṛthak
sa ghoṣo dhārtarāṣṭrāṇāṁ hṛdayāni vyadārayat
nabhaśca pṛthivīṁ caiva tumulo’bhyanunādayan

pṛthivī-pate (O Lord of the Earth!), parameṣvāsaḥ kāśyaḥ (the great bowman, King of
Kaashi), mahā-rathaḥ śikhaṇḍī (The great charioteer Shikhandi), ca (and) dhṛṣṭadyumno
(King Dhirstadyumna), ca (and) virāṭaḥ (King Virata), ca (and) aparājitaḥ sātyaki
(undefeated king Satyaki), drupado (the king Drupada), ca (and) Draupadeyaḥ (the
sons of Draupadi), ca (and) mahā-bāhuḥ saubhadraḥ (the great armed son of
Subhadra, Abhimanyu), dadhmuḥ (blew) śaṅkhān (the conch shells) pṛthak-pṛthak (all
separately) sarvaśaḥ (from all sides). sa ghoṣo (that sound) bhyanunādayan
(resounding) nabhaḥ-ca pṛthivīṁ ca-iva (the earth and the sky also) abhavat (became)
tumulo (terrible), hṛdayāni vyadārayat (as if bruising the hearts of) dhārtarāṣṭrāṇāṁ (the
sons of Dhritaraastra). ||17,18,19||
Translation
The bowman expert, the King of Kaashi
The warrior Shikhandi, the chariot man
Dhristadyumna with the King of Virata
The royal Satyaki, the undefeated one ||17||
The King of Drupada and Draupadi’s sons

Son of Shubhadraa, Abhimanyu, the great
Lords of the lands from all over the Earth
Blew the conch-shells different, different ||18||
That thundering sound of all conch-shells

Spread across from the earth to the sky
Bruising the heart of Dhritarashtra borns
Like shocking shook sounds of awful cry ||19||
Verse No 20,21,22,23
अथ व थता ् वा धातरा ान्क प वजः ।

वृेश स पाते धनु य पा डवः ॥20॥
षीकेशंतदा वा य मदमाह महीपते ।
अजु न उवाच
सेनयो भयोम ये रथंथापय मे ऽ यु
त ॥21॥
यावदेता री े
ऽहं यो धु
कामानव थतान् ।
कैमया सह यो म मन् रणसमुमे ॥22॥
यो यमानानवेे ऽहंय एतेऽ समागताः ।
धातरा य बुे युे य चक षवः ॥23॥
Transliteration
atha vyavasthitān dṛṣṭvā dhārtarāṣṭrān kapidhvajaḥ
pravṛtte śastrasampāte dhanurudyamya pāṇḍavaḥ
hṛṣīkeśaṁ tadā vākyamidamāha mahīpate
arjuna uvāca
senayorubhayormadhye rathaṁ sthāpaya me’cyuta
yāvadetānnirīkṣe’haṁ yoddhukāmānavasthitān
kairmayā saha yoddhavyamasmin raṇasamudyame
yotsyamānānavekṣe’haṁ ya ete’tra samāgatāḥ
dhārtarāṣṭrasya durbuddheryuddhe priyacikīrṣavaḥ

Mahī-pate (O Lord of the Earth!), Atha (after this), dṛṣṭvā (by seeing) vyavasthitān
dhārtarāṣṭrān (the well positioned sons of Dhritaraashtra), pravṛtte śastra-sampāte
(raising their weapons to strike), kapidhvajaḥ pāṇḍavaḥ (Arjun, riding the simian-flagged
chariot) dhanuḥ-udyamya (by raising his bow) āha (told) idaṁ vākyaṁ (these words)
hṛṣīkeśaṁ (to Srikrishna, the Lord of the senses) tadā (at that time). acyuta (O Infallible
One!) sthāpaya (Park) rathaṁ (the chariot) senayoḥ-ubhayoḥ-madhye (in between both
the armies). Yāvat-nirīkṣe-ahaṁ (Let me have a glance at) etān yoddhukāmān
avasthitān (these positioned war wishers), priyacikīrṣavaḥ (well doers) dhārtarāṣṭrasya
durbuddheḥ (of the wicked sons of Dhritaraashtra) ya (who) atra samāgatāḥ (have
assembled here). avekṣe-ahaṁ (let me see) ete yotsyamānān (these fighters), kaiḥ-
mayā-saha-yoddhavyam (who are fit to fight with me) asmin raṇa-samudyame (in this
war encouraging situation). ||20-21-22-23||
Translation
Beholding the well-positioned array of armies
The Kauravas with arms and weapons raised
Lifting his bows on the simian-flagged chariot
Arjun to Lord Krishna, muttered these words ||20||
Park the Chariot please, besides armies, both
Let me have a glance at this awesome sight
The war-wisher heroes assembled, who are
Flexing their muscles against myself to fight ||21-22||
Let me behold once again, their heroic faces

The near and dears of the Kauravas’ brothers
Extending their supports to Kauravas, cruels
The wicked-minded evils in this war of horrors ||23||
Verse No 24, 25
एवमुो षीके शो गु
डाकेशे
न भारत ।
से
नयो भयोम येथाप य वा रथो मम् ॥24॥
भी म ोण मुखतः सवषांच मही ताम् ।
उवाच पाथ प यै
तान्समवे
तान्कु न त ॥25॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
evamukto hṛṣīkeśo guḍākeśena bhārata
senayorubhayormadhye sthāpayitvā rathottamam
bhīṣmadroṇapramukhataḥ sarveṣāṁ ca mahīkṣitām
uvāca pārtha paśyaitān samavetān kurūniti

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya told), bhārata (O King of Bharat dynasty! ) evaṁ-ukto (after
being told like this), guḍākeśena (by Arjun) hṛṣīkeśo (Lord Krishna), sthāpayitvā (after
making halted) ratha-uttamaṁ (the beautiful chariot) senayoḥ-ubhayoḥ-madhye (in
between both the armies) iti uvāca (told like this), pārtha (O Arjun !) paśya-etān ( see
those) samavetān kurūn (assembled Kauravas), ca (and) sarveṣāṁ mahīkṣitām (to all
the kings) bhīṣma-droṇa-pramukhataḥ (under the leadership of Bhishma and Drona).
||24,25||
Translation
Narrated Sanjay, to the king of Kauravas
Being told this way, by the alerted Arjun
Bringing to a halt, the charming chariot
Amidst armies both, told then Srikrishna ||24||
Glare at Arjun! These Kauravas assembled

Lead by Drona’s and Bhishma’s command
Observe! All the leading Lords of the Land
The armies, allies, stationed hand-to-hand ||25||
Observing by and by all his kith and kin
The son of Kunti, with kind compassion
Lamenting with deep sorrow and grief
Uttered these words to dear Srikrishna ||27||
Seeing these near and dears O Krishna!

Shivering my limbs, drying up my mouth
And my hairs hurling high up to their end
Tremble my physical organs, tensed out ||28-29||
Verse No 30
गा डीवंं
सते ह ता व चै
व प रद ते।
न च श नो यव थातु
ंमतीव च मे मनः ॥30॥
Transliteration
gāṇḍīvaṁ sraṁsate hastāttvakcaiva paridahyate
na ca śaknomyavasthātuṁ bhramatīva ca me manaḥ

gāṇḍīvaṁ (The bow named Gaandiva) sraṁsate (is dropping down) hastāt (from the
hand), ca (and) tvak-iva (skins also) paridahyate (are being felt like burning), ca (and)
me manaḥ (my mind) bhramati-iva (is also flicking), ca (and) na śaknomi ( I am not able)
avasthātuṁ (to stand still). ||30||
Translation
Drops down the bow Gaandiv from my hand
With sensation in the skin is felt like burning
Unable to stand up myself, ready and steady
For my heart and mind both, badly churning ||30||
Verse No 31
न म ा न च प या म वपरीता न के
शव ।
नच े योऽनु
प या म ह वा वजनमाहवे ॥31॥
Transliteration
nimittāni ca paśyāmi viparītāni keśava
na ca śreyo’nupaśyāmi hatvā svajanamāhave

keśava (O Killer of the demon Keshi!), paśyāmi (I am noticing) viparītāni (negative)
nimittāni (results). Na ca anupaśyāmi (I am also not foreseeing) śreyo (any well beings)
hatvā (by killing) svajanaṁ (close relatives) āhave (in the war). ||31||
Translation
The ultimate results of this, O Krishna!
Nuisance negatives, I foresee and feel
Nothing being visualized fare and well
By killing kinsmen in this war of thrill ||31||
Verse No 32
न काङ् ेवजयं कृण न च रा यं
सुखा न च ।
क नो रा ये
न गो वद क भोगैज वतेन वा ॥32॥
Transliteration
na kāṅkṣe vijayaṁ kṛṣṇa na ca rājyaṁ sukhāni ca
kiṁ no rājyena govinda kiṁ bhogairjīvitena vā

kṛṣṇa (O Krishna!), na kāṅkṣe vijayaṁ (I want neither victory) na rājyaṁ ca (nor too
kingdom) ca (and) sukhāni (happiness). Govinda (O Krishna!), kiṁ no rājyena (what is
the use of kingdom), kiṁ bhogaiḥ-jīvitena vā (what for to live and enjoy)? ||32||
Translation
Want not the vicious victory, O Krishna!
Nor do desire the kingdom of lavish life
What use of this kingdom of royal race
Whom with to enjoy and what for to live. ||32||
Verse No 33-34
ये
षामथ काङ तं नो रा यंभोगाः सु
खा न च ।
त इमे
ऽव थता युेाणांय वा धना न च ॥33॥
आचायाः पतरः पुा तथै व च पतामहाः ।
मातु
लाः शुराः पौ ाः यालाः सं
बंधन तथा ॥34॥
Transliteration
yeṣāmarthe kāṅkṣitaṁ no rājyaṁ bhogāḥ sukhāni ca
ta ime’vasthitā yuddhe prāṇāṁstyaktvā dhanāni ca
ācāryāḥ pitaraḥ putrāstathaiva ca pitāmahāḥ
mātulāḥ śvaśurāḥ pautrāḥ śyālāḥ sambandhinastathā

yeṣāṁ-arthe (For those sake) kāṅkṣitaṁ no (we desire) rājyaṁ bhogāḥ sukhāni ca (the
kingdom, enjoyments and pleasure), ta ime (they are these) ācāryāḥ (teachers), pitaraḥ
(fatherly persons), putrāḥ (sons also), tathā-iva (and also) pitāmahāḥ (grandfathers),
mātulāḥ (paternal and maternal uncles), śvaśurāḥ (father in laws), pautrāḥ (grandsons),
śyālāḥ (brother in laws), ca (and) sambandhinaḥ (kith and kin), avasthitā (who are
present) yuddhe (in the war) tyaktvā (by giving up) prāṇān (their lives) ca (and) dhanāni
(wealth). ||33-34||
Translation
Respectable royals like of our fathers
Sons, grandsons and also grandfathers
Fathers in law with our brothers in law
Maternal uncles and all near and dears ||33||
For the sake of whom, we desire in lust
Kingdoms, kinsmen, pleasure and power
Here are all of them present in this battle
Giving up their lives and wealth, empire ||34||
Verse No 35
एता ह तुम छा म नतोऽ प मधु
सदून ।
अप लैो यरा य य हे
तोः क नु
महीकृ
ते॥35॥
Transliteration
etānna hantumicchāmi ghnato’pi madhusūdana
api trailokyarājyasya hetoḥ kiṁ nu mahī-kṛte

madhusūdana (O Killer of Demon Madhu!), ghnato-api (despite being killed), na icchāmi
(I do not want) hantuṁ (to kill) etān (these) api (even) trailokya-rājyasya (for the sake of
the three worlds), kiṁ nu (what else), mahī-kṛte (for ruling over the Earth alone)? ||35||
Translation
What to speak of ruling over the Earth
Even for the three worlds to rule over
Want not myself to kill them my Lord!
Let myself better be killed in this war ||35||
Verse No 36
नह य धातरा ा का ी तः या जनादन ।
पापमे
वा येद मान्
ह वै
तानातता यनः ॥36॥
Transliteration
nihatya dhārtarāṣṭrānnaḥ kā prītiḥ syājjanārdana
pāpamevāśrayedasmān hatvaitānātatāyinaḥ

janārdana (O Destroyer of Human Distress!) kā prītiḥ (what pleasure) syāt (will be) naḥ
(of ours) nihatya (by killing) dhārtarāṣṭrān (the sons of king Dhritaraastra)? hatvā (by
slaying) etān (these) ātatāyinaḥ (cruel killers), pāpaṁ-eva (only sins) āśrayet (will be
earned) asmān (by us). ||36||
Translation
What pleasure shalt we derive my Lord!
By destroying these Dhritaraastra borns
Shalt be stained with sins only, all of us
After slaying these cruel Kaurav, insanes ||36||
Verse No 37
त मा ाहा वयंह तु
ंधातरा ा वबा धवान्
।
वजनं ह कथं ह वा सुखनः याम माधव ॥37॥
Transliteration
tasmānnārhā vayaṁ hantuṁ dhārtarāṣṭrānsabāndhavān
svajanaṁ hi kathaṁ hatvā sukhinaḥ syāma mādhava

mādhava (O Krishna!), tasmāt (Therefore) vayaṁ (we) na-arhā (should not) hantuṁ (kill)
dhārtarāṣṭrān-sabāndhavān (the sons of Dhritaraastra along with kith and kin). hatvā (by
killing) svajanaṁ (own kith and kin) kathaṁ (how can) sukhinaḥ syāma (we be happy)?
||37||
Translation
Not supposed to kill therefore we are
Our close relatives, Dhritarastra men
Can we ever then be happy O Krishna!
By killing friends, kinsmen of our own ||37||
Verse No 38
य येतेन प य त लोभोपहतचे
तसः ।
कु
ल यकृतंदोषंम ोहेच पातकम्
॥38॥
Transliteration
yadyapyete na paśyanti lobhopahatacetasaḥ
kulakṣayakṛtaṁ doṣaṁ mitradrohe ca pātakam

Jadi-api (Even though) ete (these men) na paśyanti (do not see) kula-kṣaya-kṛtaṁ
doṣaṁ (the crime of dynastic destructions) ca (and) pātakaṁ (the sins) mitra-drohe (of
envying own friends), lobho-apahata-cetasaḥ (due to their mind lust with greed). ||38||
Translation
Even though, do not foresee these fools
Being overwhelmed with lust and greed
The crime of dynastic ruin of their own
The sins of envying the friends in need ||38||
Verse No 39
कथंन े
यम मा भः पापाद मा व ततु
म्
।
कु
ल यकृतं
दोषंप य जनादन ॥39॥
Transliteration
kathaṁ na jñeyamasmābhiḥ pāpādasmānnivartitum
kulakṣayakṛtaṁ doṣaṁ prapaśyadbhirjanārdana
janārdana (O Krishna!), prapaśyadbhiḥ (by seeing) kula-kṣaya-kṛtaṁ doṣaṁ (the crime
of dynastic destruction) kathaṁ na jñeyaṁ-asmābhiḥ (why should not we realize)
nivartituṁ (to get rid of) pāpāt-asmāt (these sins) ||39||
Translation
By seeing and knowing these vicious vice
The crime of destroying one’s own dynasty
Why don’t we realize by heart, ourselves
To get rid of these stains, dirty and nasty ||39||
Verse No 40
कुल येण य त कु
लधमाः सनातनाः ।
धम न े
कुलं
कृनमधम ऽ भभव युत ॥40॥
Transliteration
kulakṣaye praṇaśyanti kuladharmāḥ sanātanāḥ
dharme naṣṭe kulaṁ kṛtsnamadharmo’bhibhavatyuta

Kula-kṣaye (By the destruction of the dynasty) kuladharmāḥ sanātanāḥ (the age-old
legendary virtues) praṇaśyanti (vanish), dharme naṣṭe (with the perished virtues),
adharmo (the vice) abhibhavati-uta (empowers more) kulaṁ kṛtsnaṁ (to the entire
dynastic race). ||40||
Translation
After the dynastic demise, by and by
Perish, the legendary virtues, age-old
With the decay of the virtuous values
Vice dominates over the families, whole ||40||
Verse No 41
अधमा भभवा कृण य त कु
ल यः ।
ीषु ासु
वा णय जायतेवणसंकरः ॥41॥
Transliteration
adharmābhibhavātkṛṣṇa praduṣyanti kulastriyaḥ
strīṣu duṣṭāsu vārṣṇeya jāyate varṇasaṅkaraḥ

vārṣṇeya (O Best of Vrishnis!), kṛṣṇa (O Kṛṣṇa!), adharma-abhibhavāt (by the
predominance of vice) kula-striyaḥ (the house wives) praduṣyanti (become polluted).
strīṣu duṣṭāsu (From these infamous women) varṇa-saṅkaraḥ (interracial bi-products)
jāyate (are born). ||41||
Translation
By the predominance of the vice, O Krishna!
Become polluted the lovely legendary ladies
These wicked, characterless ladies my Lord!
Give birth to evil, inter-racial, abnormal kids ||41||
Verse No 42
सं
करो नरकायै
व कुल नानां
कुल यच।
पत त पतरो षेां
लु त प डोदक याः ॥42॥
Transliteration
saṅkaro narakāyaiva kulaghnānāṁ kulasya ca
patanti pitaro hyeṣāṁ luptapiṇḍodakakriyāḥ

Pitaro (the parents) kulasya kulaghnānāṁ eṣāṁ (of these dynastic destroyers) ca (and)
saṅkaro hi (of these inter-racial borns only) patanti (fall into) narakāya-iva (hale like
places) lupta-piṇḍa-udaka-kriyāḥ (without support of food and water). ||42||
Translation
Of these destroyers of their own dynasty
The destitutes born and also their parents
Not provided with food, water and shelter
Fall into a terribly tortured, hale like place ||42||
Verse No 43
दोषै
रत
ेै
ः कु
ल नानां
वणसंकरकारकै
ः।
उ सा ते जा तधमाः कु
लधमा शा ताः ॥43॥
Transliteration
doṣairetaiḥ kulaghnānāṁ varṇasaṅkarakārakaiḥ
utsādyante jātidharmāḥ kuladharmāśca śāśvatāḥ

varṇa-saṅkara-kārakaiḥ-doṣaiḥ (by the misdeed of this inter-racial mix), etaiḥ
kulaghnānāṁ (of these dynastic destroyers), śāśvatāḥ kuladharmāḥ (the eternal
legendary virtues) ca (and) jāti-dharmāḥ (traditional contemporary skills) utsādyante
(perish completely). ||43||
Translation
By the misdeeds of these inter-racial mix
The destroyers of their own dynastic race
Decay, the virtues of contemporary skills
Perish, the divine values of glorious grace ||43||
Verse No 44
उ स कु
लधमाणांमनुयाणां
जनादन ।
नरकेनयतं
वासो भवती यनु
शुु
म ॥44॥
Transliteration
utsannakuladharmāṇāṁ manuṣyāṇāṁ janārdana
narake niyataṁ vāso bhavatītyanuśuśruma

janārdana (O Destroyer of Human Distress!), utsanna-kula-dharmāṇāṁ (of these
persons having lost their dynastic virtues), vāso bhavati (souls live) narake (in hale like
places) niyataṁ (for a long time), iti-anuśuśruma (we have heard like this). ||44||
Translation
Of these inter-racial borns, O Krishna!
With their art and skill, ruined and lost
Souls live in hale like places, for long
Have not we heard this from our past ||44||
Verse No 45
अहो बत मह पापं
कतु व सता वयम्।
य ा यसु
खलोभेन ह तु
ंवजनमुताः ॥45॥
Transliteration
aho bata mahatpāpaṁ kartuṁ vyavasitā vayam
yadrājyasukhalobhena hantuṁ svajanamudyatāḥ

Aho (Alas!),bata (perhaps), vayaṁ (we) vyavasitā (are prepared) kartuṁ (to commit)
mahat pāpaḿ (great sins), jat (by way of which), rājya-sukha-lobhena (due to the
greed for pleasure and power to rule over kingdoms), udyatāḥ (we are enraised) hantuṁ
(to kill) svajanaṁ (our own kinsmen). ||45||
Translation
Raised with greed for power and pleasure
How are we keen to kill our near and dears
Oh! What a great gruesome sin and blunder
This way, prepared we, to commit ourselves ||45||
Verse No 46
य द माम तीकारमश ंश पाणयः ।
धातरा ा रणे
ह यु
त मेेमतरं
भवे
त्
॥46॥
Transliteration
yadi māmapratīkāramaśastraṁ śastrapāṇayaḥ
dhārtarāṣṭrā raṇe hanyustanme kṣemataraṁ bhavet
Yadi (if) dhārtarāṣṭrā (the men of Dhritaraastra), śastra-pāṇayaḥ (with weapons in their
hands) hanyuḥ (kill) māṁ (me) aśastraṁ (unarmed), apratīkāraṁ (un-prepared) raṇe (in
this war), tat (that) bhavet (would be) kṣemataraṁ (far better). ||46||
Translation
Unarmed, unsafe, if I am killed, at all
Not being prepared to face this war
By the armed men of the Kaurav kings
That would be then, far, far better ||46||
Verse No 47
सं
जय उवाच
एवमुवाजु
नः सङ् ये रथोप थ उपा वशत्।
वसृय सशरंचापं
शोकसं व नमानसः ॥47॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
evamuktvārjunaḥ saṅkhye rathopastha upāviśat
visṛjya saśaraṁ cāpaṁ śokasaṁvignamānasaḥ

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjay said), evaṁ-uktvā (after telling this) śoka-saṁvigna-mānasaḥ
(Arjuna, in a sorrowful mind) saṅkhye (in the war), upāviśat (sat down) rathopastha (on
the chariot), visṛjya (by giving up) saśaraṁ cāpaṁ (the bow with the arrows). ||47||
Translation
Telling these words after in a mournful mind
The lamenting Arjun, with grief and sorrow
Sat down on the chariot in the battle ground
By giving up his weapons with bow and arrow ||47||
-XXXX-
ॐ त स द त ीम गव तासू प नष सु व ायां
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेऽजु
न वषादयोगो
नाम थमोऽ यायः। ॥1॥
With this, ended the First Chapter “The Doctrine of Arjun’s Depression”
Of the translated book “Songs Divine”
From Srimad Bhagavad Gita
The evergreen, scripts, eternal ||1||
---000---
अथ तीयोऽ यायः- सांययोग
Second Chapter
(The Doctrine Divine)
Verse No 1
तं
तथा कृपया व म ु
पूणाकु
लेणम् ।
वषीद त मदंवा यमु
वाच मधु
सदूनः ॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
taṁ tathā kṛpayāviṣṭamaśrupūrṇākulekṣaṇam
viṣīdantamidaṁ vākyamuvāca madhusūdanaḥ

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya said), madhu-sūdanaḥ (O killer of demon Madhu, Lord
Srikrishna!) uvāca (told) idaṁ vākyaṁ (these lines) taṁ (to him means to Arjun)
viṣīdantaṁ (who was lamenting) tathā (in that state of mind), ākulekṣaṇaṁ (desperately
glaring at), aśru-pūrṇa (with full of tears), kṛpayāviṣṭaṁ (overwhelmed with compassion).
||1||
Translation
Sanjay said to the Kauravas’ king that
Srikrishna told to the lamenting Arjun
Despondently glaring gloomy who was
With tearful eyes, full of compassion ||1||
Verse No 2
ीभगवानु
वाच
कु
त वा क मल मदंवषमे समु
प थतम्
।
अनायजुम व यमक तकरमजु न॥
Transliteration
śrībhagavānuvāca
kutastvā kaśmalamidaṁ viṣame samupasthitam
anāryajuṣṭamasvargyamakīrtikaramarjuna

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), arjuna (O Arjun!), kutaḥ (where from)
kaśmalaṁ-idaṁ (this delusion), anārya-juṣṭaṁ (unfairly attached to), asvargyaṁ (not for
heavenly boon), akīrti-karaṁ (without any reputation), tvā (to you), sam-upasthitaṁ
(being present) viṣame (in this crucial hours)? ||2||
Translation
Where from this delusion asked the Lord
In this crucial hours of the battle to begin
That unfair on thy part not for heavenly gain
Of no repute, O Arjun! not a warrior’s sign ||2||
Verse No 3
लै
यंमा म गमः पाथ नै
त व यु
पप ते ।
ु
ंदयदौब यंय वो पर तप ॥
Transliteration
klaibyaṁ mā sma gamaḥ pārtha naitattvayyupapadyate
kṣudraṁ hṛdayadaurbalyaṁ tyaktvottiṣṭha parantapa

pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), mā sma gamaḥ (do not drive yourself) klaivyaṁ (to be damn
dull), etat (this) upapadyate (does not show good) tvayi (on your part). Parantapa (O fury
of the foes!), uttiṣṭha (Rise up!), tyaktvā (by giving up) kṣudraṁ hṛdaya-daurbalyaṁ (the
weak little heart). ||3||
Translation
O Fury of the foes! O Son of Prithaa!
Don’t drive yourself thus to be so dull
Arise, giving up this cowardice heart
That on thy part, doth not show well ||3||
Verse No 4
अजु
न उवाच
कथंभी ममहं
सङ् येोणं च मधु
सदून ।
इषु
भः तयो या म पू
जाहाव रसू
दन ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
kathaṁ bhīṣmamahaṁ saṅkhye droṇaṁ ca madhusūdana
iṣubhiḥ pratiyotsyāmi pūjārhāvarisūdana

arjuna uvāca (Arjuna told), madhu-sūdana (O Krishna, the killer of demon Madhu!),
kathaṁ pratiyotsyāmi (how can I fight) bhīṣmaṁ ca droṇaṁ prati (with Bhishma and
with Drona) iṣubhiḥ (by raising arrow) saṅkhye (in the war)? arisūdana (O Krishna!, the
killer of the enemies!), pūjārhau (both are adorable).||4||
Translation
O Killer of Demon Keshi! O Dear Srikrishna!
How can I fight myself in this awesome war
With respectable men like Drona and Bhisma
By raising against them, my bow and arrow ||4||
Verse No 5
गुनह वा ह महानु
भावा- े
यो भो ु
ं भै
यमपीह लोके
।
ह वाथकामां
तुगु नहैवभु
ं
जीय भोगान् धर द धान्
॥
Transliteration
gurūnahatvā hi mahānubhāvānśreyo bhoktuṁ bhaikṣyamapīha loke
hatvārthakāmāṁstu gurūnihaivabhuñjīya bhogān rudhirapradigdhān

śreyo api (it is still better) bhoktuṁ (to live) bhaikṣyaṁ (on alms) iha loke (in this world)
ahatvā (without killing) mahānubhāvān-gurūn (the great persons like teachers), tu (but)
hatvā (by killing) gurūn (the teachers), iha iva bhuñjīya hi (one has to enjoy here only)
rudhira-pradigdhān (the blood stained) artha-kāmān (wealth and sense satisfying
objects). ||5||
Translation
Killing our respectable teachers, the great
May we be gifted with all Enjoyable Earth
But shalt die with memories every moment
Feeling like fondling their blood-stained wealth
Must not therefore we kill our teachers

The mentors and creators of life to lead
It is better to beg from door to doors
If to live on Alms, ourselves, to feed ||5||
Verse No 6
न चै
त ः कतर ो गरीयो य ा जये
म य द वा नो जये
युः।
याने
व ह वा न जजी वषाम ते ऽव थताः मु खे धातरा ाः ॥
Transliteration
na caitadvidmaḥ kataranno garīyo yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ
yāneva hatvā na jijīviṣāmaste’vasthitāḥ pramukhe dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ

Yad-vā (If at all) no jayema (we win over them), yadi vā (or else) no jayeyuḥ (they win
over us), ca na vidmaḥ (still we do not know) etat katarat-garīyo (which one is better
among these), te dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ eva (only those sons of Dhritaraastra) avasthitāḥ (are
present) pramukhe (in front of me), yān hatvā (by killing whom) na jijīviṣāmaḥ (we do
not want to live). ||6||
Translation
These men and sons of king Dhritaraastra
Assembled here, those are, in front of me
And whom I, in this war, don’t desire to kill
To live myself alone, in this ruined regime
Whether to win over them or they won
Can’t make out anything, to decide at all
What is right to do, what not to be done
Which one is fair and which one is foul ||6||
Verse No 7
काप यदोषोपहत वभावःपृछा म वां
धमस मू ढचे
ताः ।
य े
यः या तंूह त मेश य तेऽहं
शा ध मांवांप म् ॥
Transliteration
kārpaṇyadoṣopahatasvabhāvaḥ pṛcchāmi tvāṁ dharmasammūḍhacetāḥ
yacchreyaḥ syānniścitaṁ brūhi tanmeśiṣyaste’haṁ śādhi māṁ tvāṁ prapannam

upahata (being afflicted) svabhāvaḥ (by my own nature) kārpaṇya (due to miserliness)
doṣa (of the weakness) pṛcchāmi (I am asking) tvāṁ (to you) dharma (about
righteousness) sammūḍha (bewildered) cetāḥ (by heart). yat (what) syāt (could be)
śreyaḥ (better), niścitaṁ (confidently) brūhi (tell) tat (that) me (to me), śādhi (Teach)
māṁ (me), ahaṁ (I am) te (being your) śiṣyaḥ (disciple) prapannaṁ (surrendered) tvāṁ
(unto you).
Translation
Driven by delusion, virtuous conflicts
Ignorant I am as unable to think
Bewildered by mind, conscience lost
Asking onto thee, as heart is weak
Teach me only that for my all wellbeing

Tell me that lore with confidence in it
For thy disciple I am, thy dearest one
Surrendered myself fully at thy feet ||7||
Verse No 8
न ह प या म ममापनुा छोकमु छोषण म याणाम् ।
अवा य भू
मावसप मृं रा यं
सु
राणाम प चा धप यम्
॥
Transliteration
na hi prapaśyāmi mamāpanudyādyacchokamucchoṣaṇamindriyāṇām
avāpya bhūmāvasapatnamṛddhaṁ rājyaṁ surāṇāmapi cādhipatyam

avāpya api (even though by getting) rājyaṁ (the kingdoms) bhūmau (of this world),
samṛddhaṁ (prosperous), asapatnaṁ (free of enemies), ca (and) surāṇāṁ ādhipatyaṁ
(the governing powers of demi-gods), na hi prapaśyāmi (I don’t see) apanudyāt (that
would give relief) mama śokam (to my grief), yat (which is) ucchoṣaṇaṁ-indriyāṇāṁ
(raised by the sensing organs of the body). ||8||
Translation
Even if, owning kingdoms with enemies, none
Wealth and powers of demi-Gods, to govern
Don’t foresee relief from my pathetic pain
Enraged by the sense-organs of bodily born ||8||
Verse No 9
एवमुवा षीके शं
गु
डाकेशः पर तप ।
न यो य इ तगो व दमुवा तूण बभू वह॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
evamuktvā hṛṣīkeśaṁ guḍākeśaḥ parantapaḥ
na yotsya iti govindamuktvā tūṣṇīṁ babhūva ha

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya said), parantapaḥ (O fury of the foes!), evaṁ-uktvā hṛṣīkeśaṁ
(by telling this to Lord Srikrishna) guḍākeśaḥ (Arjun who is always alert) tūṣṇīṁ
babhūva ha (remained silent) iti govindaṁ-uktvā (after telling to Srikrishna that) na
yotsya (he will not fight), ||9||
Translation
Addressed then Sanjay,“O King of Kurus!”
By telling the Lord that he will not fight
The Warrior Arjun, fury-like to the foes
Settled down silent, being calm and quite ||9||
Verse No 10
तमु
वाच षीकेशः हस व भारत ।
से
नयो भयोम येवषीदं
त मदं
वचः ॥
Transliteration
tamuvāca hṛṣīkeśaḥ prahasanniva bhārata
senayorubhayormadhye viṣīdantamidaṁ vacaḥ

bhārata (O King of Bharat dynasty!), ubhayoḥ-senayoḥ-madhye (amidst both the armies)
hṛṣīkeśaḥ (Srikrishna, the Lord of all senses) uvāca (told) idaṁ vacaḥ (these words) taṁ
-viṣīdantaṁ (to that mournful Arjun) prahasan-iva (in smiling). ||10||
Translation
O King of Kurus of this Bharat Dynasty!
To the mournful Arjun, amidst armies both
Srikrishna, the Governor of all the senses
Told in smiling, these words, henceforth ||10||
Verse No 11
ी भगवानु
वाच
अशो यान वशोच वं ावादांभाषसे ।
गतासू
नगतासूंनानुशोच त प डताः ॥
Transliteration
aśocyānanvaśocastvaṁ prajñāvādāṁśca bhāṣase
gatāsūnagatāsūṁśca nānuśocanti paṇḍitāḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), tvaṁ (you) bhāṣase (are telling) prajñā-
vādāṁ (wise-words), ca (and), anvaśocaḥ (are lamenting for) aśocyān (those which are
not to be thought upon). paṇḍitāḥ (Learned persons) na-anuśocanti (never lament upon)
gatāsūn (those have passed away), ca (also) agatāsūn (those have not passed away)
||11||
Translation
Thou preach the principles of ethical wise
But mourning on which, not to be thought for
The learned wise men never think of those
Who are present alive, also, who are no more ||11||
Verse No 12
न वेवाहंजातुनासं
न वं ने
मेजना धपाः ।
न चै
व न भ व यामः सव वयमतः परम्॥
Transliteration
na tvevāhaṁ jātu nāsaṁ na tvaṁ neme janādhipāḥ
na caiva na bhaviṣyāmaḥ sarve vayamataḥ param

Na tu-eva (It is not like that) jātu (at any point of time), ahaṁ (I), tvaṁ (you), na-ime
janādhipāḥ (or these kings men) na-āsaṁ (were not there), ca (and) vayaṁ sarve (we all)
na bhaviṣyāmaḥ (will not be there) ataḥ param (after this) ||12||
Translation
It is not like, those are present here
All these kings’ men with you and me
We’re not there in the past neither
Nor won’t be in future, at any time ||12||
Verse No 13
देहनोऽ म यथा दे हे
कौमारं
यौवनं
जरा ।
तथा दे
ह ा तर ा तध र त न मुत ॥
Transliteration
dehino’sminyathā dehe kaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā
tathā dehāntaraprāptirdhīrastatra na muhyati

yathā (As like) asmin dehe (in this body) dehino (of the embodied one) kaumāraṁ
(adolescence), yauvanaṁ (youth hood) jarā (and old age arrive), tathā (so wise) prāptiḥ
(gets) dehāntara (the departure from the body), dhīraḥ (pacific persons) na muhyanti
(never delude) tatra (by that). ||13||
Translation
As like, in this body of physical form
Of all these creatures, embodied as
With times pass, three phases come
Adolescence, youth hood and old age
Death is also like that, a physical phase

By which, off these bodies, souls depart
For the destined abode, past deed born
The pacific person, not deluded by that ||13||
Verse No 14
मा ा पशा तु
कौ ते
य शीतो णसु
ख ःखदाः ।
आगमापा यनोऽ न या तांत त व भारत ॥
Transliteration
mātrāsparśāstu kaunteya śītoṣṇasukhaduḥkhadāḥ
āgamāpāyino’nityāstāṁstitikṣasva bhārata

bhārata (O Hero of the Bharat dynasty!), mātrā-sparśāḥ (the sensation of touch and feel)
śītoṣṇa-sukha-duḥkhadāḥ (given by the hot and cold conditions, the happiness and
sorrow), āgama-apāyino (do come and do go) nityaḥ (always), kaunteya (O Arjun!), tān-
titikṣasva (tolerate those). ||14||
Translation
The climatic conditions, be hot and cold
Their sensual effects of touch and feel
All arrive and vanish, giving good or bad
Endure always Arjun!, that remain until ||14||
Verse No 15
यंह न थय येतेपुषंपुषषभ ।
सम ःखसु
खंधीरं
सोऽमृ
त वाय क पते॥
Transliteration
yaṁ hi na vyathayantyete puruṣaṁ puruṣarṣabha
samaduḥkhasukhaṁ dhīraṁ so’mṛtatvāya kalpate

puruṣarṣabha (O great man!), sama-duḥkha-sukhaṁ dhīraṁ puruṣaṁ (who is ever-alike,
maintaining same status in pain and pleasure), yaṁ (to whom) ete (these conditions
means these favorable and unfavorable conditions) na vyathayante (do not disturb OR
do not affect), so-amṛtatvāya kalpate (that person is considered as eminent, eternal, and
immortal). ||15||
Translation
The calm and quite, who is ever-alike
Staying indifferent in pleasure and pain
Undisturbed who is, with likes, dislikes
He is considered to be the immortal one ||15||
Verse No 16
नासतो व ते
भावो नाभावो व ते
सतः ।
उभयोर प ोऽ त वनयो त वद श भः ॥
Transliteration
nāsato vidyate bhāvo nābhāvo vidyate sataḥ
ubhayorapi dṛṣṭo’ntastvanayostattvadarśibhiḥ

asato bhāvo na vidyate (There is no permanent presence of untrue OR unrealistic
things), tu (But) sataḥ abhāvo na vidyate (there is no scarcity of real, true things),
tattvadarśibhiḥ dṛṣṭo (The learned philosophers have seen) antaḥ (the end results)
anayoḥ ubhayoḥ-api (of both of these aspects also). ||16||
Translation
Health, wealth and house,
Matter-made many more
Being untrue, as they perish
Do not appear for ever
But the eternal power divine

That creates, destroys all
Absolute truth that is for-good
And not in dearth, at all
The wise philosophers have seen
The final results of both
What is true and what is false
Which is the correct path ||16||
Verse No 17
अ वना श तु
त ये
न सव मदंततम्।
वनाशम य या य न क कतु मह त ॥
Transliteration
avināśi tu tadviddhi yena sarvamidaṁ tatam
vināśamavyayasyāsya na kaścitkartumarhati

Yena tatam (who is all pervaded) sarvaṁ-idaṁ (all over here), vidhi (Try to understand)
tat (that) tu (as) avināśi (indestructible one). kaścit (No one else) arhati (is capable)
vināśaṁ kartuṁ (to cause destruction) avyayasya-asya (of this indestructible one) ||17||
Translation
The omnipresent, who is all-pervaded
Know him always, the non-fragile one
As no one is able to destroy that ever
Unperishable, which is of no attrition ||17||
Verse No 18
अ तव त इमे
दे
ह ा न य यो ाः शरी रणः ।
अना शनोऽ मे
य य त मा ु य व भारत ॥
Transliteration
antavanta ime dehā nityasyoktāḥ śarīriṇaḥ
anāśino’prameyasya tasmādyudhyasva bhārata

uktāḥ (it has been told that) ime dehā (these bodies) anāśino-aprameyasya nityasya
śarīriṇaḥ (of the immortal, immeasurable, eternal, embodied soul), antavanta (are
subject to perish). tasmāt (Therefore), bhārata (O great born of Bharat dynasty!),
yudhyasva (fight for ever). ||18||
Translation
Perishable, these bodies, as has been told
Like transit shelters of the embodied soul
Eternal, Immeasurable, immortal which is
Therefore fight fierce Arjun! Without fail ||18||
Verse No 19
य एनं वे ह तारंय ैनं
म यतेहतम्।
उभौ तौ न वजानीतो नायं
ह त न ह यते॥
Transliteration
ya enaṁ vetti hantāraṁ yaścainaṁ manyate hatam
ubhau tau na vijānīto nāyaṁ hanti na hanyate

Yaḥ (who ever) vetti (thinks) enaṁ (this soul) hantāraṁ (as a killer), ca (or) yaḥ
(who) manyate (considers) enaṁ (this) hataṁ (to be killed), ubhau tau (both of them) na
vijānīto (do not know that) na (neither) ayaṁ (it) hanti (kills), na (nor) hanyate (be killed).
||19||
Translation
Considereth who, this soul as a killer
Or, who else thinks this, to be killed
The reality, don’t know, both of them
Neither can it kill nor can it be killed ||19||
Verse No 20
न जायते यतेवा कदा च ायं भू वा भ वता वा न भू
यः ।
अजो न यः शा तोऽयंपुराणो न ह यते ह यमानेशरीरे॥
Transliteration
na jāyate mriyate vā kadācinnāyaṁ bhūtvā bhavitā vā na bhūyaḥ
ajo nityaḥ śāśvato’yaṁ purāṇo na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre

ayaṁ (this soul) kadācit na jāyate (is never born at any time), vā (or) na mriyate (never
dies), na bhūtvā bhavitā (never creates, being created) bhūyaḥ (again and again). ayaṁ
ajo (It is un-born), nityaḥ (always present), śāśvato (eternal), purāṇo (ancient-most), na
hanyate (is never destroyed) hanyamāne śarīre (with the destruction of this body). ||20||
Translation
Never ever was it born at any time
Never shalt die also, again and again
Neither creates by means or source
Nor created by any course of action
Unborn, always, it is eternal ever

As old as it is, as modern and new
Neither can kill, nor can be killed
Killed is this body, what we view ||20||
Verse No 21
वे
दा वना शनंन यं
य एनमजम यम् ।
कथंस पुषः पाथ कं
घातय त ह त कम् ॥
Transliteration
vedāvināśinaṁ nityaṁ ya enamajamavyayam
kathaṁ sa puruṣaḥ pārtha kaṁ ghātayati hanti kam

pārtha (O Arjun, the son of Prithaa!), yaḥ puruṣaḥ (the man, who ever) veda (knows)
enaṁ (this means knows this soul) avyayaṁ (as unperishable), avināśinaṁ
(indestructible), nityaṁ (ever present), ajaṁ (unborn), kathaṁ (How can) sa (he)
ghātayati (hurt) kaṁ (to whom), hanti (can kill) kam (to whom)? ||21||
Translation
Whoso, realizeth this soul, unborn
Unperishable and destroyed never
All time present and fulfilled ever
How can he kill or be killed either ||21||
Verse No 22
वासांस जीणा न यथा वहायनवा न गृा त नरोऽपरा ण ।
तथा शरीरा ण वहाय जीणा य या न सं
या त नवा न दे
ही ॥
Transliteration
vāsāṁsi jīrṇāni yathā vihāyanavāni gṛhṇāti naro’parāṇi
tathā śarīrāṇi vihāya jīrṇānyanyāni saṁyāti navāni dehī

yathā (like) naro (a man), vihāya (by giving up), vāsāṁsi jīrṇāni (worn out clothes),
gṛhṇāti (puts on) aparāṇi (other different) navāni (new ones), tathā (likewise), dehī (the
embodied soul) vihāya (by giving up), jīrṇāni śarīrāṇi (the wrinkled bodies), saṁyāti
(takes birth) anyāni navāni (in other new ones). ||22||
Translation
As like as men, by giving up theirs
Out-dated robes, worn and torn
Prefer wearing all, new and nice
Other apparels, as different one
Likewise also, this embodied soul
By giving up bodies, old and sick
Takes a new birth, as destined
By entering another body, unlike ||22||
Verse No 23
नै
नंछ द त श ा ण नै
नंदह त पावकः ।
न चै
नंले
दय यापो न शोषय त मा तः ॥
Transliteration
nainaṁ chindanti śastrāṇi nainaṁ dahati pāvakaḥ
na cainaṁ kledayantyāpo na śoṣayati mārutaḥ

śastrāṇi (Weapons) na chindanti (can not cut) enaṁ (it), pāvakaḥ (the fire) na dahati
(cannot burn) enaṁ (it), āpo (the water) na kledayanti (can neither drench) enaṁ (it) ca
(and), na (nor can) mārutaḥ (the wind) śoṣayati (suck it out). ||23||
Translation
Never can it be chopped by any weapons
Can never be burnt out by flames of fire
Nor can be soluble in water or, drenched
Can be blown out, sucked by wind neither ||23||
Verse No 24
अ छेोऽयमदा ोऽयम लेोऽशो य एव च ।
न यः सवगतः थाणु
रचलोऽयं
सनातनः ॥
Transliteration
acchedyo’yamadāhyo’yamakledyo’śoṣya eva ca
nityaḥ sarvagataḥ sthāṇuracalo’yaṁ sanātanaḥ

Acchedyo-ayaṁ (It is immutable), adāhyo-ayaṁ (it cannot be burnt), akledyo (not
soluble in water) ca (and) aśoṣya eva (cannot be sucked also). ayaṁ nityaḥ (it is always
present), sarvagataḥ (pervasive), sthāṇuḥ (stagnant and still), acalo (immobile), ca (and)
sanātanaḥ (most antique). ||24||
Translation
Can’t it be penetrated by dragger
Cannot be scorched by sun either
Nor can be washed away by water
Neither can be sucked out by air
Always present, it is all pervaded

Stagnant and still, immobile ever
Everlasting can never be changed
The oldest of all, the most senior ||24||
Verse No 25
अ ोऽयम च योऽयम वकाय ऽयमुयते।
त मादेवंव द वै
नं
नानु
शो चतु
मह स॥॥
Transliteration
avyakto’yamacintyo’yamavikāryo’yamucyate
tasmādevaṁ viditvainaṁ nānuśocitumarhasi

ucyate (it has been told that) avyakto-ayaṁ (this soul is not manifested), ancintyo-ayaṁ
(it cannot be imagined), avikāryo-ayaṁ (it has no feelings). tasmāt-evaṁ (Therefore, this
way), viditvā (after knowing) enaṁ (this) na arhasi (you should not) anuśocitum
(lament). ||25||
Translation
Invisible it is, as manifest never
Unimaginable, as has been said
Non-reactive without any feelings
Likes or dislikes, good or bad
Realizing well this divine concept

The reality of soul, the Self of all
Thou must not therefore grieve
For false, fragile beings, physical ||25||
Verse No 26
अथ चैनंन यजातंन यं वा म यसेमृ
तम् ।
तथा प वंमहाबाहो नै
वं
शो चतुमह स ॥
Transliteration
atha cainaṁ nityajātaṁ nityaṁ vā manyase mṛtam
tathāpi tvaṁ mahābāho nainaṁ śocitumarhasi

Mahā-bāho (O great armed Arjun|), atha ca (after this also means after knowing all
these), manyase (if you consider) enaṁ (this soul) nitya-jātaṁ (subject to always born),
vā (or) nityaṁ mṛtaṁ (subject to always die), tathāpi (still) tvaṁ (you) na śocituṁ-arhasi
(should not lament) evaṁ (like this). ||26||
Translation
Even after knowing these about the Self
If consider thou this is subject to born
Or else, think it mortal from time to time
Still, must not grieve, that ought to happen ||26||
Verse No 27
जात त ह वुो मृ
युवं
ुज म मृ
त यच।
त मादप रहायऽथ न वं
शो चतु
मह स ॥
Transliteration
jātasya hi dhruvo mṛtyurdhruvaṁ janma mṛtasya ca
tasmādaparihārye’rthe na tvaṁ śocitumarhasi

mṛtyuḥ (Death is) dhruvo (inevitable) jātasya (of all those born) ca (and) janma (Birth
is) dhruvaṁ (definite) mṛtasya (of all those dead). tasmāt (therefore), aparihārye-arthe
(for unavoidable things), tvaṁ (you) na śocituṁ-arhasi (should not lament). ||27||
Translation
Death is inevitable for those are born
And Birth is definite of all those dead
Thou must not, therefore, lament over
Which is certain, can never be evaded ||27||
Verse No 28
अ ाद न भू
ता न म या न भारत ।
अ नधना येव त का प रदे
वना ॥
Transliteration
avyaktādīni bhūtāni vyaktamadhyāni bhārata
avyaktanidhanānyeva tatra kā paridevanā

bhārata (O Prince of Bharat!), bhūtāni (all beings) avyakta-ādīni (were un-manifest
before), vyakta (do appear) madhyāni (in mid-time), avyakta nidhanāni (do disappear
after death) eva (also), tatra (therefore) kā paridevanā (what for to grieve)? ||28||
Translation
Concealed were all beings before the birth
Appear but for a while, in between the eve
Do disappear, also, again after their death
Then what for to lament, what for to grieve ||28||
Verse No 29
आ यव प य त क दे
नमा यव द त तथै
व चा यः ।
आ यव चै
नम यः ृ
णो त ु
वा ये
नं
वे
द न चै
व क त्
॥
Transliteration
āścaryavatpaśyati kaścidenamāścaryavad vadati tathaiva cānyaḥ
āścaryavaccainamanyaḥ śṛṇotiśrutvāpyenaṁ veda na caiva kaścit

kaścit (someone) pasyati (sees) enaṁ (this) āścaryavat (as if astonished), ca anyaḥ
(and others), vadati (speak of) āścaryavat (as if astonished) tatha-iva (like that), ca (and)
anyaḥ (others) śṛṇoti (listen) enaṁ (about it) āścaryavat (being astonished), kaścit (no
one else) veda (understands) enaṁ (this) śrutvā-api (after listening too). ||29||
Translation
Some are taken aback by seeing this Self
Others too get astonished to speak about
Some listen about it, in a surprised state
Never understand some after listening to ||29||
Verse No 30
दे
ह ी न यमव योऽयंदे
हेसव य भारत ।
त मा सवा ण भू
ता न न वंशो चतु
मह स ॥
Transliteration
dehī nityamavadhyo’yaṁ dehe sarvasya bhārata
tasmātsarvāṇi bhūtāni na tvaṁ śocitumarhasi

bhārata (O Arjun of Bharat dynasty!), ayaṁ dehī (this embodied soul) nityaṁ-avadhyaṁ
(is always immutable) sarvasya dehe (in all ones’ body), tasmāt (Therefore), tvaṁ (You)
śocituṁ na arhasi (should not ever lament for) sarvāṇi bhūtāni (all beings). ||30||
Translation
In all ones’ body, this embodied soul
Can neither be hurt nor can be killed
For any other living beings, therefore
O Arjun! Thou should not be grieved ||30||
Verse No 31
वधमम प चावेय न वक पतुमह स ।
ध या युा े योऽ य य य न व ते ॥
Transliteration
svadharmamapi cāvekṣya na vikampitumarhasi
dharmyāddhi yuddhācchreyo’nyatkṣatriyasya na vidyate
Ca (and) avekṣya-api (keeping in view also) sva-dharmaṁ (your own righteous
profession), na arhasi (you should not) vikampituṁ (be thrilled in grief). śreyo na hi
vidyate (there is no better visible option) kṣyatriyasya (of a warrior) anyat (anything
other than) dharmāt yudhāt (this auspicious war). ||31||
Translation
Must not therefore, thou be thrilled in strain
Keeping in view also, thy own professional art
As, nothing is better than this war, auspicious
For a skilled born fighter, on a warrior’s part ||31||
Verse No 32
य छया चोपप ांवग ारमपावृ
तम्
।
सु
खनः याः पाथ लभ ते
युमी शम्॥
Transliteration
yadṛcchayā copapannaṁ svargadvāramapāvṛtam
sukhinaḥ kṣatriyāḥ pārtha labhante yuddhamīdṛśam

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), sukhinaḥ kṣatriyāḥ (the fortunate warriors) labhante (chance
to get) yuddhaṁ-īdṛśaṁ (the war like this) ca (and) yat-ṛcchayā upapannaṁ (which has
been bestowed on its own), svarga-dvāraṁ apāvṛtam (by which the gateway of heaven
is opened automatically). ||32||
Translation
The fortunate warriors only, destined to get
An auspicious war like this divinely bestowed
Which has come on its own, if bravely faced
The gateway of heaven gets certainly opened ||32||
Verse No 33
अथ चेव ममं
ध य सङ् ामं नकर यस।
ततः वधम क त च ह वा पापमवा य स ॥
Transliteration
atha cettvamimaṁ dharmyaṁ saṅgrāmaṁ na kariṣyasi
tataḥ svadharmaṁ kīrtiṁ ca hitvā pāpamavāpsyasi

Atha (after all these), cet (if at all) tvaṁ (you) na kariṣyasi (will not perform) imaṁ
dharmyaṁ saṅgrāmaṁ (this righteous duty-bound fight), tataḥ (then) hitvā (by giving up)
sva-dharmaṁ (your own righteous profession), ca (and) kīrtiṁ (the fame), avāpsyasi
(you will get) pāpam (sins). ||33||
Translation
Even after understanding all these, if at all
Do not fight thou, this righteous warfare
Sins of iniquities, shalt earn thou, by that
By foregoing the fame of a great fighter ||33||
Verse No 34
अक त चा प भू
ता न कथ य य त ते
ऽ याम्
।
स भा वत य चाक तमरणाद त र यते
॥
Transliteration
akīrtiṁ cāpi bhūtāni kathayiṣyanti te’vyayām
sambhāvitasya cākīrtirmaraṇādatiricyate

bhūtāni ca (all beings also) kathayiṣyanti (will talk about) te akīrtiṁ (your defamation)
avyayāṁ (for indefinite period), ca (and) akīrtiḥ (the defamation) sambhāvitasya (of a
respectable person) maraṇāt-atiḥ (is more painful than death), ucyate (as has been told).
||34||
Translation
Allover, all beings always will talk about this
Thy defamation deeds of deceit and defeat
The gossip of defame of a respectable one
That is painful than death, to be put up with ||34||
Verse No 35
भया णा परतंमं
य तेवांमहारथाः ।
ये
षां
च वंब मतो भू
वा या य स लाघवम् ॥
Transliteration
bhayādraṇāduparataṁ maṁsyante tvāṁ mahārathāḥ
yeṣāṁ ca tvaṁ bahumato bhūtvā yāsyasi lāghavam

Mahā-rathāḥ (the great fighters) maṁsyante (will consider that) tvāṁ (you) bhayāt-
raṇāt-uparataṁ (have fled away from the fight out of fear), yeṣāṁ (for those), tvaṁ (you)
ca bhūtvā (despite being) bahu-mato (highly respectable), yāsyasi (will be) lāghavam
(belittled). ||35||
Translation
Admire a lot to thee those of the great fighters
Shalt think of you timid, coward, weak by heart
Who fled away off the war, frightened to fight
Shalt be belittled down thou, demeaned by that ||35||
Verse No 36
अवा यवादांब न् व द य त तवा हताः ।
न द त तव साम य ततो ःखतरंनुकम् ॥
Transliteration
avācyavādāṁśca bahūn vadiṣyanti tavāhitāḥ
nindantastava sāmarthyaṁ tato duḥkhataraṁ nu kim

Tava (your) ahitāḥ (evil wishers) vadiṣyanti (will speak of) avācyavādāṁ (non-sense
talks) bahūn (a lot), nindantaḥ (by defaming) tava sāmarthyaṁ (your capabilities), kiṁ
nu (what else) duḥkhataraṁ (more painful) tato (than that)? ||36||
Translation
Evil wishers of thine, shalt always utter
Un-talkative nasty and nonsense vulgar
By offending thy competence and skill
What else worse than that, painful more ||36||
Verse No 37
हतो वा ा य स वग ज वा वा भो यसे
महीम्
।
त मा कौ ते
य युाय कृ
त न यः ॥
Transliteration
hato vā prāpsyasi svargaṁ jitvā vā bhokṣyase mahīm
tasmāduttiṣṭha kaunteya yuddhāya kṛtaniścayaḥ

prāpsyasi svargaṁ (you will go to heaven) hato vā (if killed), vā (Or) jitvā (by winning)
bhokṣyase (you will enjoy over) mahīm (the earth). tasmāt (therefore) uttiṣṭha (Arise
and awake), Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), kṛta-niścayaḥ (get determined) yuddhāya (for
the war). ||37||
Translation
Shalt go to heaven thou if else, lost and killed
Shalt enjoy over the Earth, otherwise, if won
Therefore, arise and awake! O son of Kunti!
For the sake of this battle, both way to gain ||37||
Verse No 38
svalpamapyasya dharmasya trāyate mahato bhayāt

nāśo na asti (there is no loss) abhikrama (of any endeavor) iha (in this path), na vidyate
(nor there is seen) pratyavāyo (any negative repress), svalpaṁ (a little effort) asya
dharmasya (in practicing this) api (also), trāyate (protects) mahato bhayāt (from fierce
fears or from great dangers). ||40||
Translation
Here is no diminution of efforts of any kind
Nor any negative repress in practicing this
A little endeavor also, nurturing its values
Protects oneself always from fright, fierce ||40||
Verse No 41
वसाया मका बु रे
के
ह कुन दन ।
ब शाखा न ता बुयोऽ वसा यनाम् ॥
Transliteration
vyavasāyātmikā buddhirekeha kurunandana
bahuśākhā hyanantāśca buddhayo’vyavasāyinām

Kuru-nandana (O son of Kurus born!), iha (in this practice) buddhiḥ (the intelligence is)
vyavasāya (steady and stable), eka-ātimkā (one-pointed into the inner soul), buddhayo-
avyavasāyinām (but the intelligence, which is unstable of other talented persons),
bahuśākhā (thinks upon many branches of different faculties) anantāḥ hi (which has no
end at all). ||41||
Translation
Steady and stable, the intellect in this practice
Solely settled on the inner soul, the Absolute One
The resolute mind, wherein, not disturbed at all
Realizing the truth everywhere that “All is One”
But of other intellectuals with unstable mind

Their talent is tensed over varying versions
Towing to many branches of endless thoughts
As opinion differs from person to persons||41||
Verse No 42
या ममांपुपतां वाचंवद य वप तः ।
वेदवादरताः पाथ ना यद ती त वा दनः ॥
Transliteration
yāmimāṁ puṣpitāṁ vācaṁ pravadantyavipaścitaḥ
vedavādaratāḥ pārtha nānyadastīti vādinaḥ

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), avipaścitaḥ (The ignorants), veda-vāda-ratāḥ (who are always
attached with the eulogy of Vedic Scriptures means those are attached with the vedic
ritualistic aspects), vādinaḥ (always utter) puṣpitāṁ vācaṁ (flowering talks means
sugar coated words from vedic verses) iti (like) na-anyat-asti (nowhere else available
means no other lessons are above this vedic ritualistic aspects). ||42||
Translation
The unwise advocates of Vedic ritual scripts
Always say sugar coated words, flowery tales
About rosy ritual aspects for fruitful gains
They claim nothing beyond this, nowhere else ||42||
Verse No 43
कामा मानः वगपरा ज मकमफल दाम्।
या वशेषब लांभोगैयग त त ॥
Transliteration
kāmātmānaḥ svargaparā janmakarmaphalapradām
kriyāviśeṣabahulāṁ bhogaiśvaryagatiṁ prati

kāmātmānaḥ (the persons, who desire in lust and greed), prati (aiming at) gatiṁ (the
goal of getting) bhogaiḥ (enjoyment and pleasure), aiśvarya (affluence or power) svarga
-parā (like in heaven), kriyā-viśeṣa-bahulāṁ (perform many pompous rituals), janma-
karma-phala-pradām (which is the main cause of giving them births and rebirths arising
out of their past fruitive actions). ||43||
Translation
The acquisitive, driven by the desire in lust
Perform many rituals in pomp and grandeur
Aiming always at the goal of lucrative gains
To get the paradise of pleasure and power
These acquisitive actions with aim to enjoy

Give births and rebirths, better or worse
In heaven or in hale, or, anywhere in world
Caused by their past-done fructified acts ||43||
Verse No 44
भोगैय स ानां तयाप तचे तसाम्।
वसाया मका बु ः समाधौ न वधीयते॥
Transliteration
bhogaiśvaryaprasaktānāṁ tayāpahṛtacetasām
vyavasāyātmikā buddhiḥ samādhau na vidhīyate

bhogaiḥ-aiśvarya-prasaktānāṁ (of those, who are attached with enjoyment and
affluence), tayā-apahṛta-cetasāṁ (the mind being diverted by that, means by that vedic
ritualistic actions), buddhiḥ (the intelligence) na vidhīyate (is not destined) vyavasāya-
ātmikā (to be settled on inner soul) samādhau (in transcendental meditation). ||44||
Translation
Hankering after the power and wealth
Disturbed whose mind by rosy rituals
The intellect of those pleasure-pursuits
Can never be centered on Self, spiritual ||44||
Verse No 45
ग
ैुय वषया वे
दा न ै
गुयो भवाजु
न।
न ो न यस व थो नय ग े
म आ मवान्॥
Transliteration
traiguṇyaviṣayā vedā nistraiguṇyo bhavārjuna
nirdvandvo nityasattvastho niryogakṣema ātmavān

Arjuna (O Arjun!), vedā (all the three Vedas) traiguṇya-viṣayā (are associated with three
modes of appetites), bhava (remain) nitya (always) ātmavān (self-satisfied) sattvastho
(in the state of harmony), nistraiguṇyo (free of these modes), nirdvandvo (free of dual
dilemmas), niryoga-kṣema (free from possession and preservation). ||45||
Translation
Vedic rituals, full of illusions, speak about
The aspects of attributes, tri-type by born
Remain always away from the three modes
Freed from the quandaries, dual diversion
Remain always Arjun! In a harmonic state

With attention absorbed in realizing self
Being away from all other earthly options
Possession, preservation, nothing thereof ||45||
Verse No 46
यावानथ उदपाने
सवतः स लु
तोदके
।
तावा सवषुवे
दे
षुा ण य वजानतः ॥
Transliteration
yāvānartha udapāne sarvataḥ samplutodake
tāvānsarveṣu vedeṣu brāhmaṇasya vijānataḥ

Udake (Nearby water bodies), sarvataḥ sampluto (overflown from all the sides), yāvān-
artha (what is the use of) udapāne (other source of water like tubewells, tanks and
ponds etc.), tāvān (like wise), brāhmaṇasya vijānataḥ (for a self-realised wise Brahmin)
sarveṣu vedeṣu (in all these vedic rituals, means, there is no use of vedic rituals for him
to gain anything more, over and above, what he has gained by self-realisation). ||46||
Translation
Overflown from all the sides, nearby a lake
No use of ponds, wells, to bathe or to drink
So also, for a wise Brahmin, satisfied in self
No use of all Vedic rituals, needless to think ||46||
Verse No 47
कम येवा धकार तेमा फलेषु
कदाचन ।
मा कमफलहेतु
भुमा ते
संगोऽ वकम ण ॥
Transliteration
karmaṇyevādhikāraste mā phaleṣu kadācana
mā karmaphalaheturbhūrmā te saṅgo’stvakarmaṇi

Te adhikāraḥ (you have rights) eva (only) karmaṇi (on prescribed duties), mā phaleṣu
(not on its results) kadācana (at any point of time). Tu (but) karma (the prescribed
duties) mā-bhuḥ (let not become) phala-hetuḥ (the reason for the reward), mā-bhuḥ (do
not become) akarmaṇi (Inactive) te saṅgo (for your attachment with results) ||47||
Translation
On prescribed duties only, thou have rights to do
Not on its rewards, that is, pre-destined before
Let not thy work be the reason for the rewards
Don’t disregard the duty, be it better or bitter ||47||
Verse No 48
योग थः कुकमा ण सं
ग य वा धनं जय ।
स य स योः समो भूवा सम वं
योग उ यते ॥
Transliteration
yogasthaḥ kuru karmāṇi saṅgaṁ tyaktvā dhanañjaya
siddhyasiddhyoḥ samo bhūtvā samatvaṁ yoga ucyate

dhanañjaya (O Arjun, the winner over wealth!), yogasthaḥ (Remaining in dedication and
devotion), kuru (do) karmāṇi (the duties) tyaktvā (by giving up) saṅgaṁ (attachment
thereto, means without attachment to the returns), bhūtvā (posing) samo (equal status)
siddhi-asiddhyoḥ (in success and failure). samatvaṁ (the sense of equanimity) ucyate
(is called) yoga (the science of Yoga). ||48||
Translation
With devotion and dedication perform duties
Without attachment to its return or reward
Posed equally at success or failure, O Arjun!
The sense of equanimity is Yoga, as it is said ||48||
Verse No 49
रेण वरंकम बु योगा नं
जय ।
बुौ शरणम व छ कृ
पणाः फलहे
तवः ॥
Transliteration
dūreṇa hyavaraṁ karma buddhiyogāddhanañjaya
buddhau śaranamanviccha kṛpaṇāḥ phalahetavaḥ

dhanañjaya (O Winner over Wealth!), karma (the fruitive actions) dūreṇa-hi (are far far)
avaraṁ (inferior) buddhi-yogāt (to the transcendental knowledge). anviccha (seek)
śaranam (shelter) buddhau (under the divine talents), kṛpaṇāḥ (the pitied and petty
persons are poor fellows), phala-hetavaḥ (those work only for returns). ||49||
Translation
Far inferior are these actions for returns to
The insightful efforts, O Winner of wealth!
Seek shelter always under the talents, divine
Petty, pitied and poor pets work only to get ||49||
Verse No 50
बु युो जहातीह उभे सु
कृ
त कृते
।
त मा ोगाय युय व योगः कमसु
कौशलम्॥
Transliteration
buddhiyukto jahātīha ubhe sukṛtaduṣkṛte
tasmādyogāya yujyasva yogaḥ karmasu kauśalam

Buddhi-yukto (A person associated with transcendental knowledge), jahāti (gives up
completely) iha (in this world) ubhe (both) sukṛta-duṣkṛte (the good resultss and bad
results), tasmāt (therefore) yujyasva (fight) yogāya (for the sake of Yoga, which is your
professional duty), kauśalam (efficiency) karmasu (in actions) yogaḥ (is known as the
science of Yoga). ||50||
Translation
A wise man attached with divine knowledge
Gives up completely both, virtues and vice
Therefore, fight for thy professional duty
Perfection in profession is Yoga in science ||50||
Verse No 51
कमजंबु युा ह फलंय वा मनी षणः ।
ज मब ध व नमुाः पदं
ग छ यनामयम्
॥
Transliteration
karmajaṁ buddhiyuktā hi phalaṁ tyaktvā manīṣiṇaḥ
janmabandhavinirmuktāḥ padaṁ gacchantyanāmayam

Hi (Only), buddhiyuktā manīṣiṇaḥ (the sages associated with transcendental
knowledge), tyaktvā (by renouncing) karmajaṁ phalaṁ (the fruits of their physical
actions), vinirmuktāḥ (being freed from) janma-bandha (the bondage of cyclic births),
gacchanti (attain) padaṁ (to the ultimate position), anāmayam (free of all evils). ||51||
Translation
Wise saints attached with this eternal ethics
Give up here everything, their fruits of works
Freed from the fetters of births, re-births
Attain the ultimate aim, suffering-free place ||51||
Verse No 52
यदा तेमोहक ललंबु तत र य त ।
तदा ग ता स नवदंोत य ुत यच॥
Transliteration
yadā te mohakalilaṁ buddhirvyatitariṣyati
tadā gantāsi nirvedaṁ śrotavyasya śrutasya ca

yadā (when) te buddhiḥ (your conscience) tariṣyati (will cross through) vyati (completely)
moha-kalilaṁ (the entangled illusions), tadā (then only) gantāsi (you will attain)
nirvedaṁ (to the state of isolation being indifferent to), śrutasya (what has been heard)
ca (and) śrotavyasya (what is to be heard).||52||
Translation
Crossed through completely when thy conscience
The entanglement of illusions spread on like traps
Shalt attain thou then only the state of isolation
From all what have been heard or to hear onwards ||52||
Verse No 53
ु
त व तप ा तेयदा था य त न ला ।
समाधावचला बु तदा योगमवा य स ॥
Transliteration
śrutivipratipannā te yadā sthāsyati niścalā
samādhāvacalā buddhistadā yogamavāpsyasi

yadā (When) te buddhiḥ (your inner intellect), śruti-vipratipannā (being detached from
the delusion of Vedic rituals), sthāsyati (shall remain) niścalā (still and steady),
samādhāu-acalā (unperturbed in trance), tadā (then only) avāpsyasi (you shall attain)
yogam (Yoga, to the state of spiritualism). ||53||
Translation
Detached from the dilemmas of divine scripts
Remained when thy intellect, still and steadied
Unperturbed, in the state of self-realization
Then only attained the supreme status indeed ||53||
Verse No 54
अजुन उवाच
थत य का भाषा समा ध थ य के
शव ।
थतधीः क भाषेत कमासीत जे त कम्॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
sthitaprajñasya kā bhāṣā samādhisthasya keśava
sthitadhīḥ kiṁ prabhāṣeta kimāsīta vrajeta kim

arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), keśava (O killer of the demon Keshi!), kā bhāṣā (what are the
symptoms) samādhisthasya sthita-prajñasya (of a saint with subdued intellect settled in
the tranquil of trance)? kiṁ (what does) sthitadhīḥ (a sage of stable mind) prabhāṣeta
(speak), kiṁ-āsīt (how does stay), kiṁ vrajeta (how does walk)? ||54||
Translation
Asked then Arjun anxiously, “O killer of Keshi !”
What are the symptoms of a man of stable mind
With subdued intellect in the tranquil of trance
States how, Walks how, and talks he, what kind ||54||
Verse No 55
वाच
जहा त यदा कामान्सवा पाथ मनोगतान्
।
आ मयेवा मना तुः थत तदो यते
॥
Transliteration
śrībhagavān uvāca
prajahāti yadā kāmān sarvānpārtha manogatān
ātmanyevātmanā tuṣṭaḥ sthitaprajñastadocyate

śrībhagavān uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), yadā (when)
prajahāti (one abandons completely) kāmān sarvān (all the material desires),
manogatān (those have entered into the mind), ātmani (who, himself) tuṣṭaḥ (is
satisfied) ātmanā-eva (himself only), ucyate (is called) tadā (then) sthitaprajñaḥ (of
subdued intellect). ||55||
Translation
Lord said, O Arjun!, one, who abandoneth away
All the earthly desires entered into his mind
Always satisfied himself only within the Self
Then only he is called to be of steadfast mind ||55||
Verse No 56
ःखेवनु नमनाः सु
खे
षुवगत पृ
हः ।
वीतरागभय ोधः थतधीमुन यते ॥
Transliteration
duḥkheṣvanudvignamanāḥ sukheṣu vigataspṛhaḥ
vītarāgabhayakrodhaḥ sthitadhīrmunirucyate

Anudvigna-manāḥ (one, whose mind is not tensed) duḥkheṣu (in distress), vigata-
spṛhaḥ (and is devoid of any kind of desires) sukheṣu (in pleasure), vīta-rāga-bhaya-
krodhaḥ (who has bi-passed fonds, fears, and furies), ucyate (is called) muniḥ (a saint)
sthitadhiḥ (of steadied mind). ||56||
Translation
Dejected in disgrace never panicking in pain
Devoid of dream desires for wild enjoyment
One, who is bi-gone off fonds, fears, furies
Is called of a steadied mind, an actual saint ||56||
Verse No 57
यः सव ान भ ने
हत ा य शु
भाशु
भम्
।
ना भनं
द त न े त य ा त ता ॥
Transliteration
yaḥ sarvatrānabhisnehastattatprāpya śubhāśubham
nābhinandati na dveṣṭi tasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā

yaḥ (who is) anabhisnehaḥ (not affectionate enough) sarvatra (in all affairs), na-
abhinandati (neither welcomes more) prāpya (getting) tat śubham (those good
gestures), na dveṣṭi (nor dislikes) tat aśubham (getting those of evil impacts), tasya (his)
prajñā (wisdom) pratiṣṭhitā (is established in divine thoughts). ||57||
Translation
Not affectionate enough who is in all affairs
Never rejoices who, getting that good time
Nor recoils over getting those evil impacts
His mind is established in thoughts, divine ||57||
Verse No 58
यदा सं
हरते
चायं
कूम ऽ नीव सवशः ।
इ याणी याथ य त य ा त ता ॥
Transliteration
yadā saṁharate cāyaṁ kūrmo’ṅgānīva sarvaśaḥ
indriyāṇīndriyārthebhyastasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā

Ca (and) yadā (whenever) ayaṁ (this Yogi means the saintly person) saṁharate
(withdraws) indriyāṇi (his sense-organs) indriya-arthebhyaḥ (from the sense-serving
objects) iva (like) kurma-aṅgāni (the tortoise, his limbs), tasya (his) prajñā (wisdom)
pratiṣṭhitā (is fixed on spiritualism). ||58||
Translation
Withdraws completely whenever the wise man
His sensing organs from the appetizing smell
Well-fixed his wisdom inside the divine shield
Like a tortoise pulling its limbs into the shell ||58||
Verse No 59
वषया व नवत तेनराहार य दे
हनः ।
रसवज रसोऽ य य परं वा नवतते ॥
Transliteration
viṣayā vinivartante nirāhārasya dehinaḥ
rasavarjaṁ raso’pyasya paraṁ dṛṣṭvā nivartate

dehinaḥ (of the embodied ones), nirāhārasya (who refrain from tastes), rasa (the taste
for sense objects), varjaṁ-api (despite being seized), viṣayā (the longing for sense
objects) vinirvartante (returns again), raso (but the taste for sense objects) nivartate
(never appears) paraṁ dṛṣṭvā (after visualising the supreme soul). ||59||
Translation
Fasting being forced by the embodied ones
Taste for sensual objects seizes, but after
Returns again by the lusty desires for those
After realising the Soul that appears never ||59||
Verse No 60
यततो प कौ तेय पुष य वप तः ।
इ या ण माथी न हर त सभंमनः ॥
Transliteration
yatato hyapi kaunteya puruṣasya vipaścitaḥ
indriyāṇi pramāthīni haranti prasabhaṁ manaḥ

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), pramāthīni (the restless, agitated) indriyāṇi (sense organs)
haranti hi (distract away) prasabhaṁ (forcefully) manaḥ (the mind) puruṣasya (of a
person), vipaścitaḥ (even with learned mind) yatato-api (though enduring in the process
of controlling senses). ||60||
Translation
The restless sense organs, agitated enough
Forcefully distract the mind of a wise man
Endeavoring even in the sense-control way
Despite being firmly determined in action ||60||
Verse No 61
ता न सवा ण सं
य य यु आसीत म परः ।
वशेह य ये या ण त य ा त ता ॥
Transliteration
tāni sarvāṇi saṁyamya yukta āsīta matparaḥ
vaśe hi yasyendriyāṇi tasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā

saṁyamya (by controlling) tāni sarvāṇi (all those, means all those material desires),
āsīta (he, who remains) yukta (attached) matparaḥ (with my part and parcel), yasya
(whose) indriyāṇi (sense organs) vaśe hi (are well within his control), tasya (his) prajñā
(wisdom) pratiṣṭhitā (is firmly fixed). ||61||
Translation
He, who restricts himself from
All those wants, material
And holds tight his sense organs
Always within his control
By bestowing his mind and soul

Attached to my portion
His wisdom is then firmly fixed
On deep divine devotion ||61||
Verse No 62
यायतो वषया पु
स
ंः सं
ग ते
षू
पजायते।
सं
गा सं
जायतेकामः कामा ोधोऽ भजायते॥
Transliteration
dhyāyato viṣayānpuṁsaḥ saṅgasteṣūpajāyate
saṅgātsañjāyate kāmaḥ kāmātkrodho’bhijāyate

dhyāyato (by meditating upon) viṣayān (the sense satisfying objects), puṁsaḥ (of the
persons), saṅgaḥ (attachment) upajāyate (arises) teṣu (in those). saṅgāt (from that
attachment) kāmaḥ (wants) sañjāyate (arise), kāmāt (from the unfulfilled wants) krodho
(anger) abhijāyate (is born). ||62||
Translation
Persons, by meditating upon
Sense satisfying subjects
Attachment arises for all
Those appetizing objects
From the attachment those of

Strong desires develop
And desires, when unfulfilled
Then Anger crops up ||62||
Verse No 63
ोधाद्भव त स मोहः स मोहा मृ
त व मः ।
मृत ंशाद्
बु नाशो बु नाशा ण य त ॥
Transliteration
krodhādbhavati sammohaḥ sammohātsmṛtivibhramaḥ
smṛtibhraṁśād buddhināśo buddhināśātpraṇaśyati
krodhāt (from the anger) sammohaḥ (delusion) bhavati (develops), sammohāt (from
delusion) smṛti (mind) vibhramaḥ (is distorted), smṛti-bhraṁśāt (from the distorted
mind) buddhi-nāśo (the wisdom decays), buddhi-nāśāt (by the decay of wisdom)
praṇaśyati (one gets completely ruined). ||63||
Translation
From agitated anger delusion arises
Delusion develops to distorted mind
From disturbed mind morals degrade
Death of morality degrades mankind ||63||
Verse No 64
राग े
ष वयुैतुवषया न यैरन् ।
आ मव यै वधे
या मा सादम धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
rāgadveṣaviyuktaistu viṣayānindriyaiścaran
ātmavaśyairvidheyātmā prasādamadhigacchati

Tu (But), vidheya-ātmā (A self-realised person), viyuktaiḥ (detached from) rāga (likes),
dveṣa (dislikes), ātma-vaśyaiḥ (by controlling himself), adhigacchati (attains) prasādam
(the peaceful state), caran (despite roaming) viṣayān-indriyaiḥ (through sense satisfying
objects). ||64||
Translation
Completely detached from all likes, dislikes
Despite roaming through sensitizing objects
A self-controlled man by restricting himself
Attaineth the ultimatum, that peaceful state ||64||
Verse No 65
सादे
सव ःखानां
हा नर योपजायते
।
स चेतसो ाशुबु ः पयव त ते॥
Transliteration
prasāde sarvaduḥkhānāṁ hānirasyopajāyate
prasannacetaso hyāśu buddhiḥ paryavatiṣṭhate

prasāde (In the state of divine pleasure) sarva-duḥkhānāṁ (all the distresses) upajāyate
(immediately start) hāniḥ (disappearing) asya (of this person means of this practitioner).
buddhiḥ (the wisdom) hi (indeed), paryavatiṣṭhate (rests within self) āśu (very fast)
prasanna-cetaso (of a pleasureful person). ||65||
Translation
In the state of purity of this practitioner
The distresses disappear away, as a whole
And the wisdom of that pleasureful person
Rapidly rests inside the self-soothing soul ||65||
Verse No 66
ना त बु रयु य न चायु य भावना ।
न चाभावयतः शा तरशा त य कु
तः सु
खम्॥
Transliteration
nāsti buddhirayuktasya na cāyuktasya bhāvanā
na cābhāvayataḥ śāntiraśāntasya kutaḥ sukham

nāsti (there is no) buddhiḥ (knowledge) ayuktasya (of a person detached from the soul),
na (nor) ca (also) bhāvanā (there are thoughts) ayuktasya (of a distracted fellow), ca
(and) na śāntiḥ (there is no peace) abhāvayataḥ (of a thoughtless person), aśāntasya
(of a peace-less man) kutaḥ (where is) sukham (pleasure)? ||66||
Translation
Without self-attachment no wisdom one hath
A distracted destitute has no thoughts either
A thoughtless perturbed, hath no peace at all
And without having peace where is pleasure ||66||
Verse No 67
इ याणां ह चरतां
य मनोऽनुवधीयते ।
तद य हर त ां वायु
नाव मवा भ स ॥
Transliteration
indriyāṇāṁ hi caratāṁ yanmano’nuvidhīyate
tadasya harati prajñāṁ vāyurnāvamivāmbhasi

Hi (even) caratāṁ (by roaming satisfied to) indriyāṇāṁ (the sense organs) yat-mano
(whose mind) tat anuvidhīyate (gets addicted to those), asya (his) prajñāṁ (core
conscience) harati (is driven away) iva (like) nāvam (a boat) ambhasi (on the water)
vāyuḥ (by wind). ||67||
Translation
By roaming satisfied to ones’ sensing organs
Addicted of which, falls prey if whose mind
His core conscience is carried away by that
Like a boat on the water driven by the wind ||67||
Verse No 68
त मा य महाबाहो नगृ
ह ीता न सवशः ।
इ याणी याथ य त य ा त ता ॥
Transliteration
tasmādyasya mahābāho nigṛhītāni sarvaśaḥ
indriyāṇīndriyārthebhyastasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā

mahābāho (O mighty armed Arjun!), tasmāt (therefore) yasya (whose) sarvaśaḥ
indriyāṇi (all the sense organs) nigṛhītāni (are well controlled) indriya-arthebhyaḥ (from
the sense satisfying objects), tasya (his) prajñā (intellect) pratiṣṭhitā (is firmly fixed).
||68||
Translation
Therefore, this way, O mighty armed Arjun!
Mastered over who hath, all appetizing opts
Whose sense is not swayed by sense-objects
Firm fixed is his mind on the divine thoughts ||68||
Verse No 69
या नशा सवभू
तानांत यां
जाग त संयमी ।
य यां
जा त भूता न सा नशा प यतो मु
ने
ः॥
Transliteration
yā niśā sarvabhūtānāṁ tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī
yasyāṁ jāgrati bhūtāni sā niśā paśyato muneḥ

yā niśā (which is like night MEANS the solitary state of self-meditation is like that of a
silent night) sarva-bhūtānāṁ (for all others MEANS who are in the darkness of
ignorance), saṁyamī (the restricted person) jāgarti (wakes up) tasyāṁ (therein).
yasyāṁ (wherein) bhūtāni (all beings) jāgrati (are awakened), paśyato (in the sight)
muneḥ (of the saints) sā niśā (that is like night). ||69||
Translation
The knowledge-divine is like Light of the day
Which the ignorants in dark think to be night
Wherein a saint is always awakened by action
To entertain and to enjoy that spiritual Light
Whereas the material desires for all dazzling

Like the deep darkness that of a deadly night
Wherein all others eagerly are awake to enjoy
A saint always prefers to sleep by that sight ||69||
Verse No 70
आपूयमाणमचल त ं समुमापः वश त य त् ।
त कामा यं वश त सव स शा तमा ो त न कामकामी ॥
Transliteration
āpūryamāṇamacalapratiṣṭhaṁ samudramāpaḥ praviśanti yadvat
tadvatkāmā yaṁ praviśanti sarve sa śāntimāpnoti na kāmakāmī
Yat-vat (As like as) āpaḥ (river waters) praviśanti (enter) samudraṁ (into the sea),
āpūryamāṇaṁ (which is fulfilled) acala-pratiṣṭhaṁ (staying always in a fixed form), tat-
vat (Like that MEANS like that of the sea who is always fixed with inner soul), sarve
kāmā (despite all sense gratifying objects) praviśanti (enter) yaṁ (into him), sa (he)
āpnoti (gets) śāntiṁ (the peace), na kāma-kāmī (not the passionate persons for the
sense objects). ||70||
Translation
Fulfilled and firmly fixed in the calmness always
The sea doth not swell, poured as much by rivers
Likewise, getting the sense-objects, calm who is
Only he gets the peace, not the aspiring others ||70||
Verse No 71
वहाय कामा यः सवा पु
मांर त नः पृ
हः ।
नममो नरहं कारः स शा तम धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
vihāya kāmānyaḥ sarvānpumāṁścarati niḥspṛhaḥ
nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ sa śāntimadhigacchati

yaḥ pumāṁ (the person, who) carati (wanders) niḥspṛhaḥ (free from passion), nirmamo
(free from thinking “I”, “myself”), nirahaṅkāraḥ (free from egoism), vihāya (by giving up)
kāmān sarvān (all his wants), sa (he) adhigacchati (attains) śāntiṁ (the peace). ||71||
Translation
Without any attraction for, free from passion
Without the feeling of I, who ambles egoless
By renouncing all the desires for sensual gains
Only he attains the peace, the quite calmness ||71||
Verse No 72
एषा ा ी थ तः पाथ नै
नांा य वमुत ।
थ वा याम तकाले
ऽप नवाणमृछत॥
Transliteration
eṣā brāhmī sthitiḥ pārtha naināṁ prāpya vimuhyati
sthitvāsyāmantakāle’pi brahmanirvāṇamṛcchati

pārtha (O son of Prithaa!), eṣā (this is) brāhmī sthitiḥ (the state of super consciousness),
enāṁ prāpya (by getting this status) na vimuhyati (one is not deluded), sthitvā (by
staying) asyaṁ (in this stage) api (even) antakāle (at the end of life), ṛcchati (one attains)
nirvāṇam (liberation) brahma (to the Absolute One). ||72||
Translation
The state of super consciousness is this, O Arjun!
Once attained this status, never deluded any one
Staying in this state of scruples even at the end
Attains one the liberation onto the Absolute One ||72||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेसांययोगो
नाम तीयोऽ यायः ॥2॥
With this, ended the Second Chapter named “Doctrine Divine”

---000---
अथ तृ
तीयोऽ यायः- कमयोग
THIRD CHAPTER
(THE DOCTRINE OF DIVINE DEEDS)
Verse No 01
यायसी चे
कमण ते मता बु जनादन ।
त कंकम ण घोरे
मां नयोजय स के
शव ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
jyāyasī cetkarmaṇaste matā buddhirjanārdana
tatkiṁ karmaṇi ghore māṁ niyojayasi keśava

janārdana (O Krishna! The destroyer of human distress!), cet (if) te matā (as per your
opinion), buddhiḥ (the eternal wisdom) jyāyasī (is superior to) karmaṇaḥ (fruitive
actions), tat (then), keśava (O Krishna!, the killer of Keshi!) kiṁ (why) niyojayasi (do you
engage) māṁ (me) ghore karmaṇi (in this terrible action that to fight)? ||01||
Translation
O Destroyer of Human Distress! Asked Arjun
If wisdom is above the action as per thy opinion
O Killer of Demon Keshi! Why do deploy me then
Why do inspire me thou in this dreadful action ||01||
Verse No 02
ाम े
णवेवा ये
न बु मोहयसीव मे
।
तदे
कंवद न य येन ेयोऽहमा ु
याम्
॥
Transliteration
vyāmiśreṇeva vākyena buddhiṁ mohayasīva me
tadekaṁ vada niścitya yena śreyo’hamāpnuyām

vākyena (by the statements) vyāmiśreṇa-iva (like that of intermixed contradictions),
mohayasi (you are puzzling) me buddhiṁ (my mind). vada (Tell me) tat-ekaṁ (the
righteous one) niścitya (after deciding well), yena (by way of which) ahaṁ (I) āpnuyām
(shall achieve) śreyo (the highest bliss). ||02||
Translation
Puzzleth my mind thy statement of mixed ambiguity
Bewildered my intellect resting in a confused state
Tell me of that, the righteous one, by deciding sure
By way of which I can achieve well, the benefits best ||02||
Verse No 03
वाच
लोकेऽ म वधा न ा पु
रा ो ा मयानघ ।
ानयोगे
न साङ् यानां
कमयोगे
न यो गनाम्॥
Transliteration
loke’smin dvividhā niṣṭhā purā proktā mayānagha
jñānayogena sāṅkhyānāṁ karmayogena yoginām

Śrībhagavāna-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), anagha (O sinless Arjun!), proktā (as has
been told) purā (earlier) mayā (by me), dvividhā niṣṭhā (there are two type of endeavors)
ashmin-loke (in this world), sāṅkhyānāṁ (The self-realizing persons’ endeavor) jñāna-
yogena (through the self-oriented knowledge) yoginām (and the dedicated activists)
karma-yogena (through self-less actions). ||03||
Translation
Two ways of efforts, O sinless Arjun!
Do exist in this world
In two schools of emancipation
As earlier I have told
Self-knowledge is one through which

Attempt the wise saints
Other way through self-less action
That strive the brilliants ||03||
Verse No 04
न कमणामनारं
भा ै
क य पुषोऽ ु
ते
।
न च स यसनादे
व स सम धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
na karmaṇāmanārambhānnaiṣkarmyaṁ puruṣo’śnute
na ca sannyasanādeva siddhiṁ samadhigacchati

puruṣo (A person) anārambhāt (without beginning) karmaṇām (his prescribed duties)
na -aśnute (can never obtain) naiṣkarmyaṁ (freedom from work), ca (and) sannyasanāt
(by renouncing) iva (in this way) na samadhigacchati (can never attain) siddhiṁ (the
perfection). ||04||
Translation
Without attempting to the works assigned
Freedom from the work is hardly obtained
Renouncing wayward, after attempting to
Perfection in no way at any time, attained ||04||
Verse No 05
न हक णम प जातुत यकमकृत् ।
कायते वशः कम सवः कृतजै
गणै
ुः ॥
Transliteration
na hi kaścitkṣaṇamapi jātu tiṣṭhatyakarmakṛt
kāryate hyavaśaḥ karma sarvaḥ prakṛtijairguṇaiḥ

jātu (at any point of time) na hi tiṣṭhati (one cannot stay) api (even) kaścit-kṣaṇaṁ (for a
moment) akarma-kṛt (without doing the work), sarvaḥ (all are) hi-avaśaḥ (quite helpless )
kāryate (to perform) karma (their prescribed duties) prakṛtijaiḥ-guṇaiḥ (by the nature-
born modes). ||5||
Translation
Never can anyone break, even for a moment
Without performing one’s prescribed works
Bound all living beings by the duties, enforced
Compelled by the nature-born, arising wants ||05||
Verse No 06
कम या ण सं
य य य आ ते मनसा मरन् ।
इ याथा वमू
ढा मा म याचारः स उ यते
॥
Transliteration
karmendriyāṇi saṁyamya ya āste manasā smaran
indriyārthānvimūḍhātmā mithyācāraḥ sa ucyate

Sa (He) ya (who) smaran āste (keeps on thinking about) indriya-arthān (the sense-
serving objects) saṁyamya (by forcibly controlling) karma-indriyāṇi (the active
physical organs), ucyate (is called) vimūḍhātmā (a hypocrite fellow), mithyācāraḥ
(who pretends in false). ||6||
Translation
By controlling the active organs forcibly if One
Preys upon Sense-Objects keeping in his mind
Said to be one foolish fellow, hypocrite, who is
False-posing as renounced, but sensing behind ||06||
Verse No 07
य व या ण मनसा नय यारभते
ऽजु
न।
कम यै
ः कमयोगमस ः स व श यते॥
Transliteration
yastvindriyāṇi manasā niyamyārabhate’rjuna
karmendriyaiḥ karmayogamasaktaḥ sa viśiṣyate

Tu (But) saḥ (He), yaḥ (Who) ārabhate (starts working on) karma-yogaṁ (the self-less
actions) karmendriyeiḥ (through his active organs), niyamya (by controlling) indriyāṇi
(the sense-organs) manasā (in his mind), asaktaḥ (without attachment thereto),
viśiṣyate (is said to be the distinguised one). ||7||
Translation
But he, who starts practicing this generous service
Through the active organs by controlling his sense
Without attachment to the sense-objects in mind
He is said to be superior to those hypocrite, fakes ||07||
Verse No 08
नयतंकुकम वं कम यायो कमणः।
शरीरया ा प च ते
न स येदकमणः ॥
Transliteration
niyataṁ kuru karma tvaṁ karma jyāyo hyakarmaṇaḥ
śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasidhyedakarmaṇaḥ

Tvaṁ (you) kuru (do) niyataṁ karma (your obligatory duties), karma (the activeness)
jyāyo hi (is far better) akarmaṇaḥ (than idleness) ca (and) akarmaṇaḥ (through idleness)
śarīra-yātrā (the maintenance of the body) api (also) na prasidhyet (is not supported
with). ||8||
Translation
Do your duties in a disciplined manner
Far more better than inaction is action
As inactivity can’t support otherwise
Life to sustain and the body to maintain ||08||
Verse No 09
य ाथा कमणोऽ य लोकोऽयंकमबंधनः ।
तदथ कम कौ तेय मुसं
गः समाचर ॥
Transliteration
yajñārthātkarmaṇo’nyatra loko’yaṁ karmabandhanaḥ
tadarthaṁ karma kaunteya muktasaṅgaḥ samācara

Ayaṁ lokaḥ (this world is) karma-bandhanaḥ (in the bondage of work) arthāt (for the
sake of) karmanaḥ (self-oriented efforts) anyatra (other than) yajñārthāt (for self-less
service to the mankind). Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), tat-arthaṁ (for that sake only
MEANS for the sake of the welfare of the society) samācara (do with due diligence)
karmaṁ (the duties) muktasaṅgaḥ (without any attachment to earning OR to yield). ||9||
Translation
Enslaved this entire world by the bondage of works
For the secular efforts, other than sacrificing self
Work for the sake of offering welfare to all, Arjun!
Diligently do thy duties without attachment thereof ||09||
Verse No 10
सहय ाः जाः सृा पु
रोवाच जाप तः ।
अने
न स व य वमेष वोऽ व कामधु क् ॥
Transliteration
sahayajñāḥ prajāḥ sṛṣṭvā purovācaprajāpatiḥ
anena prasaviṣyadhvameṣa vo’stviṣṭa-kāma-dhuk

prajāpatiḥ (The all creator God, Brahma) sṛṣṭvā (after creating) prajāḥ (the progeny)
saha-yajñāḥ (along with the sacrificing performers) uvāca (told) purā (at the beginning
that), anena (by this MEANS by this way of sacrifices and social services)
prasaviṣyadhvam (procreate and prosper), esa (in this way) vaḥ-tu (all of your) iṣṭa-
kāma (high-end desires) dhuk (be fulfilled). ||10||
Translation
Manifesting the progeny after, the Creator God
Told at the beginning to prosper and to flourish
Through self-less sacrifices for social services
Let it be the milking cow of thy esteemed wish ||10||
Verse No 11
दे
वा भावयताने
न ते
दे
वा भावय तु
वः ।
पर परंभावय तः े
यः परमवा यथ ॥
Transliteration
devānbhāvayatānena te devā bhāvayantu vaḥ
parasparaṁ bhāvayantaḥśreyaḥ paramavāpsyatha

Anena (By this way MEANS by these sacrificing offers) bhāvayata (satisfying) devān
(the demi Gods MEANS the nature-Gods), te devāḥ (those Gods of nature) bhāvayantu
(let satisfy) vaḥ (all of you). Bhāvayantaḥ (by satisfying) parasparaṁ (each other)
avāpsyatha (let all of you attain) parama śreyaḥ (the ultimate welfare). ||11||
Translation
Let thou satisfy all the nature-Gods
By these self-sacrificial offers
Let them be satisfied being served
To let you explore their powers
By the mutual benefits, bestowed

Between the mankind and Nature
Let all together, be blessed with
The richest, well-to-do culture ||11||
Verse No 12
इ ा भोगा ह वो दे
वा दा य ते
य भा वताः ।
तैद ान दायै यो यो भुंेते
न एव सः ॥
Transliteration
iṣṭānbhogānhi vo devā dāsyante yajñabhāvitāḥ
tairdattānapradāyaibhyo yo bhuṅkte stena eva saḥ

yajñabhāvitāḥ (satisfied with the sacrificial offers), vo devāḥ (those Nature-Gods)
dāsyante (shall offer you) istān bhogān (all high-end enjoyments), taiḥ-dattān (By
getting their gifts), yaḥ (who) bhuṅkte (enjoys himself), apradāya (without offering)
ebhyaḥ (to them MEANS without offering to the nature in return), saḥ (He is) eva (like)
stenaḥ (a thief). ||12||
Translation
Satisfied with the sacrificial offers
The nature-Gods, being pleased
The highest pleasure shalt gift thee
And wealth, whatever thou need
Grabbing those gifts of the Nature

Enjoys everything who, alone
He is said to be a bandit like crook
Without giving them in return ||12||
Verse No 13
य श ा शनः स तो मुय ते
सव क बषैः।
भु ते
तेवघं पापा ये
पच या मकारणात्
॥
Transliteration
yajñaśiṣṭāśinaḥ santo mucyante sarvakilbiṣaiḥ
bhuñjate te tvaghaṁ pāpā ye pacantyātmakāraṇāt
Santo (the saints), yajña-śiṣṭ-āśinaḥ (those are fed with the fruits of their services to
mankind and nature as the remnants of their sacrificed offers), munchyante (become
freed from) sarva-kilbiṣaiḥ (all kinds of sins), tu (but) pāpā (the impious persons), ye
(those) panchanti (cook for) ātma-kāraṇāt (self-consumption only), bhuñjate (are fed)
aghaṁ (with sins). ||13||
Translation
The sincere saints by their self-less service
Get freed from all sins and recognized ever
Fed with the fame and eminence they earn
Like the residuals of their sacrificed offer
But impious persons, the self-serving ones

Cook those only for their own consumption
Fed with the food of sins, earned by them
That is due to their self-satisfying action ||13||
Verse No 14
अ ा व त भूता न पज याद स भवः ।
य ा व त पज यो य ः कमसमुवः ॥
Transliteration
annādbhavanti bhūtāni parjanyādannasambhavaḥ
yajñādbhavati parjanyo yajñaḥ karmasamudbhavaḥ

bhūtāni (All living beings) bhavanti (are grown) annāt (from the food grains), annaḥ
(Food grains) sambhavaḥ (are grown) parjanyāt (by the rain), parjanyo (The rains)
bhavati (arise) yajñyāt (from the sacrificial services like preservance of forests and hills),
yajñaḥ (the sacrificial offers) karma samudbhavaḥ (arise out of collective cooperation
for service to the nature). ||14||
Translation
Grown from the food grains, all living beings
Grains are grown from the showers of rain
And rains are caused by sacrificing offers
Offers arise out of collective pain and gain ||14||
Verse No 15
कम ो वंव ा रसमुवम्
।
त मा सवगतं न यं
य े त तम्॥
Transliteration
karma brahmodbhavaṁ viddhi brahmākṣarasamudbhavam
tasmātsarvagataṁ brahma nityaṁ yajñe pratiṣṭhitam

Viddhi (Know) karma (this self-less action) brahma-udbhavaṁ (arise out of supreme
knowledge), brahma (this knowledge) samudbhavaṁ (is born out of) Akṣara (the
imperishable source), tasmāt (therefore) nityaṁ (the eternal), sarvagataṁ brahma (all
pervaded spirit) pratiṣṭhitam (is always established) yajñe (in sacrificial services). ||15||
Translation
Realize that this self-less action,
Evolved from supreme knowledge
Supreme knowledge is evolved from
The imperishable, spread at large
Thus, the all-pervasive eternal one
Invisibly, who is present all over
Always appear as the spirit, divine
In social service, sacrificing offer ||15||
Verse No 16
एवंव ततं
च ं नानु
वतयतीह यः ।
अघायु
र यारामो मोघंपाथ स जीव त ॥
Transliteration
evaṁ pravartitaṁ cakraṁ nānuvartayatīha yaḥ
aghāyurindriyārāmo moghaṁ pārtha sa jīvati

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), yaḥ (who) na-anuvartati (does not follow) evaṁ (this)
chakraṁ (cycle of) pravartitaṁ (practices), saḥ (He is) aghāyuḥ (a sinful man),
indriyārāmaḥ (gratifying the sensual pleasures), jīvati (lives) moghaṁ (in vain). ||16||
Translation
Never follows who, O Arjun! The cycle of rules
The sacrificial requisites, customized this way
A sinful aberrant is he, who respireth in vain
Gratified with sensual thrills, eager to enjoy ||16||
Verse No 17
य वा मर तरे
व यादा मतृ
त मानवः ।
आ म ये
व च स तुत य काय न व ते॥
Transliteration
yastvātmaratireva syādātmatṛptaśca mānavaḥ
ātmanyeva ca santuṣṭastasya kāryaṁ na vidyate

Tu (But) yaḥ mānavaḥ (the man, who) syāt (remains) ātma-triptaḥ (satisfied within self),
ātma-ratiḥ-eva (rejoices only in self), ca (and) ātmani-eva santuṣṭaḥ (finds contentment
only in self), tasya (his) kāryaṁ (works) na vidyate (are not visible MEANS he is not
bound by actions, though he keeps on working). ||17||
Translation
On the other hand but, a self-satisfied man
Rejoiced who, himself in peace and pleasure
Never appears busy, being bound by actions
Despite working hard, achieving many more ||17||
Verse No 18
सं
जय उवाच
नै
व त य कृ
ते
नाथ नाकृ
तेनह
ेक न ।
न चा य सवभू
ते
षुक दथ पा यः ॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
naiva tasya kṛtenārtho nākṛteneha kaścana
na cāsya sarvabhūteṣu kaścidarthavyapāśrayaḥ

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjay told), Iha (In this world) tasya artha (he has interest) na kṛte
(neither on performances) na akṛte (nor on non-performances) kaḥ-ca-na (of nobody
else), ca (and) asya (of this man), na artha (has no interest) vyapāśryaḥ (seeking
support and shelter) kaścid (at all) sarva-bhūteṣu (in all living beings). ||18||
Translation
Never keeps he interest at anything in this world
Neither for gains nor against loss from his works
Never seeks he support or shelter in living beings
Begging for any other’s favour to fulfill his wants ||18||
Verse No 19
त मादस ः सततं
काय कम समाचर ।
अस ो ाचर कम परमा ो त पुषः ॥
Transliteration
tasmādasaktaḥ satataṁ kāryaṁ karma samācara
asakto hyācaran karma paramāpnoti pūruṣaḥ

Tasmāt (Therefore) samācara (do diligently) kāryaṁ karma (the prescribed duties)
satataṁ (always) asaktaḥ (without any attachment thereto), pūruṣaḥ (A person)
paramaṁ-āpnoti (attains the supreme position) ācaran (being engaged) hi karma (only
in prescribed duties), asaktaḥ (in a self-less manner). ||19||
Translation
Act, act, therefore, without aspiring
Engaged endlessly in righteous works
Working without attachment a person
Attains the ultimate Supreme Status ||19||
Verse No 20
कमणैव ह सं
स मा थता जनकादयः ।
लोकसंहमेवा प स प य कतु
मह स ॥
Transliteration
karmaṇaiva hi saṁsiddhimāsthitā janakādayaḥ
lokasaṅgrahamevāpi sampaśyankartumarhasi

karmaṇaiva-hi (Only through righteous works) janakādayaḥ (the saintly kings like
Janaka and others) saṁsiddhim āsthitā (have attained perfection). sampaśyan
( keeping in view), eva (as if) loka-saṅgraham (a collective learning to the public) api
(also), arhasi (you must endeavor) kartum (to perform). ||20||
Translation
Courteous royal saints like Janak and many more
Attained perfection through this self-less works
Thou should therefore, endeavor in this way only
Sighting a glaring example for common cognizance ||20||
Verse No 21
य दाचर त ेत देवत
ेरो जनः ।
स य माणं कुते
लोक तदनुवतते ॥
Transliteration
yadyadācarati śreṣṭhastattadevetaro janaḥ
sa yatpramāṇaṁ kurute lokastadanuvartate

śreṣṭhaḥ (A superior person), yat-yat-ācarati (whichever way acts), deva-itaraḥ janaḥ
(other inferior men) tat-tat (do that only), yat (whatever) saḥ (he) pramāṇaṁ kurute
(proves worthy of doing), lokaḥ (the public) tat-anuvartate (imitate that). ||21||
Translation
Perform which ever way the perfectionists
Common men, all others, imitate that action
Proved whatever by him, the best way to do
Public follow that blindly, as a pre-set vision ||21||
Verse No 22
न मेपाथा त कत ं षुलोकेषुकचन ।
नानवा तमवा त ं
वत एव च कम ण ॥
Transliteration
na me pārthāsti kartavyaṁ triṣu lokeṣu kiñcana
nānavāptamavāptavyaṁ varta eva ca karmaṇi

Pārtha (O Arjun!), triṣu lokeṣu (in these three worlds MEANS in the higher world, middle
world and in the lower world) me na asti (I do not have) kiñcana kartavyaṁ (any duties),
na avāptam (nor any things unavailable), avāptavyaṁ (which are not within my reach),
ca (still ) varta-eva (I am engaged in this manner) karmaṇi (in my prescribed duties).
||22||
Translation
Is there anything not obtainable, far-fetched to me
What else, in these three worlds, unavailable to me
Not bound by any definite duty, enforced upon me
Still engaged I am, this way, working all the time ||22||
Verse No 23
य द हं न वतयं
जातुकम यत तः ।
मम व मानु
वत ते
मनुयाः पाथ सवशः ॥
Transliteration
yadi hyahaṁ na varteyaṁ jātu karmaṇyatandritaḥ
mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ

Yadi (If) hi (at all), jātu (at any point of time) ahaṁ (I am) na varteyaṁ (not engaged)
karmaṇi (in prescribed works) atandritaḥ (carefully), sarvaśaḥ manuṣyāḥ (all other
persons) anuvartante (will follow) mama (my) vartmaṁ (path). ||23||
Translation
If at all, O Arjun! at any point of time
Without devotionally dedicated in works
Had I been inactive, remaining idle ever
Would have followed my path others also ||23||
Verse No 24
उ सीदे
यु
रमे
लोका न कु
या कम चेदहम्।
सं
कर य च कता यामु
पह या ममाः जाः ॥
Transliteration
utsīdeyurime lokā na kuryāṁ karma cedaham
saṅkarasya ca kartā syāmupahanyāmimāḥ prajāḥ
Cet (If) ahaṁ (I) na kuryāt (do not perform) karma (my prescribed duties), ime lokāḥ
(these worlds) utsīdeyuḥ (will be ruined) ca (and) syām (I would be) kartā (the creator)
saṅkarasya (of racial disorders) and upa-hanyāmi (would completely destroy) imāh
prajāḥ (this progeny). ||24||
Translation
The prescribed duties if I were not to perform
Ruined would have been completely this world
I would have been the cause of racial disorders
Would have destroyed then this offspring, idled ||24||
Verse No 25
स ाः कम य व ां
सो यथा कु
व त भारत ।
कु
या ांतथास क षु
ल कसंहम् ॥
Transliteration
saktāḥ karmaṇyavidvāṁso yathā kurvanti bhārata
kuryādvidvāṁstathāsaktaścikīrṣurlokasaṅgraham

bhārata (O Bharat Born Brave!), yathā (As like) avidvāṁso (the ignorants), kurvanti (do)
saktāḥ (being attached with) karmaṇi (fruitive works), tathā (so also), vidvāṁsaḥ (the
wise men) kuryāt (should do) asaktāḥ (without attachment with the results), cikīrṣu (for
bringing up) loka-saṅgraham (public welfare). ||25||
Translation
As like as ignorants act
Hankering after results
So also do, the wise men,
But without self-interest
Work always as ignorants
Attached with the return
But wise men should do for
The welfare of the nation ||25||
Verse No 26
न बु भे
दं
जनयेद ानां
कमस ङ्गनाम्
।
जोषये
सवकमा ण व ा युः समाचरन्
॥
Transliteration
na buddhibhedaṁ janayedajñānāṁ karmasaṅginām
joṣayetsarvakarmāṇi vidvānyuktaḥ samācaran
vidvān (The wise man) yuktaḥ (attached with) samācaran (his welfare activities), na
janayet (should not create) buddhi-bhedaṁ (confusion in the minds) ajñānāṁ (of the
ignorants), karma-saṅginām (those are anxiously engaged in fruitive actions), joṣayet
(rather inspire them to be engaged) sarva-karmāṇi (in all their activities). ||26||
Translation
Wisely engaged a learned person, in all his works
Should not mislead ignorants to a confused state
Inspire them rather to remain engaged, always
Attached with fruitive works, doing their best ||26||
Verse No 27
कृ
ते
ः यमाणा न गु णै
ः कमा ण सवशः ।
अहं
कार वमू
ढा मा कताह म त म यते
॥
Transliteration
prakṛteḥ kriyamāṇāni guṇaiḥ karmāṇi sarvaśaḥ
ahaṅkāravimūḍhātmā kartāhamiti manyate

Sarvaśaḥ karmāṇi (All the works) kriyamāṇāni (are performed) guṇaiḥ (by the attributes)
prakṛteḥ (of the nature), ahaṅkāra-vimūḍh-ātmā (an ignorant driven by false ego)
manyate (assumes) iti (as if) kartā-aham (I am the doer). ||27||
Translation
Of nature-induced, the attributes
Get performed all works
But I am the doer, Ignorant thinks
For his egoistic thoughts ||27||
Verse No 28
त वव ुमहाबाहो गु
णकम वभागयोः ।
गु
णा गु
णष
ेुवत त इ त म वा न स जते
॥
Transliteration
tattvavittu mahābāho guṇakarmavibhāgayoḥ
guṇā guṇeṣu vartanta iti matvā na sajjate

Tu (But) mahā-bāho (O mighty armed Arjun!), guṇa-karma-vibhāgayoḥ (in the doctrine of
Division of Works as per attributes), guṇā (the sensual modes) varttanta (play
interacting) guṇeṣu (with the sense-driven objects), iti matvā (by realizing this aspect)
tattvavit (the wise lessoned mind) na sajjate (is not carried out in that). ||28||
Translation
Crossed against Human Wishes
Various nature-born urges
Sensual modes play in senses
Which transform to works
Realizing this doctrine, divine

Driving Attributes to Act
A self-centered, lessoned mind
Never hoodwinked by that ||28||
Verse No 29
कृ
ते
गणस
ु मू ढ़ाः स ज ते
गु
णकमसु।
तानकृन वदो म दा कृन व वचालये
त्॥
Transliteration
prakṛterguṇasammūḍhāḥ sajjante guṇakarmasu
tānakṛtsnavido mandānkṛtsnavinna vicālayet

akṛtsna-vido (Persons, who do not possess complete knowledge), guṇa-sammūḍhāḥ
(and deluded by the modes) prakṛteḥ (of the nature), sajjante (are deeply carried out by)
guṇa-karmasu (the attributes for materialistic actions), kṛtsnavit (One, who has
complete knowledge), na vichālayet (should not perturb) tān (them), mandān (who are
slow and lazy in realizing this fact). ||29||
Translation
Incomplete in knowledge
With slow performing skills
Deluded by the attributes
Of the nature-born thrills
Engaged ever, the ignorants

In their attributes to action
Let not them be stumbled
By the knowledge-full person ||29||
Verse No 30
म य सवा ण कमा ण स य या या मचे
तसा ।
नराशी नममो भू
वा यु
य व वगत वरः ॥
Transliteration
mayi sarvāṇi karmāṇi sannyasyādhyātmacetasā
nirāśīrnirmamo bhūtvā yudhyasva vigatajvaraḥ
Sannyasya (by renouncing) sarvāṇi karmāṇi (all your works and earnings) mayi
(surrendered onto me), bhūtvā (being) nirāśīḥ (non-desirous), nirmamo (non-
possessive), adhyātma-cetasā (fixing your mind with the inner self), yudhyasva (fight)
vigata-jvaraḥ (without fear). ||30||
Translation
Discharged off all thy deeds
Surrendered onto me
With attention on inner self
Devoting all the time
Non-possessive, non-desirous
Being egoless always
Fight! Without fright at all
Leaving behind woes ||30||
Verse No 31
येमेमत मदंन यमनुत त मानवाः ।
ाव तोऽनसू
य तो मु
य ते
ते
ऽ त कम भः ॥
Transliteration
ye me matamidaṁ nityamanutiṣṭhanti mānavāḥ
śraddhāvanto’nasūyanto mucyante te’pi karmabhiḥ

Ye mānavāḥ (those persons), nityaṁ (always) anutiṣṭhanti (stay in line with) me mataṁ
(my opinion) idaṁ (on this precept), śraddhāvantaḥ (eagerly with willingness),
anasūyantaḥ (without any hesitation), te (they) api (are also) mucyante (liberated)
karmabhiḥ (from the bondage of works). ||31||
Translation
Eagerly, with willingness
Without any glitch
Wise men who perform this
Precept of my preach
Posing their faith on me

Practicing this course
They too get freed from
The fetters of works ||31||
Verse No 32
येवे
तद यसू
य तो नानु
त त मे
मतम्
।
सव ान वमू
ढां
ता व न ानचे
तसः ॥
Transliteration
ye tvetadabhyasūyanto nānutiṣṭhanti me matam
sarvajñānavimūḍhāṁstānviddhi naṣṭānacetasaḥ

Tu (But) ye (those, who) na-anutiṣṭhanti (do not scrupulously follow) me mataṁ (my
opinion of precepts), abhyasūyantaḥ (by discarding) etat (these), viddhi (know) tān
(them) acetasaḥ (as nonsense fellows), naṣṭān (ruined), sarva-jñāna-vimūḍhān
(befooled of all sorts of knowledge). ||32||
Translation
But those fools who carp at my sacred sermon
Do not meticulously follow this precept, opined
Bewildered they are, devoid of all the wisdoms
Know them as nonsense fellows foolishly ruined ||32||
Verse No 33
स शंचेतेव याः कृ तेानवान प ।
कृत या त भू
ता न न हः क क र य त ॥
Transliteration
sadṛśaṁ ceṣṭate svasyāḥ prakṛterjñānavān api
prakṛtiṁ yānti bhūtāni nigrahaḥ kiṁ kariṣyati

bhūtāni (all living beings) yānti (follow) prakṛtiṁ (their own nature), jñānavān-api (even
wise men) ceṣṭate (endeavor) sadrśaṁ (in accordance with) swasyāḥ (their own)
prakṛteḥ (in-born nature), kiṁ kariṣyati (what can do) nigrahaḥ (one restraint)? ||33||
Translation
Behave all beings as per their in-born nature
Driven by their own talent even the learned
Endeavor all, induced by their own born skill
What can a Restraint do to reset that trend ||33||
Verse No 34
इ य ये य याथ राग े
षौ व थतौ ।
तयोन वशमाग छेौ य प रप थनौ ॥
Transliteration
Indriyasyendriyasyārthe rāgadveṣau vyavasthitau
tayorna vaśamāgacchettau hyasya paripanthinau

Rāga-dveṣau (the attraction and distraction) vyavasthitau (arise out) indriyasya (of the
sense organs) indriyasya-arthe (for the sake of the sense objects), na āgacchet (one
should not become) vaśam (addicted) tayoḥ (to those), tau (both of them are) hi (the
only) paripanthinau (obstructions) asya (of this MEANS of this self-realizing man) ||34||
Translation
Sense organs attached with
Sense serving objects
Attraction and aversion
Always arise out of that
Should not be addicted one

Carried out by the both
Both are the obstacles in
The self-realizing path ||34||
Verse No 35
े
या वधम वगु
णः परधमा वनुतात् ।
वधम नधनंे
यः परधम भयावहः ॥
Transliteration
śreyānsvadharmo viguṇaḥ paradharmātsvanuṣṭhitāt
svadharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ paradharmo bhayāvahaḥ

Sva-dharmo (own culture OR own profession), viguṇaḥ (be it inferior in quality), śreyān
(still better) para-dharmāt (than that of the other customs and other occupation), su-
anuṣṭhitāt (seems to be well-established). śreyaḥ (It is better) nidhanaṁ (to die)
svadharme (in one’s own duty), paradharmo (but shifting to of others) bhayāvahaḥ (is
quite dangerous). ||35||
Translation
Our own tradition, own culture
Own profession, own duty
Better than the well-set others’
Be it inferior in its quality
While performing our own duty

Better to die doing own works
But shifting to others’ vocation
Always risky, quite dangerous ||35||
Verse No 36
अजुन उवाचः
अथ के
न युोऽयं पापंचर त पुषः ।
अ न छ प वा णय बला दव नयो जतः ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
atha kena prayukto’yaṁ pāpaṁ carati pūruṣaḥ
anicchannapi vārṣṇeya balādiva niyojitaḥ

vārṣṇeya (O Srikrishna of Vrishni dynasty!), atha (then) ayaṁ-pūruṣaḥ (this man),
anicchan-api (without his willingness also), carati (commits) pāpaṁ (sins), niyojitaḥ
(engaged) balāt-iva (forcefully), prayuktaḥ (encouraged) kena (by whom)? ||36||
Translation
Asked then Arjun,“O Bravo of the Vrishnis!”
Under whose influences this man is forced
For committing crimes and sinful offences
Unwillingly, though his conscience, reserved ||36||
Verse No 37
वाच
काम एष ोध एष रजोगुणसमुवः ।
महाशनो महापा मा व ये
न मह वै
रणम्॥
Transliteration
kāma eṣa krodha eṣa rajoguṇasamudbhavaḥ
mahāśano mahāpāpmā viddhyenamiha vairiṇam

Śrībhagavāna-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), eṣa kāma (These desires), eṣa krodha
(and this anger), samudvabaḥ (born of) rajo guṇa (the attributes of passion), mahā-śano
(are very hungry), mahā-pāpmā (and great sinners), viddhi-ena (know both of them)
vairiṇam (as the enemies) iha (in this world). ||37||
Translation
Born of the nature’s attributes of passion
These devil desires and this rising wrath
Like gigantic sinners, two ravenous giants
Know them as the enemies of this earth ||37||
Verse No 38
धू
मन
ेा यते
व यथादश मले
न च।
यथो बे
नावृ
तो गभ तथा ते
नदेमावृ
तम्
॥
Transliteration
dhūmenāvriyate vahniryathādarśo malena ca
yatholbenāvṛto garbhastathā tenedamāvṛtam

Yathā (like) vahni (the fire) āvriyate (is covered) dhūmena (with smoke), ca (and) ādarśo
(the mirror) malena (with dirts), yathā (like) garbhaḥ (the embryo) āvṛtaḥ (is covered)
ulvena (by the womb), tathā (similarly) idam (this is MEANS this conscience is) āvṛtam
(covered) tena (by those MEANS by those desire and anger). ||38||
Translation
As like as the fire, covered by the smoke
An image faint through a dust-clad mirror
Like the embryo inside the mother’s womb
Concealed, the conscience by wish and anger ||38||
Verse No 39
आवृतंानमे
ते
न ा ननो न यवै
रणा ।
काम पे
ण कौ ते
य पूरणेानले
नच॥
Transliteration
āvṛtaṁ jñānametena jñānino nityavairiṇā
kāmarūpeṇa kaunteya duṣpūreṇānalena ca

Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), jñānam (the knowledge) jñānino (of the wise men) āvṛtaṁ
(is covered) eten (by these MEANS by these wish and anger) ca (and) kāma-rūpeṇa (by
the passion), duṣpūreṇa-analena (like insatiable flame) nitya-vairiṇā (which are like
enemies always). ||39||
Translation
Never ending desires like insatiable flames
The more it is satisfied, still more it wants
Like ever warring enemies of all wise persons
Hiding the wisdom and covering their talents ||39||
Verse No 40
इ या ण मनो बु र या ध ानमुयते
।
एतै
वमोहय ये
ष ानमावृ य दे
हनम्
॥
Transliteration
indriyāṇi mano buddhirasyādhiṣṭhānamucyate
etairvimohayatyeṣa jñānamāvṛtya dehinam
Ucyate (it has been said that) indriyāṇi (the sense organs), manaḥ (the mind), buddhiḥ
(and the intellect) adhiṣṭhānam (are the resting places) asya (of this MEANS of this lust),
etaiḥ (by the help of these) eṣa (this lust) vimohayati (beguiles) dehinam (the embodied
ones) āvṛtya (by covering) jñānam (the knowledge). ||40||
Translation
Senses, Mind, and Intellect are said to be
The sheltering places of this lusty passion
By the help of these, it beguiles all beings
Veiling the knowledge and blinding the man ||40||
Verse No 41
त मा व म या यादौ नय य भरतषभ ।
पा मानंज ह नेंान व ाननाशनम्॥
Transliteration
tasmāttvamindriyāṇyādau niyamya bharatarṣabha
pāpmānaṁ prajahi hyenaṁ jñānavijñānanāśanam

Bharatarṣabha (O Great of the Bhaarat Dynasty), tasmāt (therefore), niyamya (by
controlling) indriyāṇi (the sense organs) ādyau (from the very beginning) tvaṁ (you)
prajahi (kill) enaṁ (these) pāpmānaṁ (sinful desires), hi (which are definitely) nāśanaṁ
(the destroyer) jñāna-vijñāna (of the wit and the wisdom). ||41||
Translation
Therefore, O Noblest of the Bharat Empire!
By controlling the wild senses as early as can
Kill out this criminal like, the sinful cravings
Which wipe out the wisdom and wit of a man ||41||
Verse No 42
इ या ण परा या र ये यः परं
मनः ।
मनस तुपरा बु य बुे
ः परत तु
सः ॥
Transliteration
indriyāṇi parāṇyāhurindriyebhyaḥ paraṁ manaḥ
manasastu parā buddhiryo buddheḥ paratastu saḥ

Indriyāṇi (the sense organs) āhu (are said to be) parāṇ (powerful), manaḥ (the mind)
paraṁ (is more powerful) indriyebhyaḥ (than the senses), tu (but) buddhiḥ (the intellect)
parā (is mightier) manasaḥ (than the mind), yaḥ (who is) parataḥ (mightier) buddheḥ
(than the intellect), saḥ (he is the Self or the Soul). ||42||
Translation
Powerful, are the sense organs, as has been told
But more powerful the Mind is than the Senses
Mightier than the Mind is the Intellect, Insight
More powerful than Intellect is the Self always ||42||
Verse No 43
एवं
बुे
ः परं
बुवा सं त या मानमा मना ।
जहश ु ं
महाबाहो काम पंरासदम् ॥
Transliteration
evaṁ buddheḥ paraṁ buddhvā saṁstabhyātmānamātmanā
jahi śatruṁ mahābāho kāmarūpaṁ durāsadam

Mahā-bāho (O mighty armed Arjun!), evaṁ (thus), buddhvā (by realizing) paraṁ (this
Soul as the most powerful) buddheḥ (than the Intellect), jahi (conquer over) śatruṁ (this
enemy) kāma-rūpaṁ (in the form of lust), durāsadam (which is difficult) saṁstabhya
(but possible by controlling) ātmānam (over the Self) ātmanā (by self-efforts). ||43||
Translation
O mighty armed Arjun! By realizing the fact
Thus, the Soul being superior to Intellect
Win over thy enemies in the form of wishes
By self-controlling thyself, be it difficult ||43||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेकमयोगो
नाम तृ
तीयोऽ यायः ॥3॥
With this, ended the Third Chapter named “The Doctrine of Deeds”
---000---
अथ चतु
थ ऽ यायः- ानकमसं
यासयोग
FOURTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Knowledge for Freedom)

Verse No 01
ी भगवानु
वाच
इमंवव वते
योगंो वानहम यम् ।
वव वा मनवेाह मनुर वाकवे
ऽ वीत्॥
Transliteration
imaṁ vivasvate yogaṁ proktavānahamavyayam
vivasvānmanave prāha manurikṣvākave’bravīt

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), ahaṁ proktavān (I have explained) imaṁ
(this) avyayaṁ yogaṁ (imperishable doctrine) vivasvate (to the Son God). Vivasvān
(The king Vivasvaan) prāha (told this) Manave (to the king of all legal affairs named
Manu). Manuḥ (The king Manu) abravīt (told this) ikṣvākave (to the king named Ikṣvāku).
||01||
Translation
Long long ago the Lord said, explained I have
To the Sun God about this doctrine, undying
Sun God told this to Manu, the king of Law
And Manu told this to Ikshvaku named King ||01||
Verse No 02
एवंपर परा ा त ममं
राजषयो व ः ।
स काले
नहेमहता योगो न ः पर तप ॥
Transliteration
evaṁ paramparāprāptamimaṁ rājarṣayo viduḥ
sa kāleneha mahatā yogo naṣṭaḥ parantapa

Parantapa (O Fury of the Foes!), Evaṁ (In this way) prāptam (this was passed on)
paramparā (from generation to generation). Rājarsayo (the kingly sages) viduḥ (learnt)
imaṁ (about this). Sa yogo (That divine doctrine) nastaḥ (has been perished out) iha (in
this world) mahatā kālena (after a long time). ||02||
Translation
Passed on by and by this lore, thus down the line
Kingly Saints learnt about this from one another
By the passage of time, of late, O Fury of Foes!,
Dimmed out this doctrine, perished there after ||02||
Verse No 03
स एवायंमया ते
ऽ योगः ो ः पु
रातनः ।
भ ोऽ स मेसखा चे
त रह यं त
े मम् ॥
Transliteration
sa evāyaṁ mayā te’dya yogaḥ proktaḥ purātanaḥ
bhakto’si me sakhā ceti rahasyaṁ hyetaduttamam

Bhakto-asi (you are my devotee) ca (and) iti (like) me sakhā (my friend). Evaṁ hi (In this
way) Saḥ purātanaḥ yogaḥ (that ancient doctrine) proktaḥ (was told) mayā (by me) te
(to you) adya (today). Etat (this is) uttamaṁ (very useful supreme) rahasyaṁ (secrets).
||03||
Translation
Once again, today, I revealed that to thee
This divine doctrine, this supreme secret,
This primeval knowledge of ancient times
For thou being my fan and very close mate ||03||
Verse No 04
अपरंभवतो ज म परं
ज म वव वतः ।
कथमेत जानीयांवमादौ ो वा न त ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
aparaṁ bhavato janma paraṁ janma vivasvataḥ
katham etad vijānīyāṁ tvamādau proktavān iti

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), bhavato janma (you are born) paraṁ (afterwards),
vivasvataḥ (the son God was) janma (born) aparaṁ (much before), tvaṁ (you)
proktavān (had told) etad (this) ādau (before), kathaṁ (how can) vijānīyāṁ (I believe) iti
(this fact). ||04||
Translation
Much before, the Sun God Vivasvaan was born
But thou are incarnated eons there after, now
Could I believe these facts, questioned Arjun,
That thou had preached this before, but how ||04||
Verse No 05
वाच
ब न मे तीता न ज मा न तव चाजु
न।
ता यहं
वे
द सवा ण न वंवेथ पर तप ॥
Transliteration
bahūni me vyatītāni janmāni tavacārjuna
tāny ahaṁ veda sarvāṇi na tvaṁ vettha parantapa

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), Arjuna, Paramtapa (O Arjun! the Fury of
the Foes!) janmāni (many births) vyatitāni (have been passed away) me (of mine) ca
(and) tava (of yours also), ahaṁ (I) veda (know) tāni sarvāṇi (all of those), tvaṁ (you) na
vettha (do not know at all). ||5||
Translation
O Arjun, The Fury of the Foes!, replied the Lord
Manifested manifold my births, rebirths, thine too
Bygone, the ages after ages in the passage of time
I know all those pasts, which are not known to you ||05||
Verse No 06
अजोऽ प स या मा भू
तानामी रोऽ प सन्
।
कृत वाम ध ाय स भवा या ममायया ॥
Transliteration
ajo’pi sannavyayātmā bhūtānāmīśvaro’pi san
prakṛtiṁ svāmadhiṣṭhāya sambhavāmyātmamāyayā

Api (despite) sann (being) ajaḥ (the unborn), avyaya-ātmā (imperishable soul), sann-api
(despite being) īsvaraḥ (the Lord) būutānām (of all living beings), sambhavāmi (I
manifest myself) ātma-māyayā (by my own magical power) adhisthāya (by floating)
prakṛtiṁ (the nature) svayam (myself). ||6||
Translation
Although I am imperishable, unborn, undying
Despite being the master of all living beings
I manifest myself by conceiving the nature
By my magical power with my inner potency ||06||
Verse No 07
यदा यदा ह धम य ला नभव त भारत ।
अ यु थानमधम य तदा मानं
सृजा यहम् ॥
Transliteration
yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānirbhavati bhārata
abhyutthānamadharmasya tadātmānaṁ sṛjāmyaham

Bhārata (O Bharat born!), yadā (when) yadā hi (and whenever) glāniḥ-bhavati (there is
declining) dharmasya (of the virtues), abhyutthānam (and arising) adharmasya (of the
vice), tat (then) aham (I) sṛjāmi (manifest) ātmānaṁ (myself). ||7||
Translation
Whenever and when, decline the virtues
The vulnerable vices rise up at rampant
I manifest myself by my magical power
In a visible form of any physical state ||07||
Verse No 08
प र ाणाय साधू
नांवनाशाय च कृताम्।
धमसं थापनाथाय स भवा म यु
गे
यु
गे॥
Transliteration
paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṁ vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām
dharmasaṁsthāpanārthāya sambhavāmi yuge yuge

Sambhavāmi (I take births and rebirths) yuge yuge (from eons to eons) paritrānāya (for
the rescue) sādhūnāṁ (of the saintly persons), vināsāya (for the destruction) duskṛtāṁ
(of the miscreants), ca (and) sansthāpanā-arthāya (for the sake of establishing) dharma
(the righteousness). ||8||
Translation
For the rescue of all those virtuous beings
For destroying miscreants, doing the crime
For the sake of the righteousness at large
I incarnate myself here from time to time ||08||
Verse No 09
ज म कम च मेद मेवंयो वे त वतः ।
य वा दे
हं
पुनज म नै
त मामेत सोऽजु
न॥
Transliteration
janma karma ca me divyamevaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ
tyaktvā dehaṁ punarjanma naiti māmeti so’rjuna

Yaḥ (whoever) vetti (knows) tatvataḥ (by virtue of knowledge) me janma (my incarnation)
ca karma (and my deeds) divyaṁ (to be divine), na-eti (he does not get) punarjanma
(rebirths) tyaktvā (by leaving) dehaṁ (his body). Arjuna (O Arjun!), saḥ (He) eti (gets)
māṁ (me). ||9||
Translation
My eternal incarnations and deeds, divine
Realizes this who, by virtue of knowledge
Never subject to births, rebirths himself
After leaving his body he attains my stage ||09||
Verse No 10
वीतरागभय ोधा म मया मामु
पा ताः ।
बहवो ानतपसा पूता म ावमागताः ॥
Transliteration
vītarāgabhayakrodhā manmayā māmupāśritāḥ
bahavo jñānatapasā pūtā madbhāvamāgatāḥ

bahavo (Many people), vīta-rāga-bhaya-krodhā (who have surpassed the attachment,
fear, and anger), mat-mayā (who see me everywhere), māṁ-upāśritāḥ (who are
surrendered onto me), pūtā (who are purified) jñāna-tapasā ( by knowledge through
efforts), āgatāḥ (have attained to) mat-bhāvam (my thoughts). ||10||
Translation
Freed from the fondness, fright, and fury
Enriched with wisdom by rigorous efforts
Surrendered onto me with a purified mind
Many, onto me, got merged in my thoughts ||10||
Verse No 11
ये
यथा माँप ते तां
तथैव भजा यहम् ।
मम व मानु
वत ते
मनुयाः पाथ सवशः ॥
Transliteration
ye yathā māṁ prapadyante tāṁstathaiva bhajāmyaham
mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ

Ye (those, who) prapadyante (are surrendered) māṁ (onto me) yathā (in whichever
ways), tathā-iva (the same way) ahaṁ (I) bhajāmi (reciprocate) tān (them). Pārtha (O
Arjun!), anuvartante (all the paths followed by) sarvaśaḥ manusyāḥ (all the men) my
vartma (lead to my path). ||11||
Translation
Whichever ways, He, who thinks about me
The same way in turn I reciprocate to him
All the ways of the persons of all religions
Follow all the time my path that leads to me ||11||
Verse No 12
काङ् तः कमणां स यज त इह दे
वताः ।
ंह मानु
षे
लोकेस भव त कमजा ॥
Transliteration
kāṅkṣantaḥ karmaṇāṁ siddhiṁ yajanta iha devatāḥ
kṣipraṁ hi mānuṣe loke siddhirbhavati karmajā

Iha (In this) mānuṣe loke (human world), kāṅkṣantaḥ (by desiring) siddhiṁ (highest
returns) karmaṇāṁ (through fructifying works), yajanta (by offering efforts and
sacrifices) devatāḥ (to demi gods of nature MEANS resorting to various natural
exploitations), kṣipraṁ siddhiḥ (quick results) bhavati (come out) karmajā (from fruitive
actions). ||12||
Translation
Expecting high returns from fructifying works
Sacrificing to Nature Gods by various efforts
In this hankering world of whims of human hues
Quick returns are realized from acquiring acts ||12||
Verse No 13
चातु
व य मया सृंगु
णकम वभागशः ।
त य कतारम प मां
व यकतारम यम् ॥
Transliteration
cāturvarṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇakarmavibhāgaśaḥ
tasya kartāramapi māṁ viddhyakartāramavyayam

cāturvarṇyaṁ (Four class of works MEANS four division of castes) sṛṣṭaṁ (was created)
mayā (by me) guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ (as per different skill-sets). Vidhi (Know) māṁ-
avyayam (me, the imperishable one) tasya kartāraṁ (as the creator of that casteism),
akartāraṁ-api (the non-creator also, MEANS even though I am the creator of these four
different work-classes, actually these are created due to the skills and interest by born,
which is again due to their past desires and deeds) ||13||
Translation
For the division of works I created castes
Four types from the skills, different
The wise class, warriors, the business man
And the fourth class is the servants
Know me, the immutable, as the creator

Of this system of classified works
But I, also the non-doer, free from works
In-born skills only created castes ||13||
Verse No 14
न मां
कमा ण ल प त न मे कमफलेपृ हा ।
इ त मां
योऽ भजाना त कम भन स ब यते
॥
Transliteration
na māṁ karmāṇi limpanti na me karmaphale spṛhā
iti māṁ yo’bhijānāti karmabhirna sa badhyate

karmāṇi (The fructifying works) na limpanti (cannot bind) me (me), na me (nor I have)
spṛhā (any interest) karma-phale (in the fruits of action). Jo (whoever) abhijānāti (knows)
māṁ (me) iti (like this), sa (He is) na badhyate (not bound) karmabhiḥ (by the fructifying
works). ||14||
Translation
Not bound by any fruitive action, I am
Nor have interest there in its result
He, who, himself, realizes me like this
Not fettered by this works, unrest ||14||
Verse No 15
एवंा वा कृ
तंकम पू
वर प मु
मुुभः ।
कुकमव त मा वंपूवः पू
वतरं
कृ
तम् ॥
Transliteration
evaṁ jñātvā kṛtaṁ karma pūrvairapi mumukṣubhiḥ
kuru karmaiva tasmāttvaṁ pūrvaiḥ pūrvataraṁ kṛtam

jñātvā (By realizing) evaṁ (this fact that) purvaiḥ (earlier) mumukṣubhiḥ (the saints,
desiring liberation), kṛtaṁ (have done) karma (their prescribed works). tasmāt
(Therefore) tvaṁ (you) kuru (do) karma (your duties) iva (like) kṛtaṁ (done) pūrvaiḥ (by
your forefathers) pūrvataraṁ (earlier). ||15||
Translation
As performed in the past, by the ancient saints
To attain liberation from the fetters of works
Thou must, therefore, diligently, do thy duties
Like the past deeds, done by thy forefathers ||15||
Verse No 16
क कम कमकम त कवयोऽ य मो हताः ।
त े
कम व या म य ा वा मो यसे
ऽशु
भात् ॥
Transliteration
kiṁ karma kimakarmeti kavayo’pyatra mohitāḥ
tatte karma pravakṣyāmi yajjñātvā mokṣyase’śubhāt

kiṁ karma (What is prescribed work?) kiṁ-akarma (what is diluted work?), kavayaḥ-api
(the wise, even) atra mohitāḥ (is bewildered by this), tat (Therefore) pravakṣyāmi (I am
expressing) te (to you) karma (the concept of works), yat-jñātvā (by knowing which)
moksyase (you will be freed) aśubhāt (from evils). ||16||
Translation
Which work is prescribed and which is diluted
Even, the wise men also, are bewildered by this
Expressing thee, therefore, the work concepts
By knowing which thou shall be freed from ills ||16||
Verse No 17
कमणो प बो ं
बो ं
च वकमणः ।
अकमण बो ं
गहना कमणो ग तः ॥
Transliteration
karmaṇo hyapi boddhavyaṁ boddhavyaṁ ca vikarmaṇaḥ
akarmaṇaśca boddhavyaṁ gahanā karmaṇo gatiḥ

Karmano (The prescribed works) boddhavyaṁ (must be understood well), ca (and)
vikarmanaḥ (The prohibitory works) api (also) boddhavyaṁ (must be understood),
akarmanaḥ (The diluted works) ca (also) boddhavyaṁ (must be understood), hi
(because) gatiḥ (the path) karmano (of the works flow) gahanā (is mysterious). ||17||
Translation
Must be understood well the prescribed works
Must be understood also the work deviations
One must also be aware of prohibitory works
As very mysterious is the course of actions ||17||
Verse No 18
कम यकम यः प ये
दकम ण च कम यः ।
स बु मा मनु
ये
षुस युः कृनकमकृ त् ॥
Transliteration
karmaṇyakarma yaḥ paśyedakarmaṇi ca karma yaḥ
sa buddhimānmanuṣyeṣu sa yuktaḥ kṛtsnakarmakṛt

Yaḥ (Who) paśyet (can find) akarma (diluted actions) karmaṇi (in prescribed woks) ca
(and also finds) karma (the perfection in works) akarmaṇi (in work dilutions), saḥ (He is)
buddhimaan (the wisest) manuṣyeṣu (among the men), yuktaḥ (associated with) kṛtsna-
karma-kṛt (all the works as an all-rounder). ||18||
Translation
In the course of prescribed work in process
Who is capable of finding the flaws in action
And finds perfection in work-flows, aberrant
The all-rounder he is, the wisest among men ||18||
Verse No 19
य य सव समार भाः कामसं क पव जताः ।
ाना नद धकमाणं तमा ः पं
डतंबुधाः ॥
Transliteration
yasya sarve samārambhāḥ kāmasaṅkalpavarjitāḥ
jñānāgnidagdhakarmāṇaṁ tamāhuḥ paṇḍitaṁ budhāḥ

Yasya (whose) sarve samārambhāḥ (all starting efforts) kāma-saṅkalpa-varjitāḥ (are
free from wishes and wills), budhāḥ (the wise men) tam-āhuḥ (admire him) panditaṁ
(as the knowledgeous), jñānāgni-dagdha-karmāṇaṁ (whose after-effects of works have
been burnt out by the fire of knowledge). ||19||
Translation
Devoid of drastic desires and free of all wills
Well planned, who begins with all his efforts
Burnt out by knowledge whose entire actions
Wise persons admire him to be full of talents ||19||
Verse No 20
य वा कमफलास ंन यतृ तो नरा यः ।
कम य भ वृोऽ प नै
व क च करो त सः ॥
Transliteration
tyaktvā karmaphalāsaṅgaṁ nityatṛpto nirāśrayaḥ
karmaṇyabhipravṛtto’pi naiva kiñcitkaroti saḥ

tyaktvā (by renouncing) karma-phala (the results of action), asaṅgaṁ (without
attachment therewith), nitya-tṛpto (who is always satisfied), nirāśrayaḥ (without any
dependency), abhipravṛtto’pi (despite being engaged) karmaṇi (in works), saḥ (he) na-iva
(does not feel like) kiñcit-karoti (doing anything). ||20||
Translation
Renouncing the results of all fructifying deeds
Without any attachment who is satisfied ever
He feels like doing nothing, freed from works
Despite being engaged for, without any favor ||20||
Verse No 21
नराशीयत च ा मा य सवप र हः ।
शारीरं
केवलंकम कुव ा ो त क बषम् ॥
Transliteration
nirāśīryatacittātmā tyaktasarvaparigrahaḥ
śārīraṁ kevalaṁ karma kurvannāpnoti kilbiṣam

Tyakta (By leaving behind) sarva-parigrahaḥ (all possessions), yata-cittātmā (who has
controlled his mind and soul), niraashiḥ (devoid of any desire), na-āpnoti (he does not
acquire) kilbiṣam (the sins) kurvan (by doing) karma (the works) kevalaṁ (only) śārīraṁ
(for bodily maintenance). ||21||
Translation
Leaving behind all possessions
Preserved from the past
Controlling over mind and soul
Without having any lust
To sustain one’s physical needs

Whatever one does
Never gets he, stained at all
With any sinful cause ||21||
Verse No 22
य छालाभसंतुो ंातीतो वम सरः ।
समः स ाव स ौ च कृवा प न नब यते॥
Transliteration
yadṛcchālābhasantuṣṭo dvandvātīto vimatsaraḥ
samaḥ siddhāvasiddhau ca kṛtvāpi na nibadhyate

vimatsaraḥ (Freed from enviousness), dvandva-atīto (without being confused in
dilemma),santuṣtaḥ (who is satisfied with) yat-lābha (whatever is received) ṛcchā
(automatically), samaḥ (equi-posed) sidhi-asidhau-ca (both in success and failure), na-
nibadhyate (He is not bound by works) kṛtvāpi (even though engaged). ||22||
Translation
Without having confused mind,
Not envying others
Equi-posed with loss or gain,
Failure or success
Always, who is content with

Whatever he gets
Despite being engaged he is
Not bound by works ||22||
Verse No 23
गतसङ् ग य मु य ानाव थतचे तसः ।
य ायाचरतः कम सम ं वलीयते॥
Transliteration
gatasaṅgasya muktasya jñānāvasthitacetasaḥ
yajñāyācarataḥ karma samagraṁ pravilīyate

Gata-saṅgasya (without attachment), jñāna-avasthita-cetasaḥ (whose mind is well
settled in divine knowledge), muktasya (who is completely free from the mundane life),
karma samagraṁ (all the results of his works) pravilīyate (disappear), ācarataḥ (by
working for) yajñāya (the sacrificial offers MEANS the welfare of the society). ||23||
Translation
Without any attachment with material wants
Who is entirely free from all mundane means
Whose mind is established in eternal wisdom
All his works for welfare, offset all the sins ||23||
Verse No 24
ापणं ह व ा ौ णा तम् ।
व
ैते
न ग त ं कमसमा धना ॥
Transliteration
brahmārpaṇaṁ brahma havirbrahmāgnau brahmaṇā hutam
brahmaiva tena gantavyaṁ brahmakarmasamādhinā

Brahma-arpanaṁ (All offerings belong to the almighty), brahma-havih (all holistic good
things are also divine bestows), brahma-agnau (in the sacred fire) brahmanā-hutam (all
the sacrifices by the learned Brahmins are also divine). Brahma-karma-samādhinā (He,
who is merged with the super soul in all activities), tena gantavyaṁ (He has attained)
brahma-iva (the supreme position of Brahma, the absolute one). ||24||
Translation
All offerings in worship are of the Almighty
All sacred objects are from the ultimate one
In the sacred fire, auspicious are the offers
Sacrificed by the Brahmins, the sagacious men
Thus, by visualizing the God in all activities

The sight of supreme spirit, realized in all
Merged with the thoughts of eternal wits
One attains the absolute, the Supreme Soul ||24||
Verse No 25
दै
वमेवापरे
य ंयो गनः पयु
पासते
।
ा नावपरे
य ंय ेनव
ैोपजुत ॥
Transliteration
daivamevāpare yajñaṁ yoginaḥ paryupāsate
brahmāgnāvapare yajñaṁ yajñenaivopajuhvati

Apare yoginaḥ (Some sagacious persons) pari-upāsate (worship dedicatedly) yajñaṁ (in
sacrificial deeds) daivaṁ-eva (only to the powers of Nature-Gods such as Fire-power,
wind-power, water-power and other powers MEANS some research professionals
practice themselves, devotedly, to explore the natural powers for the welfare of the
nation through sacrificial deeds which otherwise called Karma-yajña), apare (but others)
upa-juvhati (burn out the inner evils) brahma-agnau (in the Fire of Brahma, the Absolute
Truth) yajñena-iva (only through wise efforts) yajñaṁ (in sacrificial deeds of knowledge-
research which is called Gyana-Yagnya) ||25||
Translation
Exploring the natural powers
For the welfare of the nation
Some worship the Nature-Gods
Through sacrifices in action
Some others worship inner-self
In sacrifices through wisdom
To burn out the egoism, evils
In Fire of the Truth, Brahma ||25||
Verse No 26
ो ाद नी या य ये
सं
यमा नषुजुत।
श दाद वषयान य इ या नषुजुत ॥
Transliteration
śrotrādīnīndriyāṇyanye saṁyamāgniṣu juhvati
śabdādīnviṣayānanya indriyāgniṣu juhvati

Anye (Some others) juhvati (burn out MEANS sacrifice) śrotra-ādīni-indriyāṇi (the
senses of ears and eyes etc.) saṁyama-agniṣu (in the Fire of self-control), anye (others)
juhvati (burn out MEANS sacrifice) viṣayān (the sensual effects of sense-objects)
śabdādīn (like audio-visuals etc.) indriya-agniṣu (in the Fire of sense-organs). ||26||
Translation
Some sacrifice the sensing pleasures of ears and eyes
By burning out the desires in the Fire of self-control
Some burn out the senses in the Fire of sense-organs
By sacrificing the sensual effects like of audio-visual ||26||
Verse No 27
सवाणी यकमा ण ाणकमा ण चापरे
।
आ मसंयमयोगा नौ जुत ानद पते
॥
Transliteration
sarvāṇīndriyakarmāṇi prāṇakarmāṇi cāpare
ātmasaṁyamayogāgnau juhvati jñānadīpite

Apare (Some others) juhvati (burn out MEANS sacrifice) prāṇa-karmāṇi (their livelihood
wants) ca (and) sarvāṇi-indriya-karmāṇi (all the works driven by their sense-organs)
ātma-saṁyama-yogāgnau (in the fire of self-restriction) jñāna-dīpite (by the illumination
of divine knowledge). ||27||
Translation
Some others by sacrificing all sense driven works
Some others by withholding their livelihood-wants
Burn out their firm desires, gratifying the senses
In the Fire of self-control by the flames of wits ||27||
Verse No 28
य ा तपोय ा योगय ा तथापरे।
वा याय ानय ा यतयः सं शत ताः ॥
Transliteration
dravyayajñāstapoyajñā yogayajñāstathāpare
svādhyāyajñānayajñāśca yatayaḥ saṁśitavratāḥ

Apare yatayaḥ (Other practitioners) saṁśitavratāḥ (with strong will power and
determination perform) dravya-yajñāḥ (the sacrifices by offering oblations OR objects),
tapo-yajñāḥ (the sacrifices by penance), yoga-yajñāḥ (the sacrifices through practice),
ca (and) svādhyāya-jñānayajñāḥ (the sacrifices through devotional research in self-
realisation). ||28||
Translation
Other practitioners with firm determination
Perform sacrificial deeds offering oblations
Some by austerities and others by practice
Some through knowledge of self-realization ||28||
Verse No 29
अपानेजुत ाणंाणे ऽपानंतथापरे।
ाणापानगती द्
वा ाणायामपरायणाः ॥
Transliteration
apāne juhvati prāṇaṁ prāṇe’pānaṁ tathāpare
prāṇāpānagatī ruddhvā prāṇāyāmaparāyaṇāḥ

Apare (Some others), prāṇāyāma-parāyaṇāḥ (practicing the exercise of breathing),
ruddhvā (by controlling) gatī (the breathing movement) prāṇaṁ (of the life-air MEANS
oxygen intake), juvhati (burn out) apānam (the sub-lives MEANS impure air inside the
body) prāne (with pure life / oxygen) tathā (and continues the process like that). ||29||
Translation
Practicing the exercise of breathing control, others
Burn out impure airs inside with pure airs, breathing
By holding up the air inside after inhaling up to full
Then exhaling out slowly, slowly and so on repeating ||29||
Verse No 30
अपरेनयताहाराः ाणा ाणे
षु
जुत ।
सवऽ ये
ते
य वदो य पतक मषाः ॥
Transliteration
apare niyatāhārāḥ prāṇānprāṇeṣu juhvati
sarve’pyete yajñavido yajñakṣapitakalmaṣāḥ
Apare (Some others) niyata-āhārāḥ (who practice diet-control), juhvati (burn out) prāṇān
(the ailing living bodies inside the body) prāṇeṣu (in the physiological living system itself
MEANS these practitioners, by restricting food intakes, avoid development of bad micro-
lives inside the body). Sarve-api-ete (All these practitioners also) yajñavido (are
exponents of sacrificial deeds), yajña-kṣapita-kalmaṣāḥ (who are freed from the sins,
washed out by sacrificial deeds for human welfare). ||30||
Translation
By exercising the breathing controls
And restricting the diets
Some others burn out the calories
By exhausting out sweats
All those, the practicing exponents

Of various sacrificial deeds
Completely freed from all the sins
By their work for human needs ||30||
Verse No 31
य श ामृ
तभुजो या त सनातनम्
।
नायं
लोकोऽ यय य कु तोऽ यः कुस म ॥
Transliteration
yajñaśiṣṭāmṛtabhujo yānti brahma sanātanam
nāyaṁ loko’styayajñasya kuto’nyaḥ kurusattama

Kurusattama (O Great born of the Kauravas!) yajña-śiṣṭāmṛta-bhujo (Fed with the
residual nectars of sacrificial offers, those) yānti (attain) sanātanam (the eternal)
Brahma (Brahma, the Ultimate One), ayajñasya (But those do not perform sacrifices, for
them) na-asti (there is no place) ayaṁ-lokaḥ (even in this world), kutaḥ-anyaḥ (what to
aspire other higher worlds)? ||31||
Translation
Fed with the residual pieties of sacrificial deeds
Do attain the eternal Brahma, the ultimate abode
But indifferent who are to the sacrificing offers
Have no recognition here, where in higher world ||31||
Verse No 32
एवंब वधा य ा वतता णो मु
खे।
कमजा व ता सवानेवंा वा वमो यसे॥
Transliteration
evaṁ bahuvidhā yajñā vitatā brahmaṇo mukhe
karmajānviddhi tānsarvānevaṁ jñātvā vimokṣyase

Evaṁ (Like this), bahuvidhā (many types of) yajñā (sacrificial offers) vitatā (have been
expounded) mukhe (in the mouth of) brahmaṇo (the sacred scriptures). Viddhi (Know)
tān-sarvān (all of them) karmajān (are born of the past deeds), evam-jñātvā (by knowing
this) vimoksyase (you shall be liberated). ||32||
Translation
Many sacrificial offers, various types, like this
Vividly expounded in various sacred scriptures
Know all of those are born from the past deeds
Realizing this, thou shalt be freed from fetters ||32||
Verse No 33
े
या मया ा ानय ः पर तप ।
सव कमा खलंपाथ ाने
प रसमा यते
॥
Transliteration
śreyāndravyamayādyajñājjñānayajñaḥ parantapa
sarvaṁ karmākhilaṁ pārtha jñāne parisamāpyate

Jñāna-yajñaḥ (The sacrificial offers through knowledge) śreyān (are always better)
dravyamayāt-yajñāt (than the sacrifices offered through material wealth OR through
oblations). parantapa (O Fury of the Foes!), Sarvaṁ (All the) karma-akhilaṁ (entire
works) parisamāpyate (perfectly end) jñāne (in knowledge). ||33||
Translation
Better, the sacrificial offers of knowledge
Than the sacrifice through material offers
O Great Arjun! All end in wisdom, by which
Perfection is achieved with all endeavors ||33||
Verse No 34
त णपाते
नपर े न से
वया ।
उपदेय त तेानंा नन त वद शनः ॥
Transliteration
tadviddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena sevayā
upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ jñāninastattvadarśinaḥ

tat-viddhi (understand that) jñāninaḥ (The wise persons) tattva-darśinaḥ (who have
mastered over this theory) upadeksyanti te (would preach you) jñānaṁ (the sacred
lessons). praṇipātena (By bowing to them), sevayā (by serving to them), paripraśnena
(by questioning the doubts). ||34||
Translation
The wise men who have mastered this doctrine
Deliver that knowledge in their pious preaching
By offering always respectful services to them
Try to understand that by queries in teaching ||34||
Verse No 35
य ा वा न पु
नम हमे
वं
या य स पा डव ।
ये
न भु
ता यशेषे
ण य या म यथो म य ॥
Transliteration
yajjñātvā na punarmohamevaṁ yāsyasi pāṇḍava
yena bhūtānyaśeṣāṇi drakṣyasyātmanyatho mayi

Pāndava (O son of Pandu!), Yat-jñātvā (By understanding which divine knowledge) na
yāsyasi (you will not get) moham-evaṁ (this delusion) punah (again), atha-yena (after
realising which) aśeṣāṇi-bhūtāni (unlimited living beings) draksyasi (perceive) mayi (me)
ātmani (within the self). ||35||
Translation
This eternal wisdom, by understanding which
Thou shalt not be bewildered again and again
After realizing which truth all living beings
Perceive me within them in self-meditation ||35||
Verse No 36
अ प चे
द स पापेयः सव यः पापकृमः ।
सव ान लवे नव
ैवृ जनंस तर यस॥
Transliteration
api cedasi pāpebhyaḥ sarvebhyaḥ pāpakṛttamaḥ
sarvaṁ jñānaplavenaiva vṛjinaṁ santariṣyasi

Cet (If at all), sarvebhyaḥ pāpebhyaḥ (among all the criminals), pāpakṛttamaḥ-asi (you
might have committed sins the most), santariṣyasi (then you could swim across)
sarvaṁ -vṛjinaṁ (all the oceans of sins) jñāna-plavena-iva (by the help of this knowledge
-boat ony). ||36||
Translation
Even if, the greatest sinner thou might be
Among all the criminals, accused of crimes
Thou could swim across all the seas of sins
By these knowledge-boats at all the times ||36||
Verse No 37
यथैधां
स स म ोऽ नभ मसा कुतेऽजु
न।
ाना नः सवकमा ण भ मसा कुते
तथा ॥
Transliteration
yathaidhāṁsi samiddho’gnirbhasmasātkurute’rjuna
jñānāgniḥ sarvakarmāṇi bhasmasātkurute tathā

Yathā (As like) samiddho’gniḥ (the flames of fire) kurute (turn down) endhāṁsi (the
fuels like Fire woods) bhasmasāt (to ashes), tathā (so wise), jñānāgniḥ (the fire of
knowledge) kurute (turns down) sarva-karmāṇi (all work-effects) bhasmasāt (to ashes).
||37||
Translation
Just like the blazing flames of Fire
Turn down the wood-logs into ashes
So wise, the flames of divine wisdom
Burn out the effects of all the works ||37||
Verse No 38
न ह ानेन स शंप व मह व ते ।
त वयंयोगसंस ः कालेना म न व द त ॥
Transliteration
na hi jñānena sadṛśaṁ pavitramiha vidyate
tatsvayaṁ yogasaṁsiddhaḥ kālenātmani vindati

Na hi (There is nothing) iha-jagate (in this world) pavitram (as purifying) jñānena
sadṛśaṁ (as the knowledge), tat (that) vindati (is found) ātmani (within self) yoga-
saṁsiddhaḥ (by the skilled professionals) kālena (in the course of time). ||38||
Translation
There is nothing in this world
As pure as the knowledge
That is found within the Self
In due course by the sage ||38||
Verse No 39
ावाँ
लभतेानं त परः सं
यते यः ।
ानं
ल धवा परां
शा तम चरेणा धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
śraddhāvāḻlabhate jñānaṁ tat-paraḥ saṁyatendriyaḥ
jñānaṁ labdhvā parāṁ śāntimacireṇādhigacchati

śraddhāvān (He, who has interest), labhate (acquires) jñānaṁ (the eternal wisdom), tat-
paraḥ (after that) labdhvā (getting) jñānaṁ (this knowledge), saṁyatendriyaḥ (by
controlling his senses), adhigacchati (attains) parāṁ śāntim (the ultimate state of
harmony) acirena (without any delay). ||39||
Translation
Only, the person having interest and faith
Is able to acquire the knowledge like this
After acquiring that by controlling senses
Attains quickly he, the ever lasting peace ||39||
Verse No 40
अ धान सं शया मा वन य त ।
नायं
लोकोऽ त न परो न सु
खंसं
शया मनः ॥
Transliteration
ajñaścāśraddadhānaśca saṁśayātmā vinaśyati
nāyaṁ loko’sti na paro na sukhaṁ saṁśayātmanaḥ

ajñaḥ (The ignorant person) saṁśay-ātmā (with doubtful mind) ca (and) aśraddadhānaḥ
(without having interest in divine knowledge) vinaśyati (gets ruined). Na sukhaṁ asti
(There is neither happiness) ayaṁ lokaḥ (in this world) na paro (nor in any other world)
saṁśay-ātmanaḥ (for a person with doubtful integrity). ||40||
Translation
The ignorant person with suspicious mind
Deprived of knowledge, no interest either
Gets ruined in his life, never being happy
Neither in this world nor anywhere after ||40||
Verse No 41
योगस य तकमाणंानस सं शयम्
।
आ मव तंन कमा ण नब न त धन य ॥
Transliteration
yogasannyastakarmāṇaṁ jñānasañchinnasaṁśayam
ātmavantaṁ na karmāṇi nibadhnanti dhanañjaya

dhanañjaya (O Arjun! the winner over wealth!), karmāṇi (the works) na-nibandhanti (do
not bind) ātmavantaṁ (to a self-realized person) yoga-sannyasta-karmāṇaṁ (who has
attained perfection through renunciation) jñāna-sañchinna-saṁśayam (and who has
cleared all his doubts by acquiring knowledge). ||41||
Translation
Relinquished off all one’s deeds
Having perfection in practice
Freed from all results of action
Whether virtues or else vice
Cleared who hath all his doubts

By acquiring divine knowledge
Not bound by his works he is
Who has poised in the Self ||41||
Verse No 42
त माद ानस भू
तं थंाना सना मनः ।
छ वै
नंसं
शयंयोगमा त ो भारत ॥
Transliteration
tasmādajñānasambhūtaṁ hṛtsthaṁ jñānāsinātmanaḥ
chittvainaṁ saṁśayaṁ yogamātiṣṭhottiṣṭha bhārata

Bhārata (O Prince of Bharat Dynasty!), tasmāt (Therefore), cchitwā (by slashing out)
enaṁ saṁśayaṁ (these doubts) ātmanaḥ-hṛtsthaṁ (in your own mind), ajñāna-
sambhūtaṁ (arising out of ignorance), jñāna-asinā (by the sword of knowledge) uttistha
(Arise!), yogam-ātiṣṭho (engaged in your profession). ||42||
Translation
Therefore, O Prince of the Bharat Empire!
Arise! Awake! In thy professional challenge
Slashing out thy doubts, born of ignorance
By the sword of this sacrosanct knowledge ||42||
-XXXX-
ॐ त स द त ीम गव तासू
प नष सु व ायां
योगशा ेीकृणाजुनसंवादेानकमसंयास योगो
नाम चतु
थ ऽ यायः ॥4॥
With this, ended the Fourth Chapter named “Doctrine of Renunciation”

---000---
अथ पं
चमोऽ यायः- कमसं
यासयोग
Fifth Chapter
(The Doctrine of Relinquishing Deeds)
Verse No 01
स यासंकमणांकृण पुनय गं
च शं
सस।
य ेय एतयोरे
कंत मेू ह सु
न तम्॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
sannyāsaṁ karmaṇāṁ kṛṣṇa punaryogaṁ ca śaṁsasi
yacchreya etayorekaṁ tanme brūhi suniścitam

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), kṛṣṇa (O Srikṛṣṇa!), śaṁsasi (you admire) sannyāsaṁ (the
renunciation) karmanāṁ (of the works), punaḥ (again) yogaṁ ca (appreciate the self-
less service), tat (which is ) sreyaḥ (the better) etayoḥ (among these two), brūhi (tell) me
(me) tat (that) suniścitam (definitely). ||01||
Translation
Asked then Arjun, “O Srikrishna, My Lord!”
One way, thou admire the self-less action
Other way, appreciate to relinquish works
Tell me being sure, the better, which one ||01||
Verse No 02
वाच
स यासः कमयोग नः े यसकरावु
भौ ।
तयो तु
कमस यासा कमयोगो व श यते ॥
Transliteration
sannyāsaḥ karmayogaśca niḥśreyasakarāvubhau
tayostu karmasannyāsātkarmayogo viśiṣyate

Śrībhagavāna-uvāca (The all-opulent Lord said), sannyāsaḥ (Relinquishment) ca (and)
karmayogaḥ (self-less action) ubhau-nihśreyaskarau (both are definitely beneficial), tu
(but) tayoḥ (among those two) karma-yogaḥ (the self-less action) viśiṣyate (is superior
to) karma-sannyāsāt (the renunciation of works). ||02||
Translation
The ways to the supreme bliss, both, the Lord said
Relinquishment of works as well as self-less action
But, among both of the ways, the self-less service
Far better of course than that of the renunciation ||02||
Verse No 03
े
यः स न यस यासी यो न े न काङ् त ।
न ो ह महाबाहो सुखंब धा मुयते
॥
Transliteration
jñeyaḥ sa nityasannyāsī yo na dveṣṭi na kāṅkṣati
nirdvandvo hi mahābāho sukhaṁ bandhātpramucyate

mahābāho (O mighty armed Arjun!), yo (He, who) na dvesti (does not envy), na- kāṅkṣati
(nor desires anything), jñeyaḥ (must be known as) nitya-sannyāsī (an ever relinquished
hermit). pramucyate (He gets liberated) bandhāt (from the fetters) sukhaṁ-hi (very
easily) nirdvandvo (without any dilemma). ||03||
Translation
Know him as the hermit, renounced for good
Neither desireth nor envieth who to others
Easily without irks, O mighty armed Arjun!
He gets freed from the fetters of births ||03||
Verse No 04
साङ् ययोगौ पृ
थ बालाः वद त न प डताः ।
एकम या थतः स यगु
भयो व दते
फलम्॥
Transliteration
sāṅkhyayogau pṛthagbālāḥ pravadanti na paṇḍitāḥ
ekamapyāsthitaḥ samyagubhayorvindate phalam

sāṅkhyayogau (In the doctrine of divine principles, both these practices) pravadanti (are
said to be) pṛthag (different) bālāḥ (only by the immatured youngs), na-panditāḥ (not by
the learned people). āsthitaḥ (Attached to) ekam-api (any one practice also) ubhayoḥ
(among the both), samyak (perfectly), phalam (the result) vindate (is achieved) ||04||
Translation
In the doctrine of wisdom, practicing the both
The waiver of works and the self-less service
Treated both as different from one another
By the immature young fellows, not by the wise
Perfectly attached with any one of these two

Achieved, both of the results with equal gain
Both bring the effects of the supreme bliss
To achieve liberation for the highest heaven ||04||
Verse No 05
य साङ् यै
ः ा यतेथानंत ौगैर प ग यते
।
एकंसाङ् यंच योगं
च यः प य त स प य त ॥
Transliteration
yatsāṅkhyaiḥ prāpyate sthānaṁ tadyogairapi gamyate
ekaṁ sāṅkhyaṁ ca yogaṁ ca yaḥ paśyati sa paśyati

Yat (which is) prāpyate (achieved) sānkhyaiḥ (by knowledge through renunciation), tat
(that is) api (also) gamyate (attained) yogaiḥ (through ego-less action). Yaḥ (who ever)
paśyati (perceives) sāṅkhyaṁ (to the doctrine of knowledge) ca (and) yogaṁ (to the
doctrine of practice) ekaṁ (alike), saḥ pasyati (he perceives right). ||5||
Translation
What ever achieved in Self-realized course
That, too attained through self-less action
Sacrificial wisdoms and sacrificial actions
He, who views alike, has right perception ||05||
Verse No 06
स यास तु महाबाहो ःखमा तु
मयोगतः ।
योगयुो मुन न चरे
णा धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
sannyāsastu mahābāho duḥkhamāptumayogataḥ
yogayukto munirbrahma nacireṇādhigacchati

mahābāho (O Mighty Armed Arjun!), ayogataḥ (without having perfection in practice)
sannyāsaḥ (the renunciation) āptum (brings) duhkham (sufferings), tu (but) muniḥ (a
saint) yogayuktaḥ (attached to his efforts) adhigachhati (attains) brahma (to the
Ultimate One) nacireṇa (without any delay). ||6||
Translation
Not being exposed to natural works
Without achieving perfection
Painful it is, O mighty armed Arjun!
The path of that Renunciation
But attached with his own efforts
The perfect minded saint
Attains the Ultimate One, at last
Slowly, without being late ||06||
Verse No 07
योगयुो वशुा मा व जता मा जते यः ।
सवभू
ता मभू
ता मा कु
व प न ल यते॥
Transliteration
yogayukto viśuddhātmā vijitātmā jitendriyaḥ
sarvabhūtātmabhūtātmā kurvannapi na lipyate

Yogayukto (Attached with own profession), viśuddhātmā (in a purified mind), vijitātmā
(who has conquered over self), jitendriyaḥ (by controlling sense organs), sarva-
bhūtātma-bhūtātmā (who perceives all beings within his own self), na lipyate (He is not
bound by any action) kurvan-api (despite being engaged). ||7||
Translation
Attached with own profession in a purified mind
Conquered over sense organs, controlling the urge
He, who perceives all beings, as like as of his own
Never bound by his works, though engaged always ||07||
Verse No 08-09
नै
व क च करोमी त युो म ये
त त व वत्।
प य ृ व पृ
श ग छ वपंसन् ॥
लप वसृ
ज गृ ुमष मष प ॥
इ याणी याथषु वत त इ त धारयन्
॥
Transliteration
naiva kiñcitkaromīti yukto manyeta tattvavit
paśyañśṛṇvanspṛśañjighrannaśnangacchansvapañśvasan
pralapanvisṛjangṛhṇannunmiṣannimiṣannapi
indriyāṇīndriyārtheṣu vartanta iti dhārayan

Paśyan (while viewing), śṛṇvan (while listening), spṛśan (while touching), jighran (while
smelling), aśnan (while eating), gachan (while walking), svapan (while sleeping), śvasan
(while breathing), pralapan (while expressing), visṛjan (while excreting), gṛhṇan (while
accepting), unmiṣan (while opening the eyes), nimiṣan (while closing the eyes) api (as
well), tattvavit (A learned person) yukto (attached with efforts), na-manyet (does not feel)
iti (like) kiñcit karomi-api (doing anything at all), dhārayan (by assuming) iti (that)
indriyāni (the sense-organs) vartanta (are being stimulated) indriya-arhteṣu (for the sake
of sense-objects). ||8-9||
Translation
Just like viewing, listening, touching
By smelling, eating, walking, sleeping
Expressing, excreting, accepting all
Blinking the eyes, breathing as well
A learned professional engaged always

Never feels like undergoing any works
As sense-organs play in sense-objects
Do act by default, not work by force ||8-9||
Verse No 10
याधाय कमा ण सङ् गंय वा करो त यः ।
ल यतेन स पापे
न प प मवा भसा ॥
Transliteration
brahmaṇyādhāya karmāṇi saṅgaṁ tyaktvā karoti yaḥ
lipyate na sa pāpena padmapatramivāmbhasā

Yaḥ (who) karoti (performs), saṅgaṁ tyaktvā (without any attachment), ādhāya (by
surrendering) karmāṇi (all his works) brahmaṇi (to the Ultimate One), saḥ (he) na lipyate
(is not stained with) pāpena (sins) iva (like) padma-patra (the lotus leaves) ambhasā (in
water). ||10||
Translation
Surrendering all works to the Almighty God
Without attachment, who performs better
Never condemned he is, stained with sins
Like un-soaked lotus leaves lying on water ||10||
Verse No 11
कायेन मनसा बुया के
वलै
र यैरप।
यो गनः कम कु
व त संग य वा मशुये॥
Transliteration
kāyena manasā buddhyā kevalairindriyairapi
yoginaḥ karma kurvanti saṅgaṁ tyaktvātmaśuddhaye

Yoginaḥ (the saintly persons) kurvanti (perform) karma (their duties) buddhyā (applying
intelligence) kāyena manasā (through body and mind), kevalaiḥ (only for) indriyaiḥ-api
(bare needs of the sense organs), tyaktvā (freed from) saṅgaṁ (attachment thereto)
ātma-śuddhaye (for inner purification). ||11||
Translation
Applying intelligence through body and mind
Without any attachment for fruitful gains
Perform their obligatory works, the saints
To purify themselves by the sense organs ||11||
Verse No 12
युः कमफलंय वा शा तमा ो त नैक म्
।
अयुः कामकारे
ण फले
स ो नब यते ॥
Transliteration
yuktaḥ karmaphalaṁ tyaktvā śāntimāpnoti naiṣṭhikīm
ayuktaḥ kāmakāreṇa phale sakto nibadhyate

yuktaḥ (A person attached with self-less works), tyaktvā (by abandonding) karma-
phalaṁ (the fruits of action) āpnoti (gets) naiṣṭhikīm śāntim (the perpetual peace),
ayuktaḥ (but a person, detached from self-less works), sakto (having desires) phale (in
fruits of works) nibadhyate (gets fettered) kāma-kāreṇa (due to greed and passion).
||12||
Translation
Sincerely attached with self-less works
Renouncing the fruitful result
Always achieves one the perpetual peace
Positioned in a pacific state
But detached from these divine deeds

Driven by the desires, dreamed
One gets fettered by the working world
Due to the passions in his mind ||12||
Verse No 13
सवकमा ण मनसा सं य या ते
सु
खंवशी ।
नव ारेपु
रे
दे
ह ी नै
व कु
व कारयन्॥
Transliteration
sarvakarmāṇi manasā sannyasyāste sukhaṁ vaśī
navadvāre pure dehī naiva kurvanna kārayan

Sannyasya (By renouncing all works and effects) manasā (from the mind) dehī (the
embodied soul), vaśī (self-controlled), āste (dwells) sukhaṁ (happily) pure (in the house)
nava-dvāre (attached with nine gateways), na-iva kurvan (neither doing anything) na
kārayan (nor inducing to do). ||13||
Translation
By wiping out all the wishes completely from the mind
Discharged off all the duties, the self-controlled soul
Happily housed in this body, attached with nine gates
Neither doing any works nor getting them done at all ||13||
Verse No 14
न कतृवं
न कमा ण लोक य सृ
ज त भुः।
न कमफलसंयोगंवभाव तुवतते।
Transliteration
na kartṛtvaṁ na karmāṇi lokasya sṛjati prabhuḥ
na karmaphalasaṁyogaṁ svabhāvastu pravartate

Prabhuḥ (The Lord of the Universe) na sṛjati (neither creates) karmāṇi (the works in
process) lokasya (of the world) na kartṛtvaṁ (nor induces any one to get it done), na
saṁyogaṁ (nor attached with) karma-phalam (the fruits of action), svabhāvaḥ-tu (it is
only the natural urges) pravartate (that transform into action) ||14||
Translation
Neither creates any work the Lord of the universe
Nor induces the work-owner to get the works done
Nor has he any interest in the fruits of the works
It is the natural urges only, which enforce action ||14||
Verse No 15
नाद े
क य च पापं
न चै
व सु
कृ
तंवभुः।
अ ाने
नावृ
तंानंते
न मु त ज तवः ॥
Transliteration
nādatte kasyacitpāpaṁ na caiva sukṛtaṁ vibhuḥ
ajñānenāvṛtaṁ jñānaṁ tena muhyanti jantavaḥ

Vibhuḥ (The Lord of all the worlds) na-ādatte (does not take over) kasyacit (any one’s)
pāpam (sins) na ca-iva (nor else) sukṛtaṁ (the goodness). Jantavaḥ (The living beings)
muhyanti (are deluded) tena (due to) āvṛtaṁ-jñānaṁ (the submerged transcendental
knowledge) ajñānena (out of ignorance). ||15||
Translation
The Lord of all the worlds does not take on
The ills or wells earned from anyone’s works
All the living beings are only deluded by that
For their knowledge is covered by ignorance ||15||
Verse No 16
ाने
न तुतद ानं
ये
षां
ना शतमा मनः ।
ते
षामा द यव ानंकाशय त त परम् ॥
Transliteration
jñānena tu tadajñānaṁ yeṣāṁ nāśitamātmanaḥ
teṣāmādityavajjñānaṁ prakāśayati tat param

yeṣāṁ (whose) ātmanaḥ ajñānaṁ (inner ignorance) nāśitam (has been destroyed) tat-
jñānena (by that divine knowledge), tesām tu (of those of course), jñānaṁ (the
knowledge) ādityavat (like the shining sun) prakāśayati (reveals) tat param (that eternal
truth). ||16||
Translation
But dispelled out those have their inner ignorance
By acquiring this transcendental auspicious talent
Their illuminating insight like the shining sun rays
Reveals the ultimate truth, the super soul at last ||16||
Verse No 17
तद्बुय तदा मान त ा त परायणाः ।
ग छ यपु
नरावृ ान नधू
तक मषाः ॥
Transliteration
tadbuddhayastadātmānastanniṣṭhāstatparāyaṇāḥ
gacchantyapunarāvṛttiṁ jñānanirdhūtakalmaṣāḥ

Tat-buddhayaḥ (with their insight fixed on the super soul), tat-ātmānaḥ (by realising self),
tat-nisthāḥ (devoted to the supreme spirit), tat-parāyaṇāḥ (having eagerness on that
divinity), jñāna-nirdhūta-kalmaṣāḥ (those have cleansed out their sins by the wisdom-
water), gachanti (attain to) apunarāvṛttiṁ (that un-returnable place) ||17||
Translation
Firm fixed whose intellect is, with the divine soul
Eternally attached with the Self in deep devotion
Those have cleansed their sins by wisdom-water
They parade on to the paradise without return ||17||
Verse No 18
व ा वनयस प ेा णेगवह तन।
शुन चै
व पाकेच प डताः समद शनः ॥
Transliteration
vidyāvinayasampanne brāhmaṇe gavi hastini
śuni caiva śvapāke ca paṇḍitāḥ samadarśinaḥ

paṇḍitāḥ (The wise persons) sama-darśinaḥ (are always equi-visioned) vidyā-vinaya-
sampanne brāhmaṇe (at the respectable Brahmin, endowed with wisdom and
humbleness), gavi (at the motherly caring cow), hastini (at the helping elephant), ca (and)
iva (also like that) śuni (at a stray dog) ca (and) śvapāke (at an infidel, who eats dog’s
flesh). ||18||
Translation
Treat equally to all living beings the wise persons
Like to a Wise, endowed with talent, humbleness
Like to a royal elephant and to a mother like cow
So also to a dog, to an infidel, eating dogs’ flesh ||18||
Verse No 19
इहै
व तैजतः सग ये
षां
सा येथतं
मनः ।
नद षंह समं त माद् ण तेथताः ॥
Transliteration
ihaiva tairjitaḥ sargo yeṣāṁ sāmye sthitaṁ manaḥ
nirdoṣaṁ hi samaṁ brahma tasmād brahmaṇi te sthitāḥ

yeṣāṁ manaḥ (whose mind) sthitaṁ (is stationed) sāmye (in equanimity), iha-sargo-iva
(the challenges in this world) jitaḥ (have been won) taiḥ (by them). Te (They) nirdoṣaṁ
(without any fault), brahma-samaṁ (assuming all equal as a part of God) sthitāḥ (are
stationed) brahmaṇi (submerged with the God). ||19||
Translation
Those, whose mind is settled on equal vision
They have won over all beings in this world
Fault-free, viewing all as a part of the God
They stay merged with the Supreme Lord ||19||
Verse No 20
न ये यंा य नो जेा य चा यम्
।
थरबु रस मू
ढो वद् ण थतः ॥
Transliteration
na prahṛṣyetpriyaṁ prāpya nodvijetprāpya cāpriyam
sthirabuddhirasammūḍho brahmavid brahmaṇi sthitaḥ

Sthira-buddhiḥ (A poised minded one), asammūḍhaḥ (not being ignorant), brahmavid
(having realized the Supreme Spirit), brahmaṇi (being stationed within the Super Soul),
na prahṛṣyet (is not overwhelmed in joy) prāpya (by getting) priyaṁ (all pleasures) ca
(and) na-udvijet (is not tensed over) prāpya (by getting) apriyaṁ (displeasures). ||20||
Translation
Neither jumping in joy with getting all good
Nor breaking in tension by receiving all bad
Settled whose intellect, ignorance dispelled
He has realized the truth, merged with God ||20||
Verse No 21
बा पश वस ा मा व द या म न य सु
खम्
।
स योगयुा मा सु
खम यम ु ते॥
Transliteration
bāhyasparśeṣvasaktātmā vindatyātmani yatsukham
sa brahmayogayuktātmā sukhamakṣayamaśnute

Asakta-ātmā (without being attached to) bāhya-sparśeṣu (the outward touch and feels),
yat sukhaṁ (the pleasure,) vindati (one gets) ātmani (within the Self), brahma-yoga-
yuktātmā (being attached with the Supreme Soul), sa (he) aśnute (gets) aksayaṁ
(unending) sukhaṁ (pleasure). ||21||
Translation
Without attachment with the outer world
The pleasure that one finds within his self
After being united with the Supreme Soul
The unending pleasure he achieves himself ||21||
Verse No 22
येह सं
पशजा भोगा ःखयोनय एव ते।
आ तव तः कौ ते
य न ते
षु
रमतेबु
धः ॥
Transliteration
ye hi saṁsparśajā bhogā duḥkhayonaya eva te
ādyantavantaḥ kaunteya na teṣu ramate budhaḥ
Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!),Ye (which) bhogā (happiness and pleasure) saṁsparśajā
(arise out of touch and feels), te (those) eva (seem like) dukha-yonaya (breeding in the
wombs of woes), hi (because) ādi-anta-vantaḥ (they have beginning and end). budhaḥ
(The learned persons) na-ramate (do not rejoice) teṣu (in those). ||22||
Translation
The pleasure that springs out of touch and feel
Breeds always blatantly in the wombs of woes
Having the beginning and end, O Son of Kunti!
The wise person never ever rejoiceth in those ||22||
Verse No 23
श नोतीहै
व यः सोढु
ंा शरीर वमो णात् ।
काम ोधो वं वे
गंस युः स सु
खी नरः ॥
Transliteration
śaknotīhaiva yaḥ soḍhuṁ prākśarīravimokṣaṇāt
kāmakrodhodbhavaṁ vegaṁ sa yuktaḥ sa sukhī naraḥ

Yaḥ (who) śaknoti (is able) sodhuṁ (to tolerate) vegaṁ (the sensual forces) udbhavaṁ
(arising out of) kāma-krodho (desire and anger), prāk (before) śarīra-vimokṣaṇāt
(leaving his body) iha (in this world) iva (only), yuktaḥ (divinely attached), sa (he is) sukhī
naraḥ (the happiest man). ||23||
Translation
Before leaving the body in this world only
Who is able to digest his sensational pain
Arising out of the anger driven by desire
He is divinely attached, the happiest man ||23||
Verse No 24
योऽ तःसुखोऽ तराराम तथा त य तरेव यः ।
स योगी नवाणं भू तोऽ धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
yo’ntaḥsukho’ntarārāmastathāntarjyotireva yaḥ
sa yogī brahmanirvāṇaṁ brahmabhūto’dhigacchati

Yaḥ (who is) antaḥ-sukho (happy within the Self), ca (and) antaḥ-ārāma (joyful within),
tathā (and also) antaḥ-jyotiḥ-eva (is enlightened within the Self), saḥ yogiḥ (that saint),
nirvāṇaṁ (freed from the material world), adhigacchati (attains) brahma (the Ultimate
One) brahma-bhūto (being merged with the all-pervasive one). ||24||
Translation
He, who is always content within the Self
Rejoicing and enlightening himself within
He is the saint, released from this world
Realized the truth, attains the Supreme ||24||
Verse No 25
लभ ते नवाणमृ षयः ीणक मषाः ।
छ ैधा यता मानः सवभू
त हते
रताः ॥
Transliteration
labhante brahmanirvāṇamṛṣayaḥ kṣīṇakalmaṣāḥ
chinnadvaidhā yatātmānaḥ sarvabhūtahite ratāḥ

ṛṣayaḥ (The saints) yatātmānaḥ (devoted themselves) sarva-bhūta-hite ratāḥ (in the
welfare of all the beings), kṣīṇa-kalmaṣāḥ (who have suppressed their sins), chinna-
dvaidhā (who are freed from the duality), labhante (do attain) brahma (the all-pervasive
one), nirvāṇam (after being freed from the material bondage). ||25||
Translation
Freed from all dualities and vanquished off vices
Subdued with the inner self, the sagacious sages
Keeping themselves engaged for the welfare of all
Attain the ultimatum, released from the bondages ||25||
Verse No 26
काम ोध वयुानांयतीनां
यतचेतसाम्
।
अ भतो नवाणंवततेव दता मनाम्
॥
Transliteration
kāmakrodhavimuktānāṁ yatīnāṁ yatacetasām
abhito brahmanirvāṇaṁ vartate viditātmanām

Kāma-krodha-vimuktānāṁ yatīnāṁ (The saints who are freed from the desires and
anger), yata-cetasām (who have controlled their consciousness), vidit-ātmanām (who
have realized the Self), vartate (always remain) brahma (in the Supreme Soul), nirvāṇaṁ
(released from) abhito (all sorts of wants). ||26||
Translation
Relinquished off all desires, freed from the anger
Controlling one’s own senses by soliciting the Self
The saints who have cognized the self-solace mode
Stay in the Supreme Soul, released from the Earth ||26||
Verse No 27-28
पशा कृवा ब हबा ां ुै वा तरेु वोः ।
ाणापानौ समौ कृवा नासा य तरचा रणौ ॥
यते यमनोबु मु नम परायणः ।
वगते छाभय ोधो यः सदा मु एव सः ॥
Transliteration
sparśānkṛtvā bahirbāhyāṁścakṣuścaivāntare bhruvoḥ
prāṇāpānau samau kṛtvā nāsābhyantaracāriṇau
yatendriyamanobuddhirmunirmokṣaparāyaṇaḥ
vigatecchābhayakrodho yaḥ sadā mukta eva saḥ

kṛtvā (By keeping) vahiḥ (outside) bāhyān-sparśān (the external touch and feels), ca
(and) cakṣuḥ (the eyes) antare (in between) bhruboḥ (the eyebrows), samau kṛtvā (by
balancing equally) cāriṇau (the flow of) prāna (the oxygen, breathing in and), apānau
(the carbon dioxide, breathing out) abhyantara (inside) nāsā (the nostrils), yaḥ muniḥ
(the saint, who is) mokṣa-parāyaṇaḥ (liberation minded), vigata-icchā-bhaya-krodho
(devoid of desires, fear, and anger), yata-indriya-mano-buddiḥ (by controlling the sense
organs, mind, and intelligence), saḥ (He is) iva (definitely), sadā (always), muktaḥ (free).
||27||
Translation
Attentive on the temple amidst eyebrows, both
Non-responsive to the external touch and feels
By controlling the breathing process in and out
Balancing both the air flows inside the nostrils ||27||
The saint, who is liberation-minded all the time

Devoid of all the devil desires, fright and anger
By controlling his sense organs, mind and talent
He is freed from this cycle of births, forever ||28||
Verse No 29
भो ारं
य तपसांसवलोकमहेरम् ।
सुदंसवभू
तानांा वा मां
शा तमृ
छत॥
Transliteration
bhoktāraṁ yajñatapasāṁ sarvalokamaheśvaram
suhṛdaṁ sarvabhūtānāṁ jñātvā māṁ śāntimṛcchati

Śāntim-ṛcchati (one gets the perpetual peace) jñātvā (by realising) mām (me) sarva-loka
-maheśvaram (as the highest Lord of all the worlds), suhṛdaṁ (as the friend and
philosopher) sarva-bhūtānāṁ (of all living beings), bhoktāraṁ (who is the only
consumer enjoying) yajña-tapasāṁ (the fruits of all sacrificial efforts). ||29||
Translation
The perpetual peace, one gets from the knowledge
By knowing me, the highest Lord of all the cosmos
Enduring all the after effects of sacrificial deeds
As the closest friend of all, living in the universe ||29||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसं
वादे कमसंयासयोगो
नाम पं
चमोऽ यायः ॥5॥
With this, ended the Fifth Chapter named “Doctrine of Relinquishing Deeds”
---000---
अथ ष ोऽ यायः-आ मसं
यमयोग
SIXTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Self Control)
Verse No 1
ीभगवानुवाच
अना तः कमफलं काय कम करो त यः ।
स स यासी च योगी च न नर नन चा यः ॥
Transliteration
anāśritaḥ karmaphalaṁ kāryaṁ karma karoti yaḥ
sa sannyāsī ca yogī ca na niragnir na cākriyaḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), yaḥ (who) karoti (performs) kāryaṁ (the
duties), karma (his prescribed works) anāśritaḥ (without relying upon) karma-phalaṁ
(the fruits of works), saḥ (he is) yogi (the ascetic) ca (as well as) sannyasi (the hermit
having renounced everything), ca (but) na (not the person) niḥ-agniḥ (who has merely
given up the rituals like lighting the flame of sacrificial fire) ca (and) akriyaḥ (who has
renounced the works). ||1||
Translation
Without relying upon the results, the Lord said
Who performs his duties and prescribed works
He is the true ascetic and the abstinent as well
Not he, who absents from rituals, avoiding acts ||1||
Verse No 2
यं
स यास म त ा य गं
तंव पा डव ।
न स य तसङ् क पो योगी भव त क न ॥
Transliteration
yaṁ sannyāsamiti prāhuryogaṁ taṁ viddhi pāṇḍava
na hyasannyastasaṅkalpo yogī bhavati kaścana

pāṇḍava (O son of Pandu!), yaṁ (Which is) prahuḥ (called) sannyāsam (Renunciation),
viddhi (know) taṁ (that) iti (as) yogaṁ (the pious efforts). Kaścana (No body) bhavati
(can become) yogī (a saint) hi (at all) na sannyasta (without giving up) sankalpo (wills
MEANS material determinations). ||2||
Translation
Try to understand this, O Son of Pandu!
Renunciation is Yoga, the pious profession
Without abandoning all wants and wills
Can never become any one, a saintly person ||2||
Verse No 3
आ ोमु
ने
य गं
कम कारणमु यते।
योगा ढ य त यै
व शमः कारणमुयते॥
Transliteration
ārurukṣormuneryogaṁ karma kāraṇamucyate
yogārūḍhasya tasyaiva śamaḥ kāraṇamucyate

ārurukṣoḥ (at the beginning stage) yogaṁ (The practicing profession) muneḥ (of a saint)
ucyate (is known as) karma kāraṇam (the inducement to self-less action), yogārūḍhasya
(but of an experienced saint in this profession) śamaḥ (the renunciation) tasya-iva (of
that MEANS of that work-effects) uchyate (is known as) kāraṇam (the inducement). ||3||
Translation
Of a sagacious person at the beginning stage
The perfection is through practice in action
But of an experienced sage matured enough
The perfection is the result of renunciation ||3||
Verse No 4
यदा ह ने याथषु
न कम वनु
ष जते ।
सवसङ् क पस यासी योगा ढ़ तदो यते॥
Transliteration
yadā hi nendriyārtheṣu na karmasvanuṣajjate
sarvasaṅkalpasannyāsī yogārūḍhastadocyate

Yadā (when) sarva-saṅkalpa-sannyāsī (a saint abstaining from all desires), na
anuṣajjate (is not carried out) na-indriya-artheṣu (either by sense gratifying objects) na-
karmasu (or by fruitive works), tadā (then only) ucyate (he is said to be) yogāruḍhaḥ
(well set in his divine profession). ||4||
Translation
Unbiased by passions for sense serving things
Unbound by actions without expecting any gain
Given up all desires when completely from mind
Perfectly set then one in his divine profession ||4||
Verse No 5
उ रे
दा मनाऽ मानं
ना मानमवसादयेत् ।
आ मै
व ा मनो ब धुरा मै
व रपु
रा मनः ॥
Transliteration
uddharedātmanātmānaṁ nātmānamavasādayet
ātmaiva hyātmano bandhurātmaiva ripurātmanaḥ

Uddharet (One must rescue) ātmānaṁ (oneself) ātmanā (by himself only), na-
avasādayet (One should not degrade) ātmānaṁ (himself at all). ātma-iva (The Self) hi
bandhuḥ (is the only friend) ātmanaḥ (of oneself), ātma-iva (The Self only) ripuḥ (is the
foe) ātmanaḥ (of oneself). ||5||
Translation
One must highlight oneself for recognition by all
Must not degrade oneself to meet ones downfall
The Self is the only friend of the embodied soul
The Self is the enemy also, not cared when at all ||5||
Verse No 6
ब धु
रा मा मन त य ये
ना मै
वा मना जतः ।
अना मन तु श ुवेवतता मै
वश व ुत्
॥
Transliteration
bandhurātmātmanastasya yenātmaivātmanā jitaḥ
anātmanastu śatrutve vartetātmaiva śatruvat

Yena (who) jitaḥ (has won) ātma (over himself) ātmanā (by self-control), iva (certainly)
ātmanaḥ (his soul is) tasya (his) vandhuḥ (friend), tu (but) ātmā (the soul) anātmanaḥ
(of a self-neglecting person) iva (certainly) varttet (reacts) shatrutve (in rivalry)
shatruvat (like an enemy). ||6||
Translation
Won over himself who hath by controlling his mind
He is the friend of himself after self-realization
But away from his soul who is driven by the senses
He is the rival to himself, like bone of contention ||6||
Verse No 7
जता मनः शा त य परमा मा समा हतः ।
शीतो णसु
ख ःखेषुतथा मानापमानयोः ॥
Transliteration
jitātmanaḥ praśāntasya paramātmā samāhitaḥ
śītoṣṇasukhaduḥkheṣu tathā mānāpamānayoḥ

Jita-ātmanaḥ (Who has conquered over himself), praśāntasya (who is calm and cool)
śīta-uṣṇa (in hot or cold), sukha-duḥkheṣu (in wells and ills), tathā (and) māna-
apamānayoḥ (in getting greetings and offences), paramātmā samāhitaḥ (he is said to
be merged with the Supreme Soul). ||7||
Translation
Conquered over his mind and senses who hath
Equiposed in wells and ills, or in hot and cold
Calm and cool, getting offended or admired
His mind is merged with the Supreme Lord ||7||
Verse No 8
ान व ानतृता मा कू
ट थो व जते यः ।
यु इ यु यतेयोगी समलो ा मकां
चनः ॥
Transliteration
jñānavijñānatṛptātmā kūṭastho vijitendriyaḥ
yukta ityucyate yogī samaloṣṭrāśmakāñcanaḥ

Jñāna-vijñāna-tṛptātmā (who is fully satisfied with the self-insight and the divine
knowledge), kūṭastho (who is stationed indifferent) vijita-indriyaḥ (having conquered
over the mind and senses), sama-loṣṭra-aśma-kāñcanaḥ (who is equi-posed to clays,
pebbles, golds and gems), yukta (who is attached with the divine soul), yogī ucyate (he
is called a true saint). ||8||
Translation
Satisfied enough with self-knowledge, self-intuition
Equiposed who hath conquered over mind and senses
Clay to concrete, gems to jewels, value equal to whom
Attached to the Supreme Soul he is said to be a sage ||8||
Verse No 9
सु म ायु
दासीनम य थ े
यब धु
षु
।
साधु
व प च पापे
षु
समबु व श यते
॥
Transliteration
suhṛnmitrāryudāsīnamadhyasthadveṣyabandhuṣu
sādhuṣvapi ca pāpeṣu samabuddhirviśiṣyate

Samabuddhiḥ (He, who poses equal mentality) sādhuṣu ca pāpeṣu (towards the pious
persons and vicious persons), suhṛt-mitra-ari (fans, friends and foes), udāsīna-
madhyastha (indifferent persons and neutrals), dveṣya-bandhuṣu (envious persons and
liking ones), viśiṣyate (he is the distinguished one). ||9||
Translation
Pious and impious, friends and foes
Likes-dislikes, aliens or known
Peers and poor or near and dears
Patrons, pets or envious men
Equi-posed, who treats all alike

With same vision to all around
He is said to be the distinguished
A sacred soul spiritually bound ||9||
Verse No 10
योगी यु ीत सततमा मानं
रह स थतः ।
एकाक यत च ा मा नराशीरप र हः ॥
Transliteration
yogī yuñjīta satatamātmānaṁ rahasi sthitaḥ
ekākī yatacittātmā nirāśīraparigrahaḥ

yogī (A saint), aparigrahaḥ (devoid of material desires), nirāśīḥ (without having wants),
yata-citta-ātmā (meditating with heart and soul) ekākī (alone), sthitaḥ (stationed) rahasi
(in a secluded place), yuñjīta (should remain attached to the Super Soul) satatam
(always). ||10||
Translation
Devoid of drastic desires without any wants
Fixing the body and mind, centered on self
Staying secluded alone in a solitary shelter
One must concentrate attached to the Self |10||
Verse No 11-12
शुचौ दे
शे त ा य थरमासनमा मनः ।
ना यु तं ना तनीचंचै
ला जनकुशो रम्
॥
त कैा ंमनः कृवा यत च े य यः ।
उप व यासने यु या ोगमा म वशुये॥
Transliteration
śucau deśe pratiṣṭhāpya sthiramāsanamātmanaḥ
nātyucchritaṁ nātinīcaṁ cailājinakuśottaram
tatraikāgraṁ manaḥ kṛtvā yatacittendriyakriyaḥ
upaviśyāsane yuñjyādyogamātmaviśuddhaye

pratiṣṭhāpya (well established), sthiraṁ (stationed) āsanaṁ (on the seat) ātmanaḥ (of
your own) śucau deśe (in a clean-place), na-ati-ucchritaṁ (neither very high), na-ati-
nīcaṁ (nor very low), caila-ajina-kuśa-uttaram (which is covered by a deer skin or by a
straw-mat), tatra (there) upaviśya (by sitting comfortably) āsane (on the seat) yuñjyāt
(one must practice) yogam (the profession) yata-citta-indriya-kriyaḥ (by controlling
one’s mind and sense organs), kṛtvā (by devoting) manaḥ (the mind) ekāgraṁ (self-
centered), ātma-viśuddhaye (for purification of the Self). ||11-12||
Translation
Staying alone in a solitary place
Established on a sacred seat, clean
Neither very high nor very low
Covered by a mat or by deer’s skin ||11||
Seating there with attentive mind

By controlling the senses, overall
A saint must endeavor his practice
For purifying his mind and soul ||12||
Verse No 13-14
समं काय शरो ीवं
धारय चलंथरः ।
स े य ना सका ंवंदश ानवलोकयन् ॥
शा ता मा वगतभी चा र तेथतः ।
मनः सं
य य म च ो यु आसीत म परः ॥
Transliteration
samaṁ kāyaśirogrīvaṁ dhārayannacalaṁ sthiraḥ
samprekṣya nāsikāgraṁ svaṁ diśaścānavalokayan
praśāntātmā vigatabhīrbrahmacārivrate sthitaḥ
manaḥ saṁyamya maccitto yukta āsīta matparaḥ

Samaṁ dhārayan (Holding straight) kāya-śiro-grīvaṁ (the body across the neck to
head), sthiraḥ (stationed) acalaṁ (immobile), samprekṣya (by throwing the glance)
svam nāsikā-agraṁ (at the point of your own nose), anavalokayan (without looking
around) diśaḥ (any directions), praśānta-ātmā (the calm-minded person), vigatabhīḥ
(who has surpassed all fears), brahmacāri-vrate sthitaḥ (who is in spiritual devotion),
matparaḥ āsīta (he should remain with me) manaḥ saṁyamya (by controlling the mind)
mat-chito yukta (being attached to my heart). ||13||
Translation
Holding the neck to head upright on the trunk
Stationed steady and still, not looking around
Pointing straight glance at the tip of own nose
A pacified person always sits spiritually bound ||13||
By controlling one’s mind from the outer world

Divinely attached with all thoughts to his heart
Bestowing his mind and soul surrendered to me
A saint must always remain in a spiritual state ||14||
Verse No 15
यु व ें
सदा मानंयोगी नयतमानसः ।
शा तंनवाणपरमांम सं थाम धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
yuñjannevaṁ sadātmānaṁ yogī niyatamānasaḥ
śāntiṁ nirvāṇaparamāṁ matsaṁsthāmadhigacchati

Niyata-mānasaḥ (A controlled mind) yogī (saint), evaṁ (thus), yuñjan-ātmānaṁ
(engaged with the Self) sadā (always), adhigacchati (sets) nirvāṇa-paramāṁ śāntiṁ (to
the highest peaceful liberation), mat-saṁsthām (that is my position). ||15||
Translation
Engaged always this way in self meditation
A saint, fully controlling his mind and sense
Attains the highest peace, merged with me
Gets liberation from all the earthly bondage ||15||
Verse No 16
ना य त तुयोगोऽ त न चै
का तमन तः ।
न चा त व शील य जा तो नैव चाजु
न॥
Transliteration
nātyaśnatastu yogo’sti na caikāntamanaśnataḥ
na cāti svapnaśīlasya jāgrato naiva cārjuna

Arjuna (O Arjuna!), tu (but) yogo (this practice) na-asti (is not fit) ati-asnataḥ (for a
voracious eater) na ca (nor) ekāntaṁ-anaśnataḥ (for a fasting person), na-ca-iva (and
also not) ati-svapnaśīlasya (for a person, always sleeping) na jāgrato (nor for a person
who is always awake). ||16||
Translation
But this pious practice, O Arjun! is not for him
Who feasts too much or fasts more than need
Nor for him who sleeps more or wakes too long
Moderate fast and needful rest is Yoga indeed ||17||
Verse No 17
युाहार वहार य युचेय कमसु ।
यु व ावबोध य योगो भव त ःखहा ॥
Transliteration
yuktāhāravihārasya yuktaceṣṭasya karmasu
yuktasvapnāvabodhasya yogo bhavati duḥkhahā

Yuktāhāra-vihārasya (of a person who eats and walks needful), yukta-svapnāva-
bodhasya (who sleeps and wakes moderate), yukta-ceṣṭasya-karmasu (who is
endeavored in his prescribed works), yogo (this practice) bhavati (becomes) duḥkhahā
(painless). ||17||
Translation
Moderate outing and moderate eating
With due efforts in prescribed works
Needful sleeping and hourly waking
Makes this profession suffering-less ||17||
Verse No 18
यदा व नयतंच मा म येवाव त ते।
नः पृ
ह ः सवकामे
यो यु इ युयतेतदा ॥
Transliteration
yadā viniyataṁ cittamātmanyevāvatiṣṭhate
nispṛhaḥ sarvakāmebhyo yukta ityucyate tadā

nispṛhaḥ (devoid of desires) sarva-kāmebhyo (from all the sense serving things) yadā
(when) viniyataṁ cittaṁ (the fully controlled mind) avatiṣṭhate (completely rests)
ātmani (within the Self), tadā (then only) ucyate (he is said) yukta (to be attached with
the soul). ||18||
Translation
Without aspiring, without carving
For the sense appetisers, all
When the completely controlled mind
Rests within the inner soul
Devoid of all drastic desires

Away from earthly wants
Then he is said to be the ‘Yogi’
Merged in spiritual thoughts ||18||
Verse No 19
यथा द पो नवात थो नगते
सोपमा मृ
ता ।
यो गनो यत च य यु तो योगमा मनः ॥
Transliteration
yathā dīpo nivātastho neṅgate sopamā smṛtā
yogino yatacittasya yuñjato yogamātmanaḥ

Yathā (Like) dīpo (a candle flame) na-iṅgate (does not flicker) nivātastho (in a wind-free
place), sopamā (that simile) smṛtā (is like a learning point) yogino (of the professionals)
yuñjato (who keep on striving) ātmanaḥ-yogam (to the practice of self-realisation) yatta-
cittasya (with devoted mind). ||19||
Translation
Just like in a wind-free place
A candle flame does not flicker
So wise a self-realising saint
Keeps on practicing with care ||19||
Verse No 20-21-22-23
य ोपरमतेच ंन ं योगसेवया ।
य चैवा मना मानं प य ा म न तु यत॥
सु
खमा य तकं य द्बु ा मती यम् ।
वे य न चै वायंथत ल त त वतः ॥
यंल वा चापरंलाभं म यतेना धकंततः ।
य म थतो न ःखे न गुणा प वचा यते ॥
तंव ाद्ःखसं योग वयोगं योगस तम् ।
स न येन यो ो योगोऽ न व णचेतसा ॥
Transliteration
yatroparamate cittaṁ niruddhaṁ yogasevayā
yatra caivātmanātmānaṁ paśyannātmani tuṣyati
sukhamātyantikaṁ yattadbuddhigrāhyamatīndriyam
vetti yatra na caivāyaṁ sthitaścalati tattvataḥ
yaṁ labdhvā cāparaṁ lābhaṁ manyate nādhikaṁ tataḥ
yasminsthito na duḥkhena guruṇāpi vicālyate
taṁ vidyād duḥkhasaṁyogaviyogaṁ yogasaṁjñitam
sa niścayena yoktavyo yogo’nirviṇṇacetasā

Yoga-sevayā (By servicing this practice), niruddhaṁ cittaṁ (the imprisoned mind), yatra
(wherever roams), ca (and) yatra (wherever) tuṣyati (it gets satisfied) ātmani-iva (only
within the Self), paśyan (by visualizing) ātmānam (himself) ātmani (inside the soul), yat
sukhaṁ (which happiness) ātyantikam (is endless), indriya-atitam (above the sensual
pleasure), vuddhi-grāhyaṁ (is realized through divine knowledge), ca (and) yatra sthitaḥ
(by remaining in which state) ayaṁ (this transcendentalist) vetti (realizes) tat (that)
tatvataḥ (through spiritual knowledge), iva na-calati (and does not get puzzled), labdhvā
(by getting) yaṁ lābhaṁ (which benefits), na manyate (nothing is desired) tataḥ
adhikaṁ aparaṁ (more beneficial than that), ca (and) yasmin sthitaḥ (by remaining in
which state) na vichālyate (the mind is not disturbed at all) gurunāṁ dukhena api (even
in great tragedy), taṁ (that) vidyāt (should be understood as) yoga-saṁjñitaṁ (the
definition of Yoga), duḥkha-saṁyoga-viyogaṁ (wherein the pain is always vanished), sa
yogaṁ (that profession) yoktavyaṁ (must be practiced) nischayena (definitely)
anirviṇṇa-cetasā (in a puzzle-free mind). ||20-23||
Translation
Wherever rests the imprisoned mind
By striving this practice
Wherever pleased the inner soul
By self-realized service ||20||
The never ending pleasure which

Beyond sensual pleasure
Which is realized by the Saint
By the knowledge forever ||21||
Never disturbed is the mind

In which state wherever
By obtaining which pleasure
There is no other better ||22||
That has to be understood YOGA

The profession as defined
Fear-free that has to be practiced
In an un-desponding mind ||23||
Verse No 24-25
सङ् क प भवा कामांय वा सवानशे षतः ।
मनसै
वे य ामंव नय य सम ततः ॥
शनै
ः शनैपरमेद ्बुया धृतगृह ीतया।
आ मसंथंमनः कृवा न क चद प च तये त्॥
Transliteration
saṅkalpaprabhavānkāmāṁstyaktvā sarvānaśeṣataḥ
manasaivendriyagrāmaṁ viniyamya samantataḥ
śanaiḥ śanairuparamed buddhyā dhṛtigṛhītayā
ātmasaṁsthaṁ manaḥ kṛtvā na kiñcidapi cintayet

Tyaktvā (by giving up) sarvān kāmān (all the sensual desires) aśeṣataḥ (completely)
saṅkalpa-prabhavān (arising out of wishes), viniyamya (by controlling) indriya-grāmaṁ
(the sense organs) samantataḥ (from all the sides) manasa-iva (only by strong will
power), uparamet (one should be detached) śanaiḥ (slowly slowly), na cintayet (should
not think) kiñcit-api (any other things) kṛtvā (by devoting) manaḥ (the mind) ātma-
saṁsthaṁ (to the Self). ||24||
Translation
Abandoning entirely from the mind
The desire-driven wants
Controlling the sense-organs all through
By mastered mind thoughts ||24||
Should be detached one slowly from

Through spiritual learning
Devoting the mind onto the Soul
Without thinking anything ||25||
Verse No 26
यतो यतो न र त मन चलम थरम् ।
तत ततो नय यैतदा म ये
व वशं
नये
त्
॥
Transliteration
yato yato niścarati manaścañcalamasthiram
tatastato niyamyaitadātmanyeva vaśaṁ nayet

cañcalam (The quivered), asthiram (restless) manaḥ (mind) niścarati (wanders) yato
yato (wherever), tataḥ-tato (from here and there) niyamya (by controlling) etat (it) nayet
(should be brought) ātmani-eva vaśaṁ (into the self-in-mode). ||26||
Translation
Whenever and wherever wanders
The restless mind, quivered
Arresting it from here and there
Bring into the Self-in-mode ||26||
Verse No 27
शा तमनसंनें
यो गनं
सु
खमुमम्।
उपैत शां
तरजसं भूतमक मषम्
॥
Transliteration
praśāntamanasaṁ hyenaṁ yoginaṁ sukhamuttamam
upaiti śāntarajasaṁ brahmabhūtamakalmaṣam

Praśānta-manasaṁ (those who are of subdued mind) śānta-rajasaṁ (whose passions
have been pacified), akalmaṣaṁ (who are sinless), brahma-bhūtaṁ (those are attached
with the Ultimate One), enaṁ yoginaṁ (only these saints) upaiti (get) uttamaṁ sukhaṁ
(the highest pleasure). ||27||
Translation
Vowed to the almighty with passions pacified
Freed from all the sins, tranquilised in peace
Only those saints who are spiritually attached
Get the highest pleasure, the supersonic bliss ||27||
Verse No 28
यु वें
सदा मानं
योगी वगतक मषः ।
सु
खे
न संपशम य तंसुखम ु
ते॥
Transliteration
yuñjannevaṁ sadātmānaṁ yogī vigatakalmaṣaḥ
sukhena brahmasaṁsparśamatyantaṁ sukhamaśnute

Sadā (always) yuñjann-evaṁ (engaged like this) ātmānaṁ (with the inner soul), brahma-
saṁsparśam (attached with the ultimate one), vigata-kalmaṣaḥ yogī (A sinless Sage)
aśnute (gets) atyantaṁ sukhaṁ (the unending pleasure) sukhena (easily). ||28||
Translations
Engaged always with the inner soul, like this
Freed from all the sins the endeavoring sage
Acquires the highest pleasure easily forgood
Attached with the almighty, praying always ||28||
Verse No 29
सवभूत थमा मानं
सवभूता न चा म न ।
ई तेयोगयुा मा सव समदशनः ॥
Transliteration
sarvabhūtasthamātmānaṁ sarvabhūtāni cātmani
īkṣate yogayuktātmā sarvatra samadarśanaḥ

Sarvatra sama-darśanaḥ (With equi-posed glances to all) yoga-yuktātmā (the
transcendentalist soul) īkṣate (sees) ātmānaṁ (himself) sarva-bhūtastha (present in all
beings), ca (and) sarva-bhūtāni (all beings) ātmani (within the Self). ||29||
Translations
Attached with this profession, the spiritualist
With equi-posed glance to all beings everywhere
Visualizes the supreme soul in everything around
And finds everything within that supreme power ||29||
Verse No 30
यो मां
प य त सव सव च म य प य त ।
त याहं
न ण या म स च मे
न ण यत॥
Transliteration
yo māṁ paśyati sarvatra sarvaṁ ca mayi paśyati
tasyāhaṁ na praṇaśyāmi sa ca me na praṇaśyati

Yo (who) paśyati (sees) māṁ (me) sarvatra (everywhere) ca (and) paśyati (sees)
sarvaṁ (all) mayi (within myself), ahaṁ (I am) na praṇaśyāmi (not lost) tasya (to him)
ca (and) sa (he is also) na praṇaśyati (not lost) me (to me). ||30||
Translations
He, who visualizes all beings within myself
And recognises me within all, everything
Never ever I am forbidden from his sight
Nor he gets slipped off my hand-holding ||30||
Verse No 31
सवभू
त थतं यो मां
भज ये क वमा थतः ।
सवथा वतमानोऽ प स योगी म य वतते
॥
Transliteration
sarvabhūtasthitaṁ yo māṁ bhajatyekatvamāsthitaḥ
sarvathā vartamāno’pi sa yogī mayi vartate

āsthitaḥ (situated) ekatvam ( in a one-pointed state), yo (who) bhajati (thinks of) māṁ
(me), sarva-bhūta-sthitaṁ (present in all beings), sa yogī (that saint) vartate (remains)
mayi (within me) vartamāno-api (despite being engaged) sarvathā (in all affairs). ||31||
Translations
In one-inclined state who always thinks about
The omnipresent myself, stationed within all
Despite being engaged in all mundane affairs
That sage remains always attached to my soul ||31||
Verse No 32
आ मौप ये न सव समंप य त योऽजुन।
सु
खंवा य द वा ःखं
स योगी परमो मतः ॥
Transliteration
ātmaupamyena sarvatra samaṁ paśyati yo’rjuna
sukhaṁ vā yadi vā duḥkhaṁ sa yogī paramo mataḥ

Arjuna (O Arjuna!), yadi vā sukhaṁ (whether in happiness) vā (or) duḥkhaṁ (in distress),
yo yogi (The Sage who) paśyati (sees) samaṁ (equally) sarvatra (everywhere) ātma-
upamyena (like his own Self), sa yogī (that sage) mataḥ (is considered) paramo (to be
the great). ||32||
Translation
In pleasure or in pain, in goodness or in bad
Who visualizes the oneness, same life in all
The all-pervasive soul, similar to his “Self”
He is considered as the great professional ||32||
Verse No 33
योऽयं
योग वया ो ः सा येन मधु
सदून ।
एत याहं
न प या म च चल वा थ त थराम् ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
yo’yaṁ yogastvayā proktaḥ sāmyena madhusūdana
etasyāhaṁ na paśyāmi cañcalatvātsthitiṁ sthirām
Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), Madhusūdana (O Slayer of demon Madhu!), yo yogaḥ (which
concept) sāmyena (of equanimity) tvayā proktaḥ (you explained), na paśyāmi (I am not
foreseeing) etasya (its) sthirāṁ sthitiṁ (permanent existence) chanchalatvāt (due to
fickleness of the mind). ||33||
Translation
O destroyer of demon Madhu! Asked Arjun
The concept of equanimity that you taught
I do not foresee it’s being firm and fixed
As restless this mind, very tough to arrest ||33||
Verse No 34
च चलंह मनः कृण मा थ बलव ढृम्।
त याहं
न हंम येवायो रव सुकरम्॥
Transliteration
cañcalaṁ hi manaḥ kṛṣṇa pramāthi balavaddṛḍham
tasyāhaṁ nigrahaṁ manye vāyoriva suduṣkaram

kṛṣṇa (O kṛṣṇa!), manaḥ (the mind) hi (is obviously) cañcalaṁ (restless), pramāthi
(agitating), balavat (very powerful), dṛḍhaṁ (very adamant). Ahaṁ (I) manye (consider)
tasya nigrahaṁ (his control) su-duṣkaraṁ (is too difficult) vayoḥ-iva (like a turbulent
wind). ||34||
Translation
Rampantly restless is this mind, O Srikrishna!
Excessive powerful it is adamant and stubborn
Extremely difficult to control it, as I consider
Like the turbulent wind, the whirling hurricane ||34||
Verse No 35
असंशयंमहाबाहो मनो न हं चलम्।
अ यासे
न तु
कौ तेय वै
रा ये
ण च गृते
॥
Transliteration
asaṁśayaṁ mahābāho mano durnigrahaṁ calam
abhyāsena tu kaunteya vairāgyeṇa ca gṛhyate

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), mahā-bāho (O Mighty armed Arjun!),
asaṁśayaṁ (undoubtedly), mano (the mind) calaṁ (is restless), duḥ-nigrahaṁ (difficult
to control), tu (but) gṛhyate (can be brought under control) abhyāsena (by practice) ca
(and) vairāgyeṇa (being passion-free). ||35||
Translation
O mighty armed Arjun! replied then the Lord
No doubt, the fickle mind is tough to arrest
But possible to pacify, to bring under control
By perfect practice in a passion-free state||35||
Verse No 36
असंयता मना योगो ाप इ त मेम तः ।
व या मना तु
यतता श योऽवा तु
मपुायतः ॥
Transliteration
asaṁyatātmanā yogo duṣprāpa iti me matiḥ
vaśyātmanā tu yatatā śakyo’vāptumupāyataḥ

Yogo (The perfection in practice) duṣprāpa (is difficult to achieve) asaṁyatātmanā (by
those who are not self-governed), tu (but) upāyataḥ (by way of means) śakyo (it is
possible) avāptuṁ (to achieve) yatatā (with much care) vaśyātmanā (by those who are
self-controlled). Iti (this is) me matiḥ (my opinion). ||36||
Translation
Far-fetched this practice without self-governance
But self-disciplined, those are of controlled mind
With dedication and devotion those endeavor this
They are able to achieve it of course, as I opined ||36||
Verse No 37
अय तः योपे
तो योगा च लतमानसः ।
अ ा य योगसं
स कां ग त कृण ग छ त ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
ayatiḥ śraddhayopeto yogāccalitamānasaḥ
aprāpya yogasaṁsiddhiṁ kāṁ gatiṁ kṛṣṇa gacchati

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), kṛṣṇa (O Srikrishna!) ayatiḥ (One who is not careful enough),
sraddhayā-upetaḥ (despite having faith), yogāt-calita-mānasaḥ (with deviated mind from
this practice), aprāpya (without achieving) yoga-saṁsiddhiṁ (perfection in practice),
kāṁ gatiṁ (which destination) gacchati (does he attain)? ||37||
Translation
Attached to this practice with mind and soul
If deviated his mind from the spiritual vow
Without having perfection for carelessness
What happens Srikrishna! Where doth he go ||37||
Verse No 38
क च ोभय व छ ा मव न य त ।
अ त ो महाबाहो वमू
ढो णः प थ ॥
Transliteration
kaccinnobhayavibhraṣṭaśchinnābhramiva naśyati
apratiṣṭho mahābāho vimūḍho brahmaṇaḥ pathi

Mahā-bāho (O Mighty armed Krishna!), apratiṣṭho (without being established), vimūḍho
(being slipped away) brahmaṇaḥ pathi (from the spiritual path), kaccit (does he) naśyati
(get ruined), ubhaya-vibhrastaḥ (being deprived of both MEANS by not getting the Earth
nor the Heaven) chinna-abhram-iva (like a patch of cloud in between the sky and the
land). ||38||
Translation
Imperfect in this practice, O mighty armed Lord!
Poor ignorant, doth he get lost his spiritual path
Doth not he get destroyed from both the worlds
As a riven cloud patch between heaven and earth ||38||
Verse No 39
एत मेसं
शयंकृण छेमुह यशेषतः ।
वद यः सं
शय या य छेा न यु
पप ते ॥
Transliteration
etanme saṁśayaṁ kṛṣṇa chettum arhasyaśeṣataḥ
tvadanyaḥ saṁśayasyāsya chettā na hyupapadyate

kṛṣṇa (O Srikrishna!), etat-me-saṁśayaṁ (this is my doubt). Arhasi (you are able)
chetum (to dispel) aśeṣataḥ (completely). Na hi-upapadyate (it is not found) twat-anyaḥ
(anybody other than you) chettā (who can clear) asya-saṁśayasya (this doubt) ||39||
Translation
These are my doubts, O Lord Srikrishna!
Thou only able to clear out these queries
No one other than thou can clarify these
Please dispel out my anxieties and worries ||39||
Verse No 40
वाच
पाथ नै
वह
ेनामुवनाश त य व ते
।
न ह क याणकृक ग
ुत तात ग छ त ॥
Transliteration
pārtha naiveha nāmutra vināśastasya vidyate
na hi kalyāṇakṛt kaściddurgatiṁ tāta gacchati

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), Pārtha (O Arjun!), tasya (his) vināśa
(destruction) na vidyate (happens) na-iva-iha (neither in this world) na-amutra (nor in
any other world). Tāta (O my dear!), kalyāṇakṛt (An auspicious performer) kaścit (never)
gacchati (attains) durgatiṁ (derailed destiny). ||40||
Translation
Never gets he un-destined, O my dear Arjun!
Neither in this world nor in anywhere other
A sincere social servant, one noble Samaritan
Never gets derailed down nor doth he suffer ||40||
Verse No 41
ा य पुयकृतां
लोकानुष वा शा तीः समाः ।
शुचीनांीमतां
गे
हेयोग ोऽ भजायते ॥
Transliteration
prāpya puṇyakṛtāṁ lokānuṣitvā śāśvatīḥ samāḥ
śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ geheyogabhraṣṭo’bhijāyate

Yoga-bhrastaḥ (Being deviated from the path of the practice), abhijāyate (he takes birth)
gehe (in the house) śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ (of pious noble persons) uṣitvā (after staying)
puṇyakṛtāṁ lokān (in pious worlds) śāśvatīḥ samāḥ (for many years). ||41||
Translation
Having derailed down from his spiritual path
Dwells he in righteous worlds for many years
Gets born there after once again on the Earth
In an ideal noble house, full of divine cheers ||41||
Verse No 42
अथवा यो गनामे
व कु
लेभव त धीमताम्।
एत लभतरंलोकेज म यद शम् ॥
Transliteration
athavā yogināmeva kule bhavati dhīmatām
etaddhi durlabhataraṁ loke janma yadīdṛśam

Athavā (Or else), eva (certainly), bhavati (he takes birth) kule (in the family) dhīmatām
yoginām (of wise saints). Etat yat janma (these type of births) idṛśam (like this)
durlabhataraṁ (are rarely achieved) loke (in the world). ||42||
Translation
Or else, in a pious family among the wise saints
Gets he incarnated surely, with sagacious bliss
The benevolent birth which is rarely achieved
To the mankind elsewhere in a world like this ||42||
Verse No 43
त तंबु संयोगंलभते
पौवदे
हकम् ।
यतते
च ततो भू
यः सं
स ौ कुन दन ॥
Transliteration
tatra taṁ buddhisaṁyogaṁ labhate paurvadehikam
yatate ca tato bhūyaḥ saṁsiddhau kurunandana

Kuru-nandana (O Prince of Kauravas!), tatra (there), buddhi saṁyogaṁ (connected to
the wisdom) labhate (he gets) taṁ paurva-dehikam (that of his previous birth) ca (and)
tato (thereafter) bhūyaḥ (once again) yatate (he endeavors) saṁsiddhau (to attain
perfection). ||43||
Translation
Regains he that practice there in that family
Through his wisdom acquired in previous birth
Strives he thereafter again, O Prince of Kuru!
For getting perfection in his professional path ||43||
Verse No 44
पू
वा यासेन ते
नव
ै यते वशोऽ प सः ।
ज ासुर प योग य श द ा तवतते
॥
Transliteration
pūrvābhyāsena tenaiva hriyate hyavaśo’pi saḥ
jijñāsurapi yogasya śabdabrahmātivartate

Saḥ (He) pūrva-abhyāsena (by his previous practice) hriyate (gets attracted) avaśo-iva
(as if forced imposed) tena (by that). jijñāsuḥ (The inquisitive mind) yogasya (of this
transcendence) api (too) ativarttate (overcomes) śabda-brahma (the words of the vedic
scriptures). ||44||
Translation
Induced by virtue of his previous practice
Pursues he that profession to gain insight
In inquisitive mind as if imposed by force
Surpassing all the Vedic words, ritualistic ||44||
Verse No 45
य ना तमान तु
योगी सं
शु क बषः ।
अने
कज मसं स ततो या त परां
ग तम्
॥
Transliteration
prayatnādyatamānastu yogī saṁśuddhakilbiṣaḥ
anekajanmasaṁsiddhastato yāti parāṁ gatim

Tu (of course), yatamānaḥ yogī (the endeavoring sage) saṁśuddha-kilbiṣaḥ (being freed
from sins), prayatnāt (by his efforts) aneka janma (for many years), tato (thereafter),
saṁsiddaḥ (becoming perfect), yāti (attains) parāṁ (the supreme) gatim (position).
||45||
Translation
Earnestly endeavoring with care and caution
Freed from all the vices the spiritual person
Striving many years after births, re-births
Attains the supreme place having perfection ||45||
Verse No 46
तप व योऽ धको योगी ा न योऽ प मतोऽ धकः ।
क म य ा धको योगी त मा ोगी भवाजुन॥
Transliteration
tapasvibhyo’dhiko yogī jñānibhyo’pi mato’dhikaḥ
karmibhyaścādhiko yogī tasmādyogī bhavārjuna

Yogī (The Sage) mato (is considered) adhikaḥ (to be superior) tapasvibhyo (to ascetics),
jñānibhyo-api (even superior to wise men), yogī (The sage) adhikaḥ (is far above)
karmibhyaḥ (the wage-oriented workers), Arjuna (O Arjun!), tasmāt (therefore) yogī
bhava (become a sage). ||46||
Translation
Superior to workaholics, superior to wise
Above than the ascetics undergoing pain
A Saint is considered ever superior to all
Therefore, Arjun, try to be a saintly man ||46||
Verse No 47
यो गनाम प सवषांम ते
ना तरा मना ।
ावा भजते यो मां
स मे
युतमो मतः ॥
Transliteration
yogināmapi sarveṣāṁ madgatenāntarātmanā
śraddhāvānbhajate yo māṁ sa me yuktatamo mataḥ

Yo (Who) śraddhāvān (having faith) bhajate (worships) māṁ (me) madgatena (realizing
me) antar-ātmanā (in his self), sa (he) mataḥ (is considered) yuktatamo (the most
attached person), api (even) sarveṣāṁ yoginām (above all the saints). ||47||
Translation
The person who worships me keeping firm faith
Merged with me always in his mind and heart
He is considered the Great of all the saints
Staying firmly attached to his divine thought ||47||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेआ मसं
यमयोगो
नाम ष ोऽ यायः ॥6॥
With this, ended the Sixth Chapter “The Doctrine of Self-control”
---000---
अथ स तमोऽ यायः- ान व ानयोग
SEVENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Science and Conscience)
Verse No 1
म यास मनाः पाथ योगंयु मदा यः ।
असंशयंसम ं मां
यथा ा य स त छृ
णु॥
Transliteration
mayyāsaktamanāḥ pārtha yogaṁ yuñjanmadāśrayaḥ
asaṁśayaṁ samagraṁ māṁ yathā jñāsyasi tacchṛṇu

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), mayyāsakta-
manāḥ (attached to me with mind and soul those) yuñjan (endeavor) yogaṁ (their divine
profession) mat-āśrayaḥ (surrendered onto me), yathā (how) jñāsyasi (to realize)
samagraṁ māṁ (me in totality), tathā sṛṇu (listen that) asaṁśayaṁ (without any doubt).
||1||
Translation
Addressed then the Lord, O Son of Prithaa!
Attached to me in mind with deep devotion
Endeavoring all actions surrendered onto me
How am I realized fully, listen to that lesson ||1||
Verse No 2
ानं
ते
ऽहं स व ान मदं
व या यशे
षतः ।
य ा वा ने
ह भूयोऽ य ात मव श यते ॥
Transliteration
jñānaṁ te’haṁ savijñānam idaṁ vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ
yajjñātvā neha bhūyo’nyajjñātavyamavaśiṣyate

Ahaṁ (I am) vakṣyāmi (telling) te (you) idaṁ jñānaṁ (this knowledge) aśeṣataḥ (in
depth) savijñānam (with science and conscience), yat-jñātvā (by knowing which) na (no)
anyat (other thing) avaśiṣyate (is left out) jñātavyam (to be learnt) bhuyo (once again).
||2||
Translation
Imparting now thee that lesson for learning
With detailed description of this conscience
After realizing which it is needless to learn
Any other lessons in this world of science ||2||
Verse No 3
मनुयाणांसह े
षुक त त स ये।
यतताम प स ानां
क मां
वे त वतः ॥
Transliteration
manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣu kaścidyatati siddhaye
yatatāmapi siddhānāṁ kaścinmāṁ vetti tattvataḥ

manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣu (Among thousands of men) kaścit (very few) yatati (endeavor)
siddhaye (for perfection), yatatām-api siddhānāṁ (among the endeavorists attained
perfection) kaścit (a few only) vetti (know) māṁ (me) tattvataḥ (through divine
knowledge). ||3||
Translation
Among hundreds, thousands of men and women
A few ones, scarcely, endeavor for expertise
Among the endeavorists, attained perfection
Sparingly somebody understands my essence ||3||
Verse No 4
भूमरापोऽनलो वायु
ः खंमनो बु रे
वच।
अहङ् कार इतीयं मे भ ा कृ तर धा ॥
Transliteration
bhūmirāpo’nalo vāyuḥ khaṁ mano buddhireva ca
ahaṅkāra itīyaṁ me bhinnā prakṛtiraṣṭadhā

Bhumiḥ (Earth), āpaḥ (Water), analaḥ (Fire), vāyuḥ (Air), khaṁ (Ether) ca (with) manaḥ
(mind), budhiḥ (intelligence), ca (and) ahaṅkāra (Egoism) iti (etc.) iyaṁ (these are) me
aṣṭadhā (my eight-fold) bhinnā prakṛtiḥ (different natural forms). ||4||
Translation
This cosmic nature, my manifested make-up
Exhibit the existence of my eight-fold logo
The Earth, Water, Fire, Air, and the Ether
The five forms with Mind, Intellect and Ego ||4||
Verse No 5
अपरे
य मत व यांकृ त व मे पराम्
।
जीवभूतां
महाबाहो यये
दंधायते
जगत्॥
Transliteration
apareyamitastvanyāṁ prakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām
jīvabhūtāṁ mahābāho yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat

Mahā-bāho (O Mighty Armed Arjun!), iyam (this is MEANS this material nature is) aparā
(inferior), tu (but) itaḥ anyāṁ (other than this), viddhi (know) jīva-bhūtāṁ (these living
beings) me parām (my superior nature), yat (by which) idaṁ (this) jagat (world) dhārayet
(is sustained). ||5||
Translation
Understand these eight-fold nature, my inferior forms
Superior to these, the living beings, manifested by me
Know this Life-line, my Supreme Nature, O valiant one!
Which has sustained within, this whole cosmic regime ||5||
Verse No 6
एत ोनी न भू
ता न सवाणी यु
पधारय ।
अहंकृन य जगतः भवः लय तथा ॥
Transliteration
etadyonīni bhūtāni sarvāṇītyupadhāraya
ahaṁ kṛtsnasya jagataḥ prabhavaḥ pralayastathā

Upadhāray iti (Know that) ahaṁ (I am) yonīni (the womb) etat sarvāṇi bhūtāni (of all
these beings), prabhavaḥ (the creator) kṛtsnasya jagataḥ (of this whole world), pralayaḥ-
tathā (the annihilator as well). ||6||
Translation
By the union of sentients and consentients
Manifest all living beings out of their wombs
I am the creator of all, the origin and source
Know me the destroyer also of this Universe ||6||
Verse No 7
म ः परतरं
ना य क चद त धन य ।
म य सव मदंोतंसूे
म णगणा इव ॥
Transliteration
mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyatkiñcidasti dhanañjaya
mayi sarvamidaṁ protaṁ sūtre maṇigaṇā iva

dhanañjaya (O Arjun, the conqueror over wealth!), na-anyat-kiñcit-asti (there exists
nothing) parataraṁ (above) mattaḥ (than me). Idaṁ sarvaṁ (All these worlds) protaṁ
(are threaded) me (with me) iva (like) maṇigaṇā (the gems) sūtre (in a string). ||7||
Translation
Nothing above me there is, O winner of Wealth!
Beyond me to command on, there exists nothing
The solar systems, all these, hang on within me
Like the gems and jewels threaded in a string ||7||
Verse No 8
रसोऽहम सुकौ ते
य भा म श शसू
ययोः ।
णवः सववे
देषु
श दः खे
पौ षं
नृ
षु॥
Transliteration
raso’hamapsu kaunteya prabhāsmi śaśisūryayoḥ
praṇavaḥ sarvavedeṣu śabdaḥ khe pauruṣaṁ nṛṣu

Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), ahaṁ (I am) raso (the cream) apsu (in the water), prabhā-
asmi (I am the rays) śaśi-sūryayoḥ (of the moon and the sun), praṇavaḥ (I am the
recitation) sarva-vedeṣu (of all the Vedic hymns), śabdaḥ (the sound) khe (flowing in the
sky), pauruṣaṁ (the personality) nṛṣu (among the men). ||8||
Translation
The cream of the water I am, “O Son of Kunti!”
I am the lighting rays of the Sun and the moon
I am the reciting effect of all the Vedic hymns
The sounds in the sky, the manhood of the men ||8||
Verse No 9
पु
यो ग धः पृ
थ ां
च ते
ज ा म वभावसौ ।
जीवनंसवभूते
षु
तप ा म तप वषु
॥
Transliteration
puṇyo gandhaḥ pṛthivyāṁ ca tejaścāsmi vibhāvasau
jīvanaṁ sarvabhūteṣu tapaścāsmi tapasviṣu

Tejaḥ-asmi (I am the flame) bibhāvasau (of the Fire), ca (and) puṇyo gandhaḥ (the
eternal aroma) pṛthivyāṁ (of the Earth), jīvanaṁ (the Life-line) sarva-bhūteṣu (in all the
living beings), ca (and) tapaḥ-asmi (I am the penance) tapasviṣu (of all hard workers).
||9||
Translation
I am the purest fragrance of earthly aroma
I am the flashing flame of the enraging fire
I am the life-line floating in all living beings
I am the arduous effort of the hard worker ||9||
Verse No 10
बीजं
मां
सवभूतानांव पाथ सनातनम्
।
बु बु मताम म तेज ते
ज वनामहम्
॥
Transliteration
bījaṁ māṁ sarvabhūtānāṁ viddhi pārtha sanātanam
buddhirbuddhimatāmasmi tejastejasvināmaham

Pārtha (O son of Prithaa!), viddhi māṁ (know me) sanātanaṁ bījaṁ (as the primal seed)
sarva-bhūtānāṁ (of all the living beings), buddhiḥ-asmi (I am the intellect) buddhimatām
(of the wise), ca (and) tejaḥ (the glow) tejasvinām (of the shinning ones). ||10||
Translation
I am the most primal seed of all living beings
The ancient root for spreading the life-race
Cognize me as the glow of all the shining ones
I am the intelligence of all knowledgeous base ||10||
Verse No 11
बलंबलवतां
चाहं
कामराग वव जतम्
।
धमा व ो भू
ते
षुकामोऽ म भरतषभ ॥
Transliteration
balaṁ balavatāṁ cāhaṁ kāmarāgavivarjitam
dharmāviruddho bhūteṣu kāmo’smi bharatarṣabha

bharatarṣabha (O great icon of Bharat dynasty!), Ahaṁ (I am) balaṁ (the strength)
balavatāṁ (of the mighty ones) kāma-rāga-vivarjitam (who have given up lust and greed)
ca (and) kāmo-asmi (I am the desire OR passion) bhūteṣu (in all beings) dharma-
avirudho (those are not against the righteous principles). ||11||
Translation
I am the strength of all mighteous ones
Those are free from desire and passion
I am that desire, righteous in all beings
That is not born against natural mission ||11||
Verse No 12
येचै
व सा वका भावा राजसा तामसा ये
।
म एवे त ता व न वहं तेषुते
मय॥
Transliteration
ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvā rājasāstāmasāścaye
matta eveti tānviddhi na tvahaṁ teṣu te mayi

Ye sāttvikā bhāvā (whichever are the attributes of goodness), rājasāḥ (the attributes of
passion), ca (and) tāmasāḥ-ye (whichever are the attributes of ignorance), viddhi (know)
tān (those modes) matta eva-eti (to be considered from me only). Te (those modes)
mayee (are within me), tu (but) ahaṁ (I am) na (not) teṣu (within them). ||12||
Translation
Whichever are the attributes of goodness
The passionate modes and ignorant traits
All those are from me and within me only
But I am not under their sensual influence ||12||
Verse No 13
भगु
णमयैभावैरेभः सव मदंजगत्
।
मो हतं
ना भजाना त मामेयः परम यम्॥
Transliteration
tribhirguṇamayairbhāvairebhiḥ sarvamidaṁ jagat
mohitaṁ nābhijānāti māmebhyaḥ paramavyayam

Idaṁ (this) sarvaṁ (entire) jagat (world), mohitaṁ (being deluded) ebhiḥ (by these)
thibhiḥ-guṇamayaiḥ-bhāvaiḥ (three attributes of passion), nābhijānāti (does not
understand) mām avyayaṁ (me who is un-perishable), paraṁ (far above) ebhyaḥ (than
these MEANS beyond these three attributes) ||13||
Translation
Deluded by these attributes, tri-type
The entire world turns blind at me
Knoweth not me, the unperishable one
Beyond these, I am the power, supreme ||13||
Verse No 14
दै
वी षेा गु
णमयी मम माया र यया ।
मामे
व येप ते मायामेतां
तर त ते॥
Transliteration
daivī hyeṣā guṇamayī mama māyā duratyayā
māmeva ye prapadyante māyāmetāṁ taranti te

eṣā (these are) mama (my) daivī māyā (super natural illusions) guṇamayī (full of
attributes), hi duratyayā (which are very difficult to avoid). Ye (those) prapadyante
(worship) mām-eva (only to me), te (they) taranti (supersede) māyām-etāṁ (these
illusions). ||14||
Translation
Tough to break through it is, my illusionary veil
Mirage like myths are these divine attributes
Those who have fully surrendered onto myself
They only cross through these entangled hooks ||14||
Verse No 15
न मां कृतनो मू
ढाः प ते नराधमाः ।
माययाप त ाना आसु रं
भावमा ताः ॥
Transliteration
na māṁ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ prapadyante narādhamāḥ
māyayāpahṛtajñānā āsuraṁ bhāvamāśritāḥ

duṣkṛtino (The evil doers), narādhamāḥ (down trodden) mūḍhāḥ (ignorant fellows),
māyayā-apahṛta-jñānā (those are deprived of knowledge driven by delusion), āsuraṁ
bhāvam-āśritāḥ (who have taken shelter under evil thoughts) na prapadyante (do not
seek refuge in) mām (me). ||15||
Translation
The ignorants, miscreants, down trodden men
Distinguished those are with demonic desire
Deprived of that knowledge, delusion driven
Do not think of me, do not adore me either ||15||
Verse No 16
चतु
वधा भज ते
मां
जनाः सु
कृ
तनोऽजु
न।
आत ज ासु
रथाथ ानी च भरतषभ ॥
Transliteration
caturvidhā bhajante māṁ janāḥ sukṛtino’rjuna
ārto jijñāsurarthārthī jñānī ca bharatarṣabha

Bharatarṣabha (O great man of Bharat dynasty!), Arjun (O Arjun!), Caturvidhā janāḥ (Four
category of persons) sukṛtino (performing pious deeds), bhajante (think of) māṁ (me).
ārto (The suffering class), jijñāsuḥ (the inquisitive persons), arthārthī (the money
minded fellows), ca (and) jñānī (the wise men). ||16||
Translation
Pious performers, four types, think of me Arjun!
The persons in distress, the money minded class
The inquisitive person eager and anxious to learn
And the fourth class is the wise, knowledgeous ||17||
Verse No 17
ते
षांानी न ययु एकभ व श यते ।
यो ह ा ननोऽ यथमहं
स च मम यः ॥
Transliteration
teṣāṁ jñānī nityayukta ekabhaktirviśiṣyate
priyo hi jñānino’tyarthamahaṁ sa ca mama priyaḥ

Tesāṁ (Among those) jñānī (the wise) eka-bhaktiḥ (with one pointed devotion) viśiṣyate
(is the distinguished one) hi (because) ahaṁ (I am) atyarthaṁ (the most) priyaḥ (loving
one) jñānino (of the wise men) ca (and) sa (he is) mama (my) priyaḥ (beloved). ||17||
Translation
The wise man among those always attached
With one-pointed mind, devoted solely on me
My loving favorite he is exceeding all others
I am also his dearest one, beloved all the time ||17||
Verse No 18
उदाराः सव एवै
तेानी वा मै
व मे
मतम्।
आ थतः स ह युा मा मामेवानुमां
ग तम्॥
Transliteration
udārāḥ sarva evaite jñānī tvātmaiva me matam
āsthitaḥ sa hi yuktātmā māmevānuttamāṁ gatim

Ete sarva (all these are) eva (certainly) udārāḥ (noble ones), tu (but) me matam (as per
my opinion) jñānī (The wise man) iva (is like) me ātmā (my soul), sa (He), yuktātmā
(being attached), āsthitaḥ (remains) māṁ eva (within me only), anuttamāṁ gatim
(which is the highest destination) .||18||
Translation
Nice and noble minded are definitely all of them
But the wise among them is considered the best
Stayed always attached to me, like my soul he is
The united soul, certainly, gets the goal, highest ||18||
Verse No 19
ब नां
ज मनाम तेानवा मांप ते ।
वासु
दे
वः सव म त स महा मा सुलभः ॥
Transliteration
bahūnāṁ janmanāmante jñānavānmāṁ prapadyate
vāsudevaḥ sarvamiti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ

bahūnāṁ janmanāṁ-ante (After many births) jñānavān (The wise) prapadyate (takes
shelter on) māṁ (me) iti (thinking that) vāsudevaḥ sarvaṁ (the Lord Vaasudeva is all in
all), sa mahātmā (The great soul like him) sudurlabhaḥ (is the rarest among rares). ||19||
Translation
After many more births, re-births
The wise cognizeth my presence
Thinking Vaasudeva, the all in all
He is the great, rarest of rares ||19||
Verse No 20
कामै
तैतैत ानाः प तेऽ यदे
वताः ।
तं
तंनयममा थाय कृया नयताः वया ॥
Transliteration
kāmaistaistairhṛtajñānāḥ prapadyante’nyadevatāḥ
taṁ niyamamāsthāya prakṛtyā niyatāḥ svayā

niyatāḥ (Being controlled) svayā (by own) prakṛtyā ( in-born nature) hṛta-jñānāḥ (those
who are deprived of knowledge) kāmaiḥ-taiḥ-taiḥ (by those lusty desires) prapadyante
(surrendered onto) anya devatāḥ (other demi-gods) āsthāya (by following) taṁ taṁ
niyamam (those ritualistic rules). ||20||
Translation
Induced by their own inborn passionate nature
Wooed by those wishes and lured by those lusts
Performing rigorous rituals with material offers
Some worship other spirits, demons and ghosts ||20||
Verse No 21
यो यो यां
यां
तनु
ं
भ ः या चतु
म छत।
त य त याचलां ांतामे
व वदधा यहम्
॥
Transliteration
yo yāṁ yāṁ tanuṁ bhaktaḥ śraddhayārcitumicchati
tasya tasyācalāṁ śraddhāṁ tāmeva vidadhāmyaham

Yo yo bhaktaḥ (Who ever devotees) icchati (desire) archituṁ (to worship) yāṁ yāṁ
tanuṁ (whichever form of body) śraddhayā (in good faith), ahaṁ (I) vidadhāmi (make)
tasya tasya śraddhāṁ (their faith) tāṁ-eva (firm in them only). ||21||
Translation
The devotees who wish worshipping in good faith
Whichever deities and bodies in whatsoever form
The un-tilt faith of theirs on that God or Goddess
In those rituals and believes, I make it very firm ||21||
Verse No 22
स तया या यु त याराधनमीहते।
लभतेच ततः कामा मयै
व व हता ह तान्॥
Transliteration
sa tayā śraddhayā yuktastasyārādhanamīhate
labhate ca tataḥ kāmānmayaiva vihitānhi tān

Sa (He) ihate (endeavors) tasya ārādhanam (to worship that demi God) tayā śraddhayā
yuktaḥ (being attached to that firm faith), ca (and) tataḥ (from that) labhate (gets) tān
kāmān (those sense serving things) mayā-iva vihitān (only as per my grant-in-terms).
||22||
Translation
Imbued with that firm-fixed faith
Worships he that physical form
And gets his wishes fulfilled by that
Only as per my grant-in-term ||22||
Verse No 23
अ तव ु फलं ते
षांत व य पमेधसाम् ।
दे
वा दे
वयजो या त म ा या त माम प ॥
Transliteration
antavat tu phalaṁ teṣāṁ tadbhavatyalpamedhasām
devāndevayajo yānti madbhaktā yānti māmapi

Tu (but) tat phalaṁ (that fruitive result) tasya alpamedhasāṁ (of those little learned
fellows) bhavati (becomes) antavata (exhaustive). Devayajo (those who worship demi-
gods) devān yānti (attain the demi-gods only), api (whereas) mad-bhaktā (my devotees)
yānti (attain) māṁ (to me). ||23||
Translation
Exhaustive and short-lived is that fruitive gain
Of that poor talented worshipper of demi-God
As they attain to that lower God for short time
But my devotees get me, the permanent abode ||23||
Verse No 24
अ ं माप ं म य ते
मामबुयः ।
परं
भावमजान तो ममा यमनुमम् ॥
Transliteration
avyaktaṁ vyaktimāpannaṁ manyante māmabuddhayaḥ
paraṁ bhāvamajānanto mamāvyayamanuttamam

Abudhhayaḥ (The ignorant fellows) ajānanto (without knowing) mama (my) avyayaṁ
(immutable) paraṁ (supreme) anuttamaṁ (transcendental) bhāvaṁ (form), manyante
(consider) māṁ (me), avyaktaṁ (the un-manifest one), vyaktiṁ-āpannaṁ (as an
ordinary born). ||24||
Translation
Veiled and blinded those poor ignorant fellows
Consider me a common being, the manifest one
For they do not know my transcendental form
My immutable status quo, my supreme position ||24||
Verse No 25
नाहंकाशः सव य योगमायासमावृतः ।
मू
ढोऽयंना भजाना त लोको मामजम यम् ॥
Transliteration
nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasya yogamāyāsamāvṛtaḥ
mūḍho’yaṁ nābhijānāti loko māmajamavyayam

Yoga-māyā-samāvṛtaḥ (being covered with my magical inner potency) ahaṁ (I am) na
prakāśaḥ (not visible) sarvasya (to all), mūḍho’yaṁ loko (This ignorant world) na
abhijānāti (cannot understand) māṁ (me), ajaṁ (who is unborn), avyayaṁ
(unperishable). ||25||
Translation
Veiled by my magical inner potency
The omnipotent, I am not visible to all
Cannot understand this ignorant world
That I am the unborn, unperishable soul ||25||
Verse No 26
वेदाहंसमतीता न वतमाना न चाजु
न।
भ व या ण च भू
ता न मां
तुवेदनक न॥
Transliteration
vedāhaṁ samatītāni vartamānāni cārjuna
bhaviṣyāṇi ca bhūtāni māṁ tu veda na kaścana

Arjuna (O Arjun!), Ahaṁ veda (It is me who knows) samatītāni (all about the past),
vartamānāni (all the present affairs), ca (and) bhaviṣyāṇi (the unseen future) bhūtāni (of
all living beings), tu (but) kaścana (anybody else) na veda (does not know) māṁ (me).
||26||
Translation
All the global affairs of all living beings
The past, present and the future borns
Everything I know in detail time to time
But none of them knoweth me, O Arjun! ||26||
Verse No 27
इ छा े
षसमु
थे
न मोहे
न भारत ।
सवभू
ता न स मोहं
सग या त पर तप ॥
Transliteration
icchādveṣasamutthena dvandvamohena bhārata
sarvabhūtāni sammohaṁ sarge yānti parantapa

Parantapa (O Fury of the foes), Bhārata (O Man of Bharat dynasty), sarge (At the time of
creation) sarva-bhūtāni (All beings) yānti (enter into) sanmohaṁ (delusion) dvandva-
mohena (by the passion and confusion) icchā-dveṣa-samutthena (developed by wishes
and aversions). ||27||
Translation
Deceived by the glamour of opposite senses
Driven by the attraction and aversion feels
At the time of creation, O Ferocious of Foes!
Illusionary all become by passionate thrills ||27||
Verse No 28
ये
षांव तगतं
पापं
जनानां
पुयकमणाम् ।
ते मोह नमुा भज तेमांढ ताः ॥
Transliteration
yeṣāṁ tvantagataṁ pāpaṁ janānāṁ puṇyakarmaṇām
te dvandvamohanirmuktā bhajante māṁ dṛḍhavratāḥ

Tu (But) janānāṁ puṇyakarmaṇāṁ (the persons who have performed pious deeds),
jesāṁ (whose) pāpaṁ (sins) antagataṁ (have been washed out), dvandva-moha
nirmuktā (freed from passion and sense of duality), te (they) dṛḍhavratāḥ (with strong
determination) bhajante (worship) māṁ (me). ||28||
Translation
But the persons performing pious activities
Whose sins have been washed out completely
Freed from the passions of duality, who are
With firm determination they think me only ||28||
Verse No 29
जरामरणमो ाय मामा य यत त ये
।
ते त ः कृनम या मं कम चा खलम्॥
Transliteration
jarāmaraṇamokṣāya māmāśritya yatanti ye
te brahma tadviduḥ kṛtsnamadhyātmaṁ karma cākhilam

Te ye (they who) yatanti (endeavor) moksāya (for the deliverance) jarā marana (from the
old age and death) āsritya (by sheltering) māṁ (on me), te (they) viduḥ (know) tat
brahma (that Supreme Spirit), kṛtsnaṁ-adhyātmaṁ (the complete knowledge of self-
realisation), ca (and) akhilaṁ karma (all about the prescribed actions). ||29||
Translation
Completely surrendered to me those endeavor
To attain liberation from the old-age and death
The concept of spiritualism, fully aware of them
All prescribed actions on the transcendental path ||29||
Verse No 30
सा धभू
ता धदै
वंमांसा धय ं
च येव ः ।
याणकालेऽ प च मां
तेव युचेतसः ॥
Transliteration
sādhibhūtādhidaivaṁ māṁ sādhiyajñaṁ ca ye viduḥ
prayāṇakāle’pi ca māṁ te viduryuktacetasaḥ

Yukta-cetasaḥ (Attached with the spiritual consciousness) Ye (Who) viduḥ (understand)
māṁ (me) sādhibhūta (along with the material elements), adhi-daivaṁ (the spiritual
elements) ca (and) sādhiyajñaṁ (the underlying sacrificial offers), te (they), prayāṇa
kale (at the time of expiry) api (also), viduḥ (know) māṁ (me). ||30||
Translation
Attached with spiritualism those understand me
Along with every material and non-material form
Underlying the divine concepts of all sacrifices
They realise me even at the end of their term ||30||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेान व ानयोगो
नाम स तमोऽ यायः ॥7॥
With this, ended the Seventh Chapter “The Doctrine of Science & Conscience”
The evergreen, scripts, eternal ॥7॥
अथा मोऽ यायः-अ र योग
EIGHTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of imperishable Eternity)
Verse No 1
क तद् कम या मंक कम पुषो म ।
अ धभू
तं
च क ो म धदै वंकमु
यते॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
kiṁ tadbrahma kimadhyātmaṁ kiṁ karma puruṣottama
adhibhūtaṁ ca kiṁ proktamadhidaivaṁ kimucyate

Arjuna Uvāca (Arjuna said), Puruṣa-uttama (O man of great personality!), kiṁ-tat-
brahma (what is that absolute truth), kiṁ-adhyātmaṁ (what is inner-self), kiṁ karma
(what is prescribed action), kiṁ proktaṁ (what is called) adhibhutaṁ (material
manifestation), ca (and) kiṁ-ucyate (what are called) adhi-daivaṁ (the elements of
spiritualism)? ||1||
Translation
O man of great personality, asked then Arjun
What is that supreme spirit, what is sub-soul
Which are called demi-gods with divine power
And what is known as the substance material ||1||
Verse No 2
अ धय ः कथंकोऽ देहऽे म मधु
सदून ।
याणकालेच कथंेयोऽ स नयता म भः ॥
Transliteration
adhiyajñaḥ kathaṁ ko’tra dehe’sminmadhusūdana
prayāṇakāle ca kathaṁ jñeyo’si niyatātmabhiḥ

Madhu-sūdana (O Slayer of demon Madhu!), atra (In this world) ko (who is) adhi-yajñaḥ
(the consumer of all offers and sacrifices), kathaṁ (how) asmin dehe (does he remain
inside the body), ca (and) jñeyo’si (how do you realize) prayāṇakāle (at the time of death)
niyata-ātmabhiḥ (by controlling self)? ||2||
Translation
Who is the consumer of all sacrificial offers
Why and how doth he dwell inside this body
The self-controlled persons while expiring
How do realize thy form, the all embodied ||2||
Verse No 3
वाच
अ रं परमंवभावोऽ या ममु
यते ।
भू
तभावो वकरो वसगः कमसंतः ॥
Transliteration
akṣaraṁ brahma paramaṁ svabhāvo’dhyātmamucyate
bhūtabhāvodbhavakaro visargaḥ karmasaṁjñitaḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), akṣaraṁ (the unperishable one)
paramaṁ brahma (is the Supreme Spirit), svabhāvo (the nature of animal life) ucyate (is
called) adhi-ātmaṁ (the inner self), visaragaḥ (the multiple creative process) bhūta-
bhāva-udbhava-karo (stimulating births and rebirths of living and non-living beings)
sangitaḥ (is defined as) karma (prescribed action). ||3||
Translation
Imperishable is the super soul, replied the Lord
The nature of all living beings is called sub-soul
The creative process upbringing the living race
Is defined as the prescribed action as a whole ||3||
Verse No 4
अ धभू
तंरो भावः पुष ा धदै
वतम् ।
अ धय ोऽहमे
वा देहे
दे
हभृतां
वर ॥
Transliteration
adhibhūtaṁ kṣaro bhāvaḥ puruṣaścādhidaivatam
adhiyajño’hamevātra dehe dehabhṛtāṁ vara

dehabhṛtāṁ vara (O Arjun!, the great embodied one!), kṣaro bhāvaḥ (Anything of
perishable by nature) adhi-bhūtaṁ (is sub-material form), puruṣaḥ (the personality) adhi
-daivatam (is sub-spiritual form), ca (and) ahaṁ-eva (I am only) adhi-yajño (the presiding
deity for all consumption) atra dehe (in this body). ||4||
Translation
This universal personality is the spiritual form
And anything perishable is the form of matter
And inside this body, “O great embodied Arjun”
I am the presiding deity, consume what you offer ||4||
Verse No 5
अंतकाले च मामे
व मर मुवा कलेवरम्।
यः या त स म ावंया त ना य सं
शयः ॥
Transliteration
antakāle ca māmeva smaranmuktvā kalevaram
yaḥ prayāti sa madbhāvaṁ yāti nāstyatra saṁśayaḥ

Anta-kāle ca (at the time of death also) kalevaraṁ muktvā (while departing the body)
yaḥ yāti (who expires) smaran (by thinking) māṁ-eva (me only) sa (he) prayāti (goes
directly) mat-bhāvaṁ (to my form), saṁśayaḥ na asti (there is no doubt) atra (in this).
||5||
Translation
At the time of his death while giving up the body
Expired who thinking only about me for the bliss
He gets himself transformed into my super form
There is no second thought and no doubt on this ||5||
Verse No 6
यंयंवा प मर भावंयज य ते कले वरम्।
तंतमे
वै त कौ ते
य सदा त ावभा वतः ॥
Transliteration
yaṁ yaṁ vāpi smaranbhāvaṁ tyajatyante kalevaram
taṁ tamevaiti kaunteya sadā tadbhāvabhāvitaḥ

Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), Smaran (by thinking) yaṁ vā-api (whatsoever) bhāvaṁ (form)
tyajati (one gives up) kalevaraṁ (the body) ante (at the time of death), sadā bhāvitaḥ
(always merged) tat-bhāva (in that thought), eti (one attains) taṁ taṁ-eva (that form of
body only). ||6||
Translation
Whatever physical form thinking always in mind
One gives up this body at the time of his death
That that particular physical form and feature
Assumes one always at the time of next birth ||6||
Verse No 7
त मा सवषु
काले
षु मामनुमर यु च ।
म य पतमनोबु मामे
वैय यसंशयम्॥
Transliteration
tasmātsarveṣu kāleṣu māmanusmara yudhya ca
mayyarpitamanobuddhirmāmevaiṣyasyasaṁśayam

Tasmāt (Therefore) sarveṣu kāleṣu (all the time), yudhya ca (even at the time of fighting
also) anusmara (remember) māṁ (me). Mayā-arpita (if you surrender onto me) mano-
buddhiḥ (with your mind and intelligence), eṣyasi (you will get) māṁ-eva (me only),
asaṁśayam (there is no doubt). ||7||
Translation
All the time, therefore, while working also
Keep on thinking and recalling me always
After surrendered to me with mind and wit
Thou shalt attain undoubtedly, my stage ||7||
Verse No 8
अ यासयोगयुे
न चे
तसा ना यगा मना ।
परमं
पुषंद ंया त पाथानु
च तयन् ॥
Transliteration
abhyāsayogayuktena cetasā nānyagāminā
paramaṁ puruṣaṁ divyaṁ yāti pārthānucintayan

Pārtha (O son of Prithaa!), na-anyagāminā cetasā (without diverting mind towards
others) abhyāsa-yoga-yuktena (by practicing the divinely attached profession),
anucintyan (by thinking always) paramaṁ puruṣaṁ (the greatest personality), yāti (one
attains) divyaṁ (the ultimatum). ||8||
Translation
Attached with me always in spiritual practice
Not being carried away with dualities, others
Always thinking upon the supreme personality
O Son of Prithaa! The Ultimatum, one attains ||8||
Verse No 9-10
क व पु
राणमनुशा सतारमणोरणीयां
समनुमरेः ।
सव य धातारम च य पमा द यवण तमसः पर तात् ॥
याण काले मनसाचलेन भ या युो योगबलेन चै
व।
ु
वोम येाणमावे य स यक् स तं
परंपुषमु
पैत द म् ।
Transliteration
kaviṁ purāṇamanuśāsitāramaṇoraṇīyāṁsamanusmared yaḥ
sarvasya dhātāramacintyarūpamādityavarṇaṁ tamasaḥ parastāt
prayāṇakāle manasācalena bhaktyā yukto yogabalena caiva
bhruvormadhye prāṇamāveśya samyak sa taṁ paraṁ puruṣamupaiti divyam

Yaḥ (who) samanusmaret (keeps on thinking always) kaviṁ purāṇam (to the most
ancient poet), anuśāsitāram (who is the governor of the entire universe), aṇoḥ-
aṇīyāṁsam (who is smaller than the smallest part of a molecule), sarvasya dhātāram
(who is the sustainer of all), acintya-rūpam (who is beyond imagination), āditya-varṇaṁ
(who is sun like colored), tamasaḥ parastāt (who is far behind the darkness), sa (he)
upaiti (attains to) paraṁ divyaṁ puruṣaṁ (the greatest divine personality) yoga-balena
(by the power of practice) manasā-acalena (without diverted mind), bhaktyā yukto
(attached with deep devotion), ca (and) iva (like) āveśya (uplifting) prāṇaṁ (all the life
lines) bhruvoḥ-madhye (in between his eye brows) samyag (very well) prayāṇa-kāle (at
the time of expiry). ||9-10||
Translation
Whoso, thinks always to the sustainer of all
The omniscient poet, Ruler of the universe
The miniature state than the molecular part
The unthinkable, sun like, beyond darkness ||9||
At the time of death in an unperturbed mind

Attached with devotion to the primitive prime
Up-thorwing the life into his temple, forehead
When expired, attained the splendid supreme ||10||
Verse No 11
यद रंवेद वदो वद त वश त य तयो वीतरागाः ।
य द छ तो चय चर त त े
पदंसंहेण व ये ॥
Transliteration
yadakṣaraṁ vedavido vadanti viśanti yadyatayo vītarāgāḥ
yadicchanto brahmacaryaṁ caranti tatte padaṁ saṅgraheṇa pravakṣye

Veda-vido (the advocates of Vedic philosophy) vadanti (describe) yat-akṣaraṁ (which
imperishable one), vītarāgāḥ yatayo (the endeavoring saints devoid of passion) viśanti
(enter) yat (which state), yat-icchanto (by desiring whom) brahmacaryaṁ caranti (the
spiritualism is speculated), pravakṣye (I am explaining) te (you) saṅgraheṇa (vividly) tat
padaṁ (that divine feet). ||11||
Translation
Imperishable who is called by Vedic advocates
Passion free saints endeavoring attain to whom
Speculating whom, cultivated the spiritualism
Now explaining briefly that most divine form ||11||
Verse No 12-13
सव ारा ण सं
य य मनो द न य च ।
मूयाधाया मनः ाणमा थतो योगधारणाम्॥
ओ म येका रं ाहर मामनु
मरन्।
यः या त यज देहं
स या त परमां
ग तम्
॥
Transliteration
sarvadvārāṇi saṁyamya mano hṛdi nirudhya ca
mūrdhnyādhāyātmanaḥ prāṇamāsthito yogadhāraṇām
oṁityekākṣaraṁ brahma vyāharanmāmanusmaran
yaḥ prayāti tyajandehaṁ sa yāti paramāṁ gatim

Sarva-dvārāṇi saṁyamya (by controlling all the bodily openings), nirudhya (by confining)
mano (the mind) hṛdi (inside the heart), ādhāya (by upholding) ātmanaḥ prāṇam (own
life-air) mūrdhni (into the head), ca (and) āsthito (staying) yoga-dhāraṇām (in
transcendental state), vyāharan (by uttering) eka-akṣaraṁ Om (the single lettered Oom),
iti brahma (like the Supreme Spirit), anusmaran (remembering always) māṁ (me) yaḥ
(who) prayāti (passes away) tyajan (by leaving) dehaṁ (the body), sa (he) yāti (attains)
paramāṁ gatim (the supreme destination). ||12||
Translation
Controlling all the sensual outlets of the body
Confining the mind inside the cell of the heart
Upholding the life-air into the head and brain
Staying pacific in the transcendental state ||12||
Reciting “Oom”, the single lettered verse

Concentrating on myself, the supreme soul
Passed away whoso, leaving behind his body
Has attained the ultimatum, the highest goal ||13||
Verse No 14
अन यचेताः सततं
यो मांमर त न यशः ।
त याहं
सुलभः पाथ न ययु य यो गन ॥
Transliteration
ananyacetāḥ satataṁ yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ
tasyāhaṁ sulabhaḥ pārtha nityayuktasya yoginaḥ

Pārtha (O son of Prithaa!), ananya-cetāḥ (without thinking others) yo (those, who)
smarati (think of) māṁ (me) nityaśaḥ (every day) satataṁ (all the time), ahaṁ (I am)
sulabhaḥ (easily attained) tasya nitya yuktasya yoginaḥ (by those ever attached saints)
||14||
Translation
Undistracted mind those think me all the days
Without thinking others who recall me always
Attached with me always by those divine sages
Easily attainable I am, without too long chases ||14||
Verse No 15
मामु
पेय पु
नज म ःखालयमशा तम् ।
ना ु
व त महा मानः सं
स परमां
गताः ॥
Transliteration
māmupetya punarjanma duḥkhālayamaśāśvatam
nāpnuvanti mahātmānaḥ saṁsiddhiṁ paramāṁ gatāḥ

saṁsiddhiṁ paramāṁ gatāḥ (After reaching the purest perfection), māṁ-upetya
( getting me) mahātmānaḥ (the great souls) na-āpnuvanti (do not get) punarjanma (the
rebirths), duḥkhālayaṁ-aśāśvataṁ (the painful homes which are short-lived.) ||15||
Translation
The great persons with greater performance
Attain the ultimate state, having perfection
After reaching me they do not get re-births
No more transit lives in this painful prison ||15||
Verse No 16
आ भु वना लोकाः पु
नराव तनोऽजु
न।
मामु
पे
य तु
कौ ते
य पुनज म न व ते ॥
Transliteration
ābrahmabhuvanāllokāḥ punarāvartino’rjuna
māmupetya tu kaunteya punarjanma na vidyate

Arjuna, Kaunteya (O Arjuna, the son of Kunti), ā-brahma-bhuvanāt-lokāḥ (all the worlds
apart from the highest supreme world) punaḥ-āvartino (are subject to rebirths), tu (but)
upetya (by attaining) māṁ (me) punarjanma (re-birth) na vidyate (never happens). ||16||
Translation
Below the highest world of the divine supreme
All other worlds are subject to births, rebirths
But attain to me those getting my sacred place
Do not born again and again in any other earths ||16||
Verse No 17
सह यु
गपय तमहयद् णो व ः ।
रा यु
गसह ा तां
ते
ऽहोरा वदो जनाः ॥
Transliteration
sahasrayugaparyantamaharyadbrahmaṇo viduḥ
rātriṁ yugasahasrāntāṁ te’horātravido janāḥ

Yat (those) viduḥ (know) sahasra-yuga-paryantaṁ (the cycle of one thousand eons)
ahaḥ (as one day), yuga sahasrāntāṁ (the end of the cycle of thousand eons) rātriṁ (as
one night) brahmano (of the celestial time period), te janāḥ (those persons) aho-
rātravido (are aware of the celestial day and night). ||17||
Translation
Thousand cycles of the cycle of four eons
Make single day of the calendar, celestial
Make one universal night, same time later
Persons who know this are the wisest of all ||17||
Verse No 18
अ ाद् यः सवाः भव यहरागमे।
रा यागमेलीय ते
त वैा संके ॥
Transliteration
avyaktādvyaktayaḥ sarvāḥ prabhavantyaharāgame
rātryāgame pralīyante tatraivāvyaktasaṁjñake

Ahaḥ-āgame (as the celestial day dawns) sarvāḥ (all) vyaktayaḥ (the manifested beings)
prabhavanti (are procreated) avyaktāt (from that un-manifest source), rātri-āgame (as
the night falls) praliyante (all vanish) tatra-iva (to that) avyakta-saṁjñake (unmanifest
definition). ||18||
Translation
Dawns when the celestial day
With his majestic impulse
Appear all manifested beings
From that unmanifest source
Falls when the celestial night

Approaching annihilation-time
Disappear everything all together
To that unmanifest supreme ||18||
Verse No 19
भूत ामः स एवायं
भूवा भू
वा लीयते।
रा यागमे
ऽवशः पाथ भव यहरागमे
॥
Transliteration
bhūtagrāmaḥ sa evāyaṁ bhūtvā bhūtvā pralīyate
rātryāgame’vaśaḥ pārtha prabhavatyaharāgame

Pārtha (O son of Prithaa!), Bhūtagrāmaḥ (the animal society) praliyate (disappears) rātri-
āgame (when the celestial night falls), prabhavati (appears) ahaḥ-āgame (when the
celestial day dawns), Saḥ-eva (in that way) bhutvā bhutvā (being created and procreated)
avaśaḥ (helplessly). ||19||
Translation
Appear and disappear this way, all living beings
By the intercourse of the nature again and again
Manifest at the beginning of the celestial day
Falls when the celestial night all disappear then ||19||
Verse No 20
पर त मा ुभावोऽ योऽ ोऽ ा सनातनः ।
यः स सवषु
भूतेषुन य सुन वन य त ॥
Transliteration
parastasmāttu bhāvo’nyo’vyakto’vyaktātsanātanaḥ
yaḥ sa sarveṣu bhūteṣu naśyatsu na vinaśyati

Tu (but) tasmāt avyaktāt (from that unmanifest one), anyo-avyakto (another unmanifest)
yaḥ (who is) sanātanaḥ (the eternal) paraḥ bhāvo (greatest form), sa (he), sarveṣu
naśyatsu bhūteṣu (present inside all the mortal beings) na vinaśyati (never gets
destroyed). ||20||
Translation
From that unmanifest one, another unmanifest
Dwells who inside all the living beings, mortal
The eternal Supreme Soul, Omnipotent who is
Never destroyed like other things, temporal ||20||
Verse No 21
अ ोऽ र इ यु तमा ः परमां
ग तम्।
यंा य न नवत तेत ाम परमं मम ॥
Transliteration
avyakto’kṣara ityuktastamāhuḥ paramāṁ gatim
yaṁ prāpya na nivartante taddhāma paramaṁ mama

Taṁ-uktaḥ (he has been told) iti (as) avyaktaḥ (unmanifest), aksaraḥ (unperishable),
āhuḥ (he has been termed) paramāṁ gatiṁ (the ultimate destination), yaṁ prāpya (by
attaining whom) na nivartante (one does not return), tat-dhāma (that place) paramaṁ
mama (is my supreme destination). ||21||
Translation
Unmanifest, unperishable, he has been stated to be
The highest goal who is aimed at, the prime position
By attaining whom never returns back to re-born one
That is my ultimate place, my Supreme Destination ||21||
Verse No 22
पुषः स परः पाथ भ या ल य वन यया ।
य या तः था न भू
ता न ये
न सव मदं
ततम्
॥
Transliteration
puruṣaḥ sa paraḥ pārtha bhaktyā labhyastvananyayā
yasyāntaḥ sthāni bhūtāni yena sarvamidaṁ tatam

Pārtha (O son of Prithaa!), bhūtāni (the living beings) sthāni (are situated) antaḥ (inside)
yasya (whose body), idaṁ sarvaṁ (this entire cosmos) yena tataṁ (is pervaded by
whom), saḥ paraḥ puruṣaḥ (that supreme personal divinity) labhyaḥ (is attained) tu (only)
ananyayā bhaktyā (by undisrupted devotion). ||22||
Translation
Sheltered under whose shadow all living beings
Worlds, universes, all these, whose extension
The greatest person He is,”O Son of Prithaa”
Who can only be attained with deep devotion ||22||
Verse No 23
य कालेवनाव मावृ चै व यो गनः ।
याता या त तं
कालं
व या म भरतषभ ॥
Transliteration
yatra kāle tvanāvṛttimāvṛttiṁ caiva yoginaḥ
prayātā yānti taṁ kālaṁ vakṣyāmi bharatarṣabha
Bharatarṣabha (O Great of the Bharat dynasty!), yatra kāle (In which time period)
yoginaḥ (the saints) prayātā (after leaving the body) yānti (attain) āvṛttiṁ (re-births) ca-
iva tu (and also attain to) anāvṛttiṁ (de-births), vaksāmi (now telling) taṁ kālaṁ (that
time period). ||23||
Translation
While expiring their bodies the sagacious saints
Attain the eternality OR the births, re-births
Now explaining that time to liberate or to born
What is the right time to retire from the Earth ||23||
Verse No 24
अ न य तरहः शुलः ष मासा उ रायणम् ।
त याता ग छ त वदो जनाः ॥
Transliteration
agnirjyotirahaḥ śuklaḥ ṣaṇmāsā uttarāyaṇam
tatra prayātā gacchanti brahma brahmavido janāḥ

ṣaṇmāsā (at the time of the first half calendar year) uttarāyaṇam (when the sun inclines
towards the northern hemisphere), śuklaḥ (during the wax-moon period), ahaḥ (in the
day light hours), agni-jyotiḥ (when the sun shines bright like the flame of the fire), tatra
(at that time) brahmavido-janāḥ (the self-realised persons) prayātā (after expiring the
body) gacchanti (attain) brahma (to the ultimate Brahma). ||24||
Translation
While leaving this body during day light hour
When the sun shines like the flame of a fire
In the wax-moon time of the first half year
The wise saints attain that Supreme Power ||24||
Verse No 25
धू
मो रा तथा कृण ष मासा द णायनम्।
त चा मसंयो तय गी ा य नवतते ॥
Transliteration
dhūmo rātristathā kṛṣṇaḥ ṣaṇmāsā dakṣiṇāyanam
tatra cāndramasaṁ jyotiryogī prāpya nivartate

Tathā (Like that) ṣaṇmāsā (at the time of the second half year) dakṣiṇāyanam (when
the sun inclines towards the southern hemisphere), kṛṣṇaḥ (during the wan moon period)
dhūmo-rātriḥ (of the smoking hours of the darkened night), tatra (that time MEANS
expiring the body that time) yogī (the saint) prāpya (after getting) cāndramasaṁ- jyotiḥ
(the deemed moon light) nivartate (returns back). ||25||
Translation
The premature person, engaged with fruitive action
Expireth in the smoking hours of the darkened night
During the wan-moon period of the second half year
Attains the moon-light, but returns after the sight ||25||
Verse No 26
शुल कृणे गती तेेजगतः शा तेमते ।
एकया या यनावृ म ययावततेपु
नः ॥
Transliteration
Śukla kṛṣṇe gatī hyete jagataḥ śāśvate mate
ekayā yātyanāvṛttim anyayāvartate punaḥ

śāśvate mate (As per the age-old opinion) jagataḥ (of the world), śukla kṛṣṇe (during the
wax-moon and the wan-moon period) ete hi (these two are the only) gatī (after death
destinations). Ekayā (by one path) anāvṛttim yāti (one attains no birth), anyayā (by the
other) vartate punaḥ (gets reborn again). ||26||
Translation
Two time periods are there for the souls to depart
The wax-moon fortnight and the wan-moon period
Expiring during one time the eternity is attained
While during the other time re-birth is returned ||26||
Verse No 27
नै
तेसृती पाथ जान योगी मुत क न ।
त मा सवषु कालेषुयोगयुो भवाजु
न॥
Transliteration
naite sṛtī pārtha jānanyogī muhyati kaścana
tasmātsarveṣu kāleṣu yogayukto bhavārjuna
Pārtha (O son of Prithaa), jānan (by knowing) ete sṛtī (these two paths) kaścana yogī
(the saint never) muhyati (gets deluded). Arjuna (O Arjun), tasmāt (therefore) sarveṣu
kāleṣu (all the time) bhava (remain) yoga-yukto (attached with your profession). ||27||
Translation
Understanding these two paths, “O son of Prithaa”
Never gets deluded at any time, an insightful saint
Always therefore remain attached to your works
With self-realisation and deep devotion by heart ||27||
Verse No 28
वे
दे
षुय े
षुतपःसुचैव दाने
षु य पु
यफलं द म् ।
अ ये
त त सव मदंव द वा योगी परंथानमु
पै
त चा म्॥
Transliteration
vedeṣu yajñeṣu tapaḥsu caiva dāneṣu yatpuṇyaphalaṁ pradiṣṭam
atyeti tatsarvamidaṁ viditvā yogī paraṁ sthānamupaiti cādyam

idaṁ viditvā (by knowing this) yogī (a self-realised saint) atyeti (overcomes) tat-sarvaṁ
puṇyaphalaṁ (all those pious results) yat (which are) pradiṣṭaṁ (exhibited) vedeṣu (in
holy scripts), yajñeṣu (in sacrificial deeds), tapaḥsu (in austerities),ca-iva (and like this)
dāneṣu (in donations), ca (and) upaiti (attains) ādyaṁ (first) paraṁ sthānaṁ (the
supreme destination). ||28||
Translation
In sacrifices, penances, through donations, gift
Fruitive results whatever said in religious script
Surpassing beyond those, by understanding well
Attains that supreme destination, a spiritualist ||28||
-XXXX-
ॐ त स द त ी म गव तासू प नष सु व ायां
योगशा ेी कृणाजु नसंवादेअ र योगो
नामा मोऽ यायः ॥8॥
With this, ended the Eighth Chapter “The Doctrine of Imperishable Eternity”
---000---
अथ नवमोऽ यायः- राज व ाराजगुयोग
NINETH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Sovereign Science)
Verse No 1
वाच
इदं
तुतेगुतमंव या यनसू यवे
।
ानं
व ानस हतंय ा वा मो यसे
ऽशु
भात्
॥
Transliteration
idaṁ tu te guhyatamaṁ pravakṣyāmyanasūyave
jñānaṁ vijñānasahitaṁ yajjñātvā mokṣyase’śubhāt

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), pravakṣyāmy (I shall tell) te anasuyave
(you, the cavil-free person) idaṁ tu guhyatamaṁ jñānaṁ (this most secret knowledge)
vijñāna-sahitaṁ (with science) yat-jñātvā (by knowing which) mokṣyase (you shall be
freed) aśubhāt (from ills). ||1||
Translation
Now imparting thee that knowledge, said the Lord
With methodical evidence, the secret-most science
After knowing which doctrine, “O cavil-free Prince!
Shalt be liberated thou from the impacts of evils ||1||
Verse No 2
राज व ा राजगुं प व मदमुमम्
।
य ावगमं ध य सु
सखुंकतु
म यम्
॥
Transliteration
rājavidyā rājaguhyaṁ pavitramidamuttamam
pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyaṁ susukhaṁ kartumavyayam

Idaṁ (This is) rājaguhyaṁ (the topmost secret) rāja-vidyā (the royal lore), pavitraṁ (the
most pious), uttamaṁ (the best), pratyakṣa-avagamaṁ (directly beneficial), dharmyaṁ
(the righteous one), su-sukhaṁ (the most pleasant), kartuṁ (to perform), avyayam
(imperishable). ||2||
Translation
The royal lore is this, the topmost secret
The most pious and purified preamble
The righteous action it is, easy to perform
That yields the results, imperishable ||2||
Verse No 3
अ धानाः पुषा धम या य पर तप ।
अ ा य मां
नवत ते
मृयु
ससंारव म न ॥
Transliteration
aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā dharmasyāsya parantapa
aprāpya māṁ nivartante mṛtyusaṁsāravartmani

Parantapa (O Fury of the foes!), aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā (the incredulous persons) asya
dharmasya (of this righteousness), aprāpya māṁ (without attaining me) nivartante
(keep on roaming) vartmani (in the path of) mṛtyu-saṁsāra (the mortal worlds). ||3||
Translation
Of this righteous actionables the nonbelievers
Persons who have no faith, O Enemies’ Terror!
Without reaching me they, the ignorant poors
Keep moving on the path of this mortal sphere ||3||
Verse No 4
मया तत मदं
सव जगद मू
तना ।
म था न सवभू
ता न न चाहं
ते
षव थतः ॥
Transliteration
mayā tatamidaṁ sarvaṁ jagadavyaktamūrtinā
matsthāni sarvabhūtāni na cāhaṁ teṣvavasthitaḥ

Idaṁ (this) sarvaṁ jagat (entire world) tataṁ (is pervaded) mayā avyakta-mūrtinā (by
my un-manifest form), sarva-bhutāni (all the living non-living beings) mat-sthāni (are
resting in me), ca (but) ahaṁ (I am) na avasthitaḥ (not situated) teṣu (in them). ||4||
Translation
Infinitely spread across this world of worlds
By the inner potency of my un-manifest form
All living, non-living beings, placed within me
But I am not placed physically in any of them ||4||
Verse No 5
न च म था न भू
ता न प य मेयोगमैरम्।
भू
तभृच भू त थो ममा मा भू
तभावनः ॥
Transliteration
na ca matsthāni bhūtāni paśya me yogamaiśvaram
bhūtabhṛnna ca bhūtastho mamātmā bhūtabhāvanaḥ

Paśya (See), me (my) yogaṁ-aiśvaraṁ (divine potency), bhūtāni (all beings) mat-sthāni
(despite being situated in me), ca na (still not like that). Mama-ātmā (my soul) ca
(despite being) bhūtabhṛt (the sustainer of all beings), bhūta-bhāvanaḥ (the care taker of
all beings) bhūtastho na (not attached with all beings). ||5||
Translation
Behold! my divine potency, my majestical myth
All are within me, but I am not attached to all
I am the support, the custodian of this world
But sheltered nowhere though invisibly dwell ||5||
Verse No 6
यथाकाश थतो न यं वायु
ः सव गो महान्
।
तथा सवा ण भू
ता न म थानी यु
पधारय ॥
Transliteration
yathākāśasthito nityaṁ vāyuḥ sarvatrago mahān
tathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni matsthānītyupadhāraya

Yathā (like) sarvatago vāyuḥ (the blowing wind everywhere) nityaṁ (always) sthito (stay)
mahān ākāśas (in the vast sky), tathā (so wise) sarvāṇi bhūtāni (all beings) mat-sthānī
(stay in me), iti-upadhāraya (understand this concept). ||6||
Translation
As like the wide-spread wind stay in the sky
So wise, the living worlds pervaded within me
Like the air is in the sky, not the sky in the air
All living beings are in me but I am not in them ||6||
Verse No 7
सवभू
ता न कौ ते
य कृ त या त मा मकाम्
।
क प ये पु
न ता न क पादौ वसृ
जा यहम्॥
Transliteration
sarvabhūtāni kaunteya prakṛtiṁ yānti māmikām
kalpakṣaye punastāni kalpādau visṛjāmyaham

Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), sarva-bhūtāni (all beings) prakṛtiṁ yānti (disappear into the
nature) māmikām (within me) kalpa-kshyaye (at the time of destruction of the world),
kalpa-ādyau (at the beginning of the world) punaḥ (once again) ahaṁ (I) visṛjāmi (create)
tāni (all of them). ||7||
Translation
Merge with me all livings, non-livings
At the end of the annihilation time
Once again all of them I procreate
At the beginning of the new regime ||7||
Verse No 8
कृत वामव य वसृ
जा म पु
नः पु
नः ।
भू
त ाम ममं
कृनमवशंकृ ते
वशात्॥
Transliteration
prakṛtiṁ svāmavaṣṭabhya visṛjāmi punaḥ punaḥ
bhūtagrāmamimaṁ kṛtsnamavaśaṁ prakṛtervaśāt

prakṛtiṁ avaṣṭabhya (by empowering the nature) svām (myself), visṛjāmi (I create)
imaṁ avaśaṁ kṛtsnaṁ bhūta-grāmaṁ (these entire helpless living race) punaḥ (again
and again) prakṛteḥ-vaśāt (under the influence of the nature). ||8||
Translation
Empowering Nature through my inner potency
Livings and non-livings, I create again and again
Giving multiple births, rebirths as per my rules
Making all helpless with no choice of their born ||8||
Verse No 9
न च मां
ता न कमा ण नब न त धन य।
उदासीनवदासीनमस ं ते
षु
कमसु॥
Transliteration
na ca māṁ tāni karmāṇi nibadhnanti dhanañjaya
udāsīnavadāsīnamasaktaṁ teṣu karmasu

dhanañjaya (O Winner over wealth!), ca (Since) āsīnaṁ (I am stayed) udāsinavat
(indifferent) teṣu karmasu (to those fruitive actions), tāni karmāṇi (those fruitive actions)
na nibandhanti (cannot bind) māṁ-asaktaṁ (me who stays away completely detached
from those). ||9||
Translation
Not fettered by those fruitive actions
I remain detached, O Winner of Wealth!
Do not bind me at all these worldly affairs
I am indifferent to this activated Earth ||9||
Verse No 10
मया य ेण कृ तः सू
यते
सचराचरं
।
हे
तुनाने
न कौ ते
य जग प रवतते
॥
Transliteration
mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sacarācaram
hetunānena kaunteya jagadviparivartate

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), mayā-adhyakṣeṇa (under my superintendence) prakṛtiḥ (this
cosmic nature) sūyate (creates) sacarācaram (all the movings, non-movings), jagat (the
world) viparivartate (keeps on changing) anena-hetunā (due to many more reasons, the
cause and effects). ||10||
Translation
Creates this cosmic nature under my governance
The mobiles, immobiles, the living, non-living mass
Very fast, keeps on changing, this dynamic world
Due to the cause and effects for satisfying wants ||10||
Verse No 11
अवजान त मां
मू
ढा मानु
ष तनु
मा तम्।
परं
भावमजान तो मम भू
तमहेरम्॥
Transliteration
avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanumāśritam
paraṁ bhāvamajānanto mama bhūtamaheśvaram

mūḍhā (The ingnorants) ajānanto (without knowing) mama bhūta-maheśvaraṁ paraṁ
bhāvaṁ (my supermost form of the Lord of lords), avajānanti (under think) māṁ (me),
mānuṣīṁ tanum-āśritaṁ (as if incarnated in the form of a common human body). ||11||
Translation
Incarnated myself in an ordinary human form
Do not understand me, those poor ignorants
That I am the Lord of Lords of all living beings
I am the Supreme Spirit, the supermost status ||11||
Verse No 12
मोघाशा मोघकमाणो मोघ ाना वचे
तसः ।
रा सीमासु
र चै
व कृ
त मो हन ताः ॥
Transliteration
moghāśā moghakarmāṇo moghajñānā vicetasaḥ
rākṣasīmāsurīṁ caiva prakṛtiṁ mohinīṁ śritāḥ

moghajñānā (with a vain knowledge), mogha-karmāṇo (with futile fruitive works),
moghāśā (with useless hopes), vicetasaḥ (these senseless creatures) śritāḥ (sheltered
on) prakṛtiṁ mohinīṁ (the delusion of the nature), iva (are like) rākṣasīṁ (giants) ca
(and) āsurīṁ (demons). ||12||
Translation
Senseless, hopeless, these poor ignorants
With a vain knowledge and futile actions
Deluded by the nature, gratify the senses
Grabbing the things like devils and demons ||12||
Verse No 13
महा मान तु
मां
पाथ दै
व कृ तमा ताः ।
भज यन यमनसो ा वा भूता दम म्॥
Transliteration
mahātmānastu māṁ pārtha daivīṁ prakṛtimāśritāḥ
bhajantyananyamanaso jñātvā bhūtādimavyayam

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), tu (but) mahātmānaḥ (the great souls) āśritāḥ (sheltered on)
daivīṁ prakṛtim (spiritual nature), bhajanti (meditate upon) ananya-manaso (with
undisturbed mind), jñātvā (by knowing) māṁ (me as) avyayaṁ (the unperishable),
bhūtādi (foremost being). ||13||
Translation
But sheltered on spiritual nature the great souls
Meditate upon me always with undisturbed mind
For they know me well as the foremost unborn
The unperishable one, from the ancient time ||13||
Verse No 14
सततंक तय तो मां
यत त ढ़ ताः ।
नम य त मांभ या न ययुा उपासते ॥
Transliteration
satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ yatantaśca dṛḍhavratāḥ
namasyantaśca māṁ bhaktyā nityayuktā upāsate

Nityayuktā (the ever attached persons) dṛḍhavratāḥ (with determined mind) kīrtayanto
(praising me) bhaktyā yatantaḥ (with care and devotion), ca (and) namasyantaḥ (by
bowing before) māṁ (me) satataṁ (always) upāsate (worship) māṁ (to me only).||14||
Translation
Attached all the time with the eternal essence
With determined mind through deep devotion
Bowed and vowed they always worship to me
Singing my eminences with care and caution ||14||
Verse No 15
ानय ेन चा य येयज तो मामु
पासते
।
एक वेन पृ
थ वे न ब धा व तोमुखम्।।
Transliteration
jñānayajñena cāpyanye yajanto māmupāsate
ekatvena pṛthaktvena bahudhā viśvatomukham

Anye (others) yajanto (by sacrificing themselves) jñāna-yajñena (in knowledge-full
research) upāsate (worship) māṁ (me), viśvato-mukhaṁ (the universally faced deity),
ekatvena (as one and the only one), pṛthaktvena (in different forms) ca (and) bahudhā
(in many names). ||15||
Translation
With due care and caution worship me others
As the only singular form, facing every where
Worship me some others in different forms
By sacrificing knowledge and offering prayer ||15||
Verse No 16
अहंतु रहं
य ः वधाहमहमौषधम्
।
मंोऽहमहमे
वा यमहम नरहंतम्॥
Transliteration
ahaṁ kraturahaṁ yajñaḥ svadhāhamahamauṣadham
mantro’hamahamevājyamahamagnirahaṁ hutam

Ahaṁ kratuḥ (I am the Vedic rituals), ahaṁ yajñaḥ (I am the social sacrifice), svadhā-
ahaṁ (I am the funeral feast), ahaṁ-auṣadham (I am the medicinal value), mantro-
ahaṁ (I am the verses), ahaṁ-eva-ājyam (I am the sacrificing butter), ahaṁ-agniḥ (I am
the sacred fire), ahaṁ hutam (I am the flame of the sacrificial fire). ||16||
Translation
The Vedic rituals I am, I am the social sacrifice
I am the funeral feast, the medicinal values I am
The sacrificial offers I am, I am the sacred fire
I am oblation, I am the flame, the verses too I am ||16||
Verse No 17
पताहम य जगतो माता धाता पतामहः ।
वेंप व मोङ्
कार ऋ साम यजु रव
ेच ॥
Transliteration
pitāhamasya jagato mātā dhātā pitāmahaḥ
vedyaṁ pavitramoṁkāra ṛksāma yajureva ca

Vedyaṁ (know that) ahaṁ (I am) pitā (the father), mātā (the mother), dhātā (the
sustainer), pitāmahaḥ (the grandfather) asya jagato (of this world), ca (and) iva (like)
pavitra oṁkāra (the sacred recitals) ṛk-sāma-yajuḥ-iva (of the Rik Veda, Sām Veda, and
Yajurveda). ||17||
Translation
I am the father, grandfather, creator of this world
I am the mother giving birth to the world of worlds
Cosmic activities all these, I maintain and I sustain
I am the sacred recital of Rik, Saam, Yajurvedas ||17||
Verse No 18
ग तभता भु
ः सा ी नवासः शरणं
सुत्।
भवः लयः थानं नधानं
बीजम यम्॥
Transliteration
gatirbhartā prabhuḥ sākṣī nivāsaḥ śaraṇaṁ suhṛt
prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṁ nidhānaṁ bījamavyayam

Gatiḥ (I am the go of this world), prabhuḥ (the Lord), sākṣī (the witness to all), nivāsaḥ
(the shelter), śaraṇaṁ (the support), suhṛt (the friend), prabhavaḥ (the creation),
pralayaḥ (the destruction), sthānaṁ (the omnipresent), nidhānaṁ (the fulfilled store
house), bījaṁ-avyayam (the unperishable seed). ||18||
Translation
I am the destination, I am the Lord
I am the caretaker, witness to all
I am the shelter, the refuge I am
I am the well-wisher, friend of all
I am the creator, destroyer as well

I am the treasure in the hidden place
I am the store house of all you need
I am the origin, the unperished source ||18||
Verse No 19
तपा यहमहंवष नगृ
हणा
् युसृ
जा म च ।
अमृतंचै
व मृयुसदस चाहमजुन॥
Transliteration
tapāmyahamahaṁ varṣaṁ nigṛhṇāmyutsṛjāmi ca
amṛtaṁ caiva mṛtyuśca sadasaccāhamarjuna

Arjuna (O Arjun!), ahaṁ tapāmi (I provide the heat), varṣaṁ nigṛhṇāmi (I carry the rain
water), ca (and) utsṛjāmi (I make rain fall), ahaṁ sat (I am the ultimate truth), ca asat
(and also the deluding false), ca (and) amṛtaṁ-iva (I am like the immortality) mrityuḥ-ca
(the mortality also). ||19||
Translation
I am the scorching sun to heat up the water
I am the clouds carrying those water vapor
I am the rain God down-pouring the shower
I command to rain at what time and where
I am the mortality of all transitory things

I am the ever present, the immortal beings
I am the truthfulness in livings, non-livings
The delusion I am in all the falsified things ||19||
Verse No 20
ै
व ा मां
सोमपाः पू
तपापाय ै
र ् वा वग त ाथय ते
।
ते
पुयमासा सुरेलोकम त द ा द व दे वभोगान्
॥
Transliteration
traividyā māṁ somapāḥ pūtapāpāyajñairiṣṭvā svargatiṁ prārthayante
te puṇyamāsādya surendralokamaśnanti divyāndivi devabhogān

Somapāḥ (the drinkers of the celestial mystic), pūta-pāpā (those have been freed from
sins), traividyā (by performing the tri-type Vedic rituals), yajñaiḥ (in the sacrifices), māṁ
istvā (by aspiring me), prārthayante (pray for) svaḥ-gatiṁ (the paradise). Te (they)
āsādya (after getting) surendra-lokaṁ (the heavenly world), aśnanti (eat MEANS enjoy)
divyān-deva-bhogān (the heavenly godly pleasures) divi (in the heaven). ||20||
Translation
By performing the Vedic rituals, tri-type in nature
Purified after drinking the mystic celestial nectar
Worship me those with offers, longing for heaven
Attain the paradise, enjoy delicious feasts there ||20||
Verse No 21
ते
तंभुवा वगलोकंवशालंीणे पु
य म यलोकंवश त।
एवंयीधममनुप ा गतागतं
कामकामा लभ ते
॥
Transliteration
te taṁ bhuktvā svargalokaṁ viśālaṁkṣīṇe puṇye martyalokaṁ viśanti
evaṁ trayīdharmamanuprapannā gatāgataṁ kāmakāmā labhante

Te (they) bhuktvā (after enjoying) taṁ (that) viśālaṁ svarga-lokaṁ (higher heavenly
world), viśanti (again enter) martya-lokaṁ (to the earthly world) kṣīṇe puṇye (when their
virtues vanish). Evaṁ (in this manner) kāma-kāmā (the material aspirants) traī-
dharmaṁ-anuprapannā (who follow the rituals of the three Vedas), labhante (achieve)
gata-āgataṁ (going and coming from earth to heaven). ||21||
Translation
They, after enjoying that higher world of heaven
Return again to the earth when the virtues vanish
This way, the performers of Vedic rituals tri-type
Arrive and depart for their deep desires and wish ||21||
Verse No 22
अन या तय तो मांयेजनाः पयु
पासते
।
ते
षांन या भयुानां
योग े
मंवहा यहम्
॥
Transliteration
ananyāścintayanto māṁ ye janāḥ paryupāsate
teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ yogakṣemaṁ vahāmyaham

Ananyāḥ janāḥ (Other persons) ye (who) pari-upāsate (well-worship) māṁ (me)
cintayanto (by devotional thoughts), ahaṁ vahāmi (I take care of) yoga-kṣemaṁ (the
maerial acquisition and preservation) teṣāṁ (of them), nitya-abhiyuktānām (who are
always attached with me). ||22||
Translation
Thinking upon me always in deep devotion
Worship me those in love and affection
I take care of them, ever attached to me
Their material acquisition and preservation ||22||
Verse No 23
ये
ऽ य यदेवता भ ा यज ते या वताः ।
ते
ऽ प मामे
व कौ ते
य यज य व धपू
वकम्॥
Transliteration
ye’pyanyadevatā bhaktā yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ
te’pi māmeva kaunteya yajantyavidhipūrvakam

Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), bhaktā (the devotees) ye (who) api (also) yajante (worship)
anya-devatā (other demi Gods) śraddhayā-anvitāḥ (having faith and believes), te-api
(they too) yajanti (worship) māṁ-eva (to me only), avidhi-pūrvakam (but not in the
prescribed way). ||23||
Translation
Whoso, driven by the faith and believes
Worship other Gods, O Kunti’s Pride!
They too attain to me only, indirect way
But not through the process, prescribed ||23||
Verse No 24
अहंह सवय ानांभो ा च भुरव
ेच ।
न तु
माम भजान त त वे
नात यव त ते॥
Transliteration
ahaṁ hi sarvayajñānāṁ bhoktā ca prabhureva ca
na tu māmabhijānanti tattvenātaścyavanti te

Ahaṁ (I am) prabhuḥ (the Lord) ca (and) bhoktā (the only enjoying deity) sarva-
yajñānāṁ (of all the sacrifices), tu (but) te (they) na abhijānanti (do not understand)
māṁ (me) tattvena (through the knowledge path), ataḥ (therefore) cyavanti (face the
downfall). ||24||
Translation
I am the enjoying deity, the Lord of the Lords
Consuming all the sacrificing offers in worship
Poor ignorant fellows, those know not me well
Meet their drastic downfall to suffer in grief ||24||
Verse No 25
या त दे
व ता दे
वा पतृया त पतृताः ।
भू
ता न या त भू
तेया या त म ा जनोऽ प माम्
॥
Transliteration
yānti devavratā devānpitṝnyānti pitṛvratāḥ
bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā yānti madyājino’pi mām

Deva-vratā (the followers of demi Gods) yānti (attain) devān (to the demi Gods),
pitṛvratāḥ (the followers of forefathers) yānti (attain) pitṝn (to the paternal place),
bhūtejyā (the worshippers of ghosts) yānti (attain) bhūtāni (to the ghost kingdom),
madyājino (but my worshippers) yānti (attain) māṁ (to me) api (only). ||25||
Translation
The followers of demi-Gods attain to those demi-Gods
The followers of forefathers go to the paternal place
The worshippers of demons attain to ghosts and witch
But my worshippers attain to me only, my divine palace ||25||
Verse No 26
प ंपुपं
फलंतोयं
यो मे
भ या य छ त ।
तदहंभ यु
प तम ा म यता मनः ॥
Transliteration
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ yo me bhaktyā prayacchati
tadahaṁ bhaktyupahṛtamaśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ

Yo (whoso), bhaktyā (in devotional mind), prayachhati (offers) me (to me) patraṁ
(leaves), puspaṁ (flowers), phalaṁ (fruits), toyaṁ (water), ahaṁ (I) asnāmi (consume)
tat (those things), bhaktyā-upahṛtaṁ (offered in devotion), prayatātmanaḥ (with love
and affection by him). ||26||
Translation
Leaves, flowers, fruits and water
Whatever offers available easily
Gifts me whoso in devotional mind
I consume those offers heartily ||26||
Verse No 27
य करो ष यद ा स य जुह ो ष ददा स यत्
।
य प य स कौ तेय त कु व मदपणम् ॥
Transliteration
yatkaroṣi yadaśnāsi yajjuhoṣi dadāsi yat
yattapasyasi kaunteya tatkuruṣva madarpaṇam
Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), yat-karosi (whatever you are doing) yat-aśnāsi (whatever you
are consuming), yat-juhoṣi (whatever you sacrifice), yat dadāsi (whatever you give in
charity) yat-tapasyasi (whatever you endeavor), tat (all that) samarpanaṁ kuruṣva
(dedicate) mat (onto me). ||27||
Translation
Whatever do thou, whatever sacrificed
Whatever gifting thou, what else eating
What else arduous efforts, undergoing thou
Dedicate all those onto me, renunciating ||27||
Verse No 28
शु
भाशुभफलै
रव
ेंमो यसे
कमबं धनै
ः।
स यासयोगमुा मा वमुो मामु
पैयस॥
Transliteration
śubhāśubhaphalairevaṁ mokṣyase karmabandhanaiḥ
sannyāsayogayuktātmā vimukto māmupaiṣyasi

Evaṁ (In this way) vimukto (being freed from) śubha-aśubha-phalaiḥ (the pious and
impious deeds), mokṣyase (you will be liberated) karma-bandhaneiḥ (from the fetters of
works). Sannyāsa-yogayuktātmā (the person, attached with the practice of renunciation)
upaiṣyasi (will attain) māṁ (to me). ||28||
Translation
Good deeds, bad deeds, all, whatever like these
All thy belongings throwing into my disposal box
Thou shalt definitely attain my Supreme State
Being totally freed from the bondage of works ||28||
Verse No 29
समोऽहं
सवभूते
षु
न मेेयोऽ त न यः ।
ये
भज त तुमां
भ या म य ते
ते
षुचा यहम्॥
Transliteration
samo’haṁ sarvabhūteṣu na me dveṣyo’sti na priyaḥ
ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā mayi te teṣu cāpyaham

Ahaṁ (I am) samo (equally present) sarva-bhūteṣu (in all beings), na me dveṣyo (neither
I have enviousness) na priyo-asti (nor likingness to anyone), tu (but) ye (those) bhajanti
(worship) māṁ (me) bhaktyā (devotionally), te (they are) mayee (within me) ca (and)
ahaṁ api (I am also) teṣu (within them). ||29||
Translation
Equally present I am in all with no difference
Neither envious nor favoring to any one I am
But, those meditate on me with deep devotion
They are within me and I too present in them ||29||
Verse No 30
अ प चे
सुराचारो भजते
मामन यभाक्
।
साधु
रव
ेस म त ः स य व सतो ह सः ॥
Transliteration
api cetsudurācāro bhajate māmananyabhāk
sādhureva sa mantavyaḥ samyagvyavasito hi saḥ

Cet (If) su-durācāro (A worst miscreant fellow) bhajate (worship) māṁ (me)
ananyabhāk (with one-pointed devotion), samyag-vyavasito (perfectly devoted on me)
saḥ api (he is also) mantavyaḥ (opined) sādhuḥ-eva (as a saint). ||30||
Translation
A miscreant, if thinks me in un-tilt devotion
With passions subdued and whims pacified
He, too, is recognized as a spiritual person
For he is perfectly settled, being purified ||30||
Verse No 31
ं
भव त धमा मा श छा तंनग छ त ।
कौ ते
य तजानी ह न मे
भ ः ण यत॥
Transliteration
kṣipraṁ bhavati dharmātmā śaśvacchāntiṁ nigacchati
kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati

Kaunteya (O son of Kunti!), pratijānīhi (understand this very well that) me bhaktaḥ (my
devotee) na praṇaśyati (never gets ruined), bhavati (he becomes) dharmātmā (a divine
soul) kṣipraṁ (very quickly), nigacchati (and attains) śaśvat-śāntiṁ (the perpetual
peace). ||31||
Translation
Very soon, he becomes a spiritual soul
Attains the eternity, the perpetual peace
Try to understand this, O Son of Kunti!
Never degraded down, my devotee who is ||31||
Verse No 32
मांह पाथ पा य ये ऽ प युपापयोनयः ।
यो वैया तथा शूा ते
ऽ प या त परां
ग तम् ॥
Transliteration
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya ye’pi syuḥ pāpayonayaḥ
striyo vaiśyāstathā śūdrāste’pi yānti parāṁ gatim

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), pāpa-yonayaḥ (the sinful products MEANS inferior beings),
vaiśyāḥ (the business communities), striyo (the women), tathā (and) sudrāḥ (the lower
communities), ye api (who ever) vyapāśritya (are surrendered) māṁ (onto me), te api
(they too) yānti (attain) parāṁ gatim (to the supreme destination). ||32||
Translation
Born vagabonds even who are with sinful lives
The characterless women, the business class
Even the inferior community sheltered on me
If devotionally think, also attain to my place ||32||
Verse No 33
क पु
न ा णाः पु
या भ ा राजषय तथा ।
अ न यमसु
खंलोक ममंा य भज व माम् ॥
Transliteration
kiṁ punarbrāhmaṇāḥ puṇyā bhaktā rājarṣayastathā
anityamasukhaṁ lokamimaṁ prāpya bhajasva mām

Kiṁ punaḥ (what more to speak of) brāhmaṇāḥ (those spiritualists), puṇyā bhaktāḥ (the
divine devotees), tathā (and) rājarṣayaḥ (the saintly kings)? Prāpya (After getting) imaṁ
(this) anityaṁ (transitory) asukhaṁ (unhappy) lokaṁ (world), bhajasva (pray to) māṁ
(me only). ||33||
Translation
What to speak of those pious performers
The saintly-kings, the sagacious wise-old
Therefore, always think and worship to me
After getting this unhappy transit world ||33||
Verse No 34
म मना भव म ो म ाजी मां
नम कु ।
मामे
वैय स युवै
वमा मानंम परायण: ॥
Transliteration
manmanā bhava madbhakto madyājī māṁ namaskuru
māmevaiṣyasi yuktvaivamātmānaṁ matparāyaṇaḥ

Mat-manā (Inclining your mind towards me), madyājī (by worshiping me), matparāyaṇaḥ
(always merged with me), mad-bhakto bhava (become my devotee). Evaṁ (In this way)
yuktvā (by attaching) ātmānam (to yourselves with the Self) iṣyasi (you will attain) māṁ-
eva (to me only). ||34||
Translation
Become my devotees always inclined to me
Worshipping me always, with devoted mind
Attached always with myself in this manner
Thou shalt attain my place, merged with me ||34||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेी कृणाजु नसं
वादेराज व ाराजगुयोगो
नाम नवमोऽ यायः ॥9॥
With this, ended the Ninth Chapter “The Doctrine of Sovereign Science”
---000---
अथ दशमोऽ याय:- वभू
तयोग
TENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Divine Forms)
Verse No 1
वाच
भू
य एव महाबाहो ृ
णुमेपरमं
वचः ।
य ऽे
हंीयमाणाय व या म हतका यया ॥
Transliteration
bhūya eva mahābāho śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ
yatte’haṁ prīyamāṇāya vakṣyāmi hitakāmyayā

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), mahā-bāho (O Mighty Armed Arjun!),
bhūya (once again), eva (like this), śṛṇu (listen) me paramaṁ vacaḥ (to my supreme
words), yat (which) ahaṁ (I am) vakṣyāmi (telling) prīyamāṇāya (out of my love and
affection) te hitakāmyayā (wishing your all welfare). ||1||
Translation
“O Mighty Armed Arjun”, addressed the Lord
Listen to, once again, my supreme sacred version
Wishing all well to thee Delivering which am I
Invoking the bliss and peace out of affection ||1||
Verse No 2
न मेव ः सुरगणाः भवंन महषयः ।
अहमा द ह दे
वानां
महष णां
च सवशः ॥
Transliteration
na me viduḥ suragaṇāḥ prabhavaṁ na maharṣayaḥ
ahamādirhi devānāṁ maharṣīṇāṁ ca sarvaśaḥ

Na maharṣayaḥ na suragaṇāḥ (neither the great saints nor the gods and goddesses)
viduḥ (know) me prabhavaṁ (my source or origin). Ahaṁ (I am) ādiḥ (the foremost
source) sarvaśaḥ devānām ca maharsiṇām (of all the gods and the great saints) ||2||
Translation
Neither the great saints nor the court of Gods
Know my inner potency, my clandestine source
I am the origin of all, the primal grand parents
Of all those demi Gods, of all the great seers ||2||
Verse No 3
यो मामजमना द च वे लोकमहेरम्
।
अस मू ढः स म यषु
सवपापै
ः मु
यते॥
Transliteration
yo māmajamanādiṁ ca vetti lokamaheśvaram
asammūḍhaḥ sa martyeṣu sarvapāpaiḥ pramucyate

asammūḍhaḥ (the wise person), yo (who) vetti (knows) māṁ (me) ajaṁ (as unborn),
anādiṁ (unbegun), ca (and) loka-maheśvaraṁ (the Supreme Lord of all the worlds), sa
(he), martyeṣu (among all the mortals), pramucyate (gets freed) sarva-pāpaiḥ (from all
the sins). ||3||
Translation
Wise insightful person who knoweth me very well
As the unborn, unbegun, the Lord of the Universe
The distinguished one he is, among all the mortals
Gets liberated who from all the evils and worse ||3||
Verse No 4-5
बु ानमस मोहः मा स यं दमः शमः ।
सु
खंःखं भवोऽभावो भयं चाभयमेवच॥
अ हसा समता तु तपो दानंयशोऽयशः ।
भव त भावा भू
तानां
म एव पृ थ वधाः ॥
Transliteration
buddhirjñānamasammohaḥ kṣamā satyaṁ damaḥ śamaḥ
sukhaṁ duḥkhaṁ bhavo’bhāvo bhayaṁ cābhayam eva ca
ahiṁsā samatā tuṣṭistapo dānaṁ yaśo’yaśaḥ
bhavanti bhāvā bhūtānāṁ matta eva pṛthagvidhāḥ

Buddhiḥ (Intelligence), jñānaṁ (knowledge), asammohaḥ (de-delusion), kṣamā
(forgiveness), satyaṁ (truthfulness), damaḥ (external self-control), śamaḥ (internal self-
control), sukhaṁ (happiness), duḥkhaṁ (unhappiness), bhavo (compassion), abhāvo
(indifference), bhayaṁ (fear), abhayam (fearlessness), ahiṁsā (non-violence), samatā
(equanimity), tuṣṭiḥ (satisfaction), tapo (austerity), dānaṁ (charity), yaśo (fame), ca (and)
ayaśaḥ (defame), eva (etc.) pṛthagvidhāḥ (like different type of) bhāvā (symptoms and
mental frames) bhūtānāṁ (of the living beings) bhavanti (are created) matta (from me)
eva (only). ||4-5||
Translation
The intelligence, knowledge, and de-delusion
Forgiveness, passion, self-control and truth
Compassion, indifference, pain and pleasure
Fright, fearlessness, like different moods ||4||
Non-violence, contentment, charity and gift

Equanimity and austerity, fame and defame
Symptoms, all these, shown in living beings
Emerge out of me as various mental frames ||5||
Verse No 6
महषयः स त पूव च वारो मनव तथा ।
म ावा मानसा जाता ये
षां
लोक इमाः जाः ॥
Transliteration
maharṣayaḥ sapta pūrve catvāro manavastathā
madbhāvā mānasā jātā yeṣāṁ loka imāḥ prajāḥ

Pūrve (Long ago) catvāro manavaḥ (there were four Manus, the law givers) tathā (as
well as) sapta maharṣayaḥ (seven great saints), yeṣāṁ (from those), imāḥ prajāḥ loka
(this world of offspring spread), jātā (they were born of) mad-bhāvā mānasā (my mind
and thoughts). ||6||
Translation
Angira, Atri, Marichi, Pulah, Pulastya, Kratu
Along with Bhrigu, the seven great saints
Gave birth to this offspring, time to time
Expanded this world with all the living race
Sanak, Sanandam, Sanatan and Sanat Kumar

The four talented persons of ancient born
All born of my mind and sagacious thoughts
To enforce the rules and Law of the nation ||6||
Verse No 7
एतांवभूत योगंच मम यो वे त वतः ।
सोऽ वक पे
न योगे
न युयते ना सं
शयः ॥
Transliteration
etāṁ vibhūtiṁ yogaṁ ca mama yo vetti tattvataḥ
so’vikampena yogena yujyate nātra saṁśayaḥ

etāṁ (these are) mama (my) vibhūtiṁ yogaṁ (magical potency), yo (who) vetti (knows)
tattvataḥ (through divine knowledge), so (he) yujyate (keeps on endeavoring) yogena (in
his profession) avikampena (with un-tilt mind), atra saṁśayaḥ na (there is no doubt in
this).||7||
Translation
My creativeness these are my magical power
Understands whoso, through his divine wits
Un-tilt mind hugs he, to all eternal efforts
No confusion there is, no doubt about this ||7||
Verse No 8
अहंसव य भवो म ः सव वतते ।
इ त म वा भज ते
मां
बु
धा भावसम वताः ॥
Transliteration
ahaṁ sarvasya prabhavo mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate
iti matvā bhajante māṁ budhā bhāvasamanvitāḥ

ahaṁ (I am) prabhavo (the creative source) sarvasya (of all). Sarvaṁ (all) pravartate
(evolve out) mattaḥ (from me). Iti matvā (By considering this fact) budhā (the wise
persons) bhajante (worship) māṁ (me) bhāva-samanvitāḥ (with devotion). ||8||
Translation
The source of all creations I am the origin of all
Living, non-livings, all have emerged out from me
Cognizing well this concept, all the wise persons
Worship me with their thoughts, absorbed within ||8||
Verse No 9
म च ा म त ाणा बोधय तः पर परम्
।
कथय त मांन यंतुय त च रम त च ॥
Transliteration
maccittā madgataprāṇā bodhayantaḥ parasparam
kathayantaśca māṁ nityaṁ tuṣyanti ca ramanti ca

Mat-cittā (those, who think of me) mad-gata-prāṇā (those who have surrendered their
lives onto me), bodhayantaḥ (counselling) parasparam (each other), ca (and)
kathayantaḥ (discussing about) māṁ (me) tuṣyanti (remain satisfied) ca (and) ramanti
(roam delighted) nityaṁ (always). ||9||
Translation
Dedicated to myself with heart and soul
Counsel themselves, the spiritual persons
Living in contentment, cheerfully wander
Discussing about me, my glorified versions ||9||
Verse No 10
ते
षांसततयुानांभजतांी तपूवकम्।
ददा म बु योगं
तंये
न मामु
पया त ते
॥
Transliteration
teṣāṁ satatayuktānāṁ bhajatāṁ prītipūrvakam
dadāmi buddhiyogaṁ taṁ yena māmupayānti te

Tesāṁ (To those persons), bhajatāṁ (who adore me) prītipūrvakam (with love and
affection), satata-yuktānāṁ (attached always with me), dadāmi (I give) taṁ (that)
buddhiyogaṁ (transcendental knowledge), yena (by way of which) te (they) upayānti
(easily attain) māṁ (to me). ||10||
Translation
The transcendental knowledge I bestow on them
Worship me always those with love and affection
By praying my divine songs, always attached with
By way of which, simply, my place to, they attain ||10||
Verse No 11
ते
षामेवानु
क पाथमहम ानजं तमः।
नाशया या मभाव थो ानद पे
न भा वता ॥
Transliteration
teṣāmevānukampārthamahamajñānajaṁ tamaḥ
nāśayāmyātmabhāvastho jñānadīpena bhāsvatā

Anukampārthaṁ-eva (only being sympathetic) tesāṁ (to them), ahaṁ (I, myself) ātma-
bhāvastho (remained in their self realising thoughts), nāśayāmi (destroy) tamaḥ (the
darkness) ajñānajaṁ (born out of ignorance), bhāsvatā (by the illuminated) jñāna-dīpena
(candle of knowledge). ||11||
Translation
Manifest I myself, in their self-realising thoughts
Being sympathetic only and compassionate to them
And wipe out their ignorance, dense darkness like
By the Lamp of Knowledge, it’s illuminated flame ||11||
Verse No 12
परं परं
धाम प व ं
परमं
भवान्
।
पुषं
शा तंद मा ददे
वमजं
वभु
म्
॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān
puruṣaṁ śāśvataṁ divyamādidevamajaṁ vibhum

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), bhavān (you are) paraṁ brahma (the Supreme
Spiritual Substratum), paraṁ dhāma (the ultimate shelter), paramaṁ pavitraṁ
(the purest divine form), divyaṁ puruṣaṁ (the divine personality), śāśvataṁ (the
ever present), ādi-devaṁ (the most ancient deity), ajaṁ bibhum (the unborn Lord).
||12||
Translation
The absolute eternity thou are, admired Arjun
The purest piety, the uppermost abode higher
The foremost state thou are the eternal form
The supreme personality, the purest forever ||12||
Verse No 13
आ वामृ षयः सव दे
व षनारद तथा ।
अ सतो दे
वलो ासः वयं चै
व वी ष मे ॥
Transliteration
āhustvāmṛṣayaḥ sarve devarṣirnāradastathā
asito devalo vyāsaḥ svayaṁ caiva bravīṣi me

Sarve ṛṣayaḥ (All the saints) asito, devalo, vyāsaḥ, (like Asita, Devala, Vyaasa) tathā (and
also) devarṣiḥ-nāradaḥ (the saint-God Naarada) āhuḥ (speak of) tvām (you), svayaṁ ca
(you also) bravīṣi (tell) me (me) iva (like this). ||13||
Translation
All the saints like Devala, Asita, and Vyaasa
Along with Naarada, the Saint-God of heaven
Describe thy glories, chanting through hymns
Thou too express to me, every now and then ||13||
Verse No 14
सवमे
त तंम ये
य मां
वद स केशव ।
न ह ते
भगव व दवा न दानवाः ॥
Transliteration
sarvametadṛtaṁ manye yanmāṁ vadasi keśava
na hi te bhagavanvyaktiṁ vidurdevā na dānavāḥ
keśava (O Slayer of demon Keshi), yat-māṁ vadasi (whatever you tell to me), manye (I
consider) etat sarvaṁ ṛtaṁ (all these to be true), bhagavan (O my Lord!), na devā na
dānavāḥ (neither the Gods nor the demons) viduḥ (know) te vyaktiṁ (your manifested
forms). ||14||
Translation
O Slayer of demon Keshi, whatever thou told
Consider, factual all these, the celestial truth
Thy manifested forms, no one is able to know
Neither the Gods nor the demons of Earth ||14||
Verse No 15
वयमे
वा मना मानं
वेथ वंपुषो म ।
भू
तभावन भूते
श दे
वदे
व जग पते॥
Transliteration
svayamevātmanātmānaṁ vettha tvaṁ puruṣottama
bhūtabhāvana bhūteśa devadeva jagatpate

Puruṣottama (O greatest person!), bhūtabhāvana (O Caretaker of the living beings),
bhūteśa (O Lord of the beings), deva-deva (O God of the Gods), jagat-pate (O master of
the world), tvaṁ svayaṁ-eva (You, yourselves only) vettha (know) ātmānaṁ (thy Self)
ātmanā (by yourself). ||15||
Translation
O Greatest Personality! The Lord of the Lords!
O Caretaker of the living race! God of the Gods!
O Master of the worlds! The Head of the Heads!
Thou only know thyself alone, by no other else ||15||
Verse No 16
व ुमह यशे
षे
ण द ा ा म वभू तयः ।
या भ वभूत भल का नमांवं ा य त स ॥
Transliteration
vaktumarhasyaśeṣeṇa divyā hyātmavibhūtayaḥ
yābhirvibhūtibhirlokānimāṁstvaṁ vyāpya tiṣṭhasi

yābhiḥ-vibhūtibhiḥ (by whichever glorious forms) tiṣṭhasi (you exist) vyāpya (pervading)
imān lokān (these worlds), tvaṁ hi (you are only) arhasi (able) vaktuṁ (to tell) aśeṣeṇa
(un-endingly) divyātma-vibhūtayaḥ (those divine glories of yours). ||16||
Translation
By whatever forms and features
Exist thou, pervading this world
Thy divine splendours and glories
By thyself alone can be told ||16||
Verse No 17
कथंव ामहं यो ग वां
सदा प र च तयन्
।
के
षुके
षुच भावे
षुच योऽ स भगव मया ॥
Transliteration
kathaṁ vidyāmahaṁ yogiṁstvāṁ sadā paricintayan
keṣu keṣu ca bhāveṣu cintyo’si bhagavanmayā

Yogin (O great professional!), kathaṁ (how) ahaṁ vidyām (can I understand) tvāṁ (you)
sadā paricintyayan (while always thinking in mind)? Bhagavan (O all opulent one!), keṣu
keṣu ca bhāveṣu (by which form and what appearance) cintyo-asi (you can be realized)
mayā (by me). ||17||
Translation
How can I realize thee, “O Great Proficient!”
Which of your forms, should I think always
What state of thine, should I recall in mind
How to think you well in what sort of image ||17||
Verse No 18
व तरे
णा मनो योगंवभू त च जनादन ।
भू
यः कथय तृत ह ृ वतो ना त मे
ऽमृ
तम् ॥
Transliteration
vistareṇātmano yogaṁ vibhūtiṁ ca janārdana
bhūyaḥ kathaya tṛptirhi śṛṇvato nāsti me’mṛtam

Janārdana (O destroyer of human distress!), kathaya (tell me) vistareṇa (descriptively)
ātmano yogaṁ (thy own potency) ca (and) vibhūtiṁ (the divine glories). śṛṇvato (despite
listening) bhūyaḥ (repeatedly) amṛtam (the immortal tales) tṛptiḥ nāsti (there is no
satisfaction) me (to me). ||18||
Translation
Tell me once again, O Destroyer of Distress!”
Descriptively thy Doctrine of Divine States
Despite listening to these immortal wonders
Still not satisfied enough fulfilling my wants ||18||
Verse No 19
वाच
ह त तेकथ य या म द ा ा म वभू
तयः ।
ाधा यतः कु ेना य तो व तर य मे
॥
Transliteration
hanta te kathayiṣyāmi divyā hyātmavibhūtayaḥ
prādhānyataḥ kuruśreṣṭha nāstyanto vistarasya me

śrī-bhagavān uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), hanta (Well!), kathayiṣyāmi (I shall tell) te
(you) prādhānyataḥ (the main main) divyā ātma-vibhūtayaḥ (divine glories of mine).
kuruśreṣṭha (O Great Hero of Kauravas!), Anto hi na asti (there is no end at all)
vistarasya me (to my all pervaded forms). ||19||
Translation
O Hero of the Kauravas, replied then the Lord
Endless, infinitely spread my fascinated charms
Well! Shalt tell thee some prominent features
How am I pervaded in micro and material forms ||19||
Verse No 20
अहमा मा गु
डाके
श सवभूताशय थतः ।
अहमा द म यं च भू
तानाम त एव च ॥
Transliteration
ahamātmā guḍākeśa sarvabhūtāśayasthitaḥ
ahamādiśca madhyaṁ ca bhūtānāmanta eva ca

guḍākeśa (O winner over slumber!), ahaṁ (I am) ātmā (the soul) sthitaḥ (staying) sarva
bhūta-āśaya (inside the bodies of all beings). ahaṁ (I am) ādi (the foremost one),
madhyaṁ (the middle one), ca (and) anta eva cha (also the end of) bhutānām (all living
beings). ||20||
Translation
The pervaded soul I am, O ever alert Hero!
Inside the material body of all living beings
The foremost one am I, the ever present too
I am the future at last, the end of all things ||20||
Verse No 21
आ द यानामहंव णुय तषां
र वरं
शम
ुान्।
मरी चम ताम म न ाणामहं शशी ॥
Transliteration
ādityānāmahaṁ viṣṇurjyotiṣāṁ raviraṁśumān
marīcirmarutāmasmi nakṣatrāṇāmahaṁ śaśī

ahaṁ vishnuḥ (I am the topmost God Vishnu) ādityānām (among all the Gods), ahaṁ (I
am) aṁśumān raviḥ (the radiant sun) jyotiṣāṁ (among all the illuminated bodies), ahaṁ
(I am) sasi (the moon) nakṣatrāṇām (among all the stars), asmi (I am) marīciḥ (the
fastest) marutām (of all the winds). ||21||
Translation
I am the super God Head Vishnu among twelve Gods
I am the most dazzling Sun among all lightened ones
I am the illuminated moon among the twinkling stars
The best winds’ God I am, among all the hurricanes ||21||
Verse No 22
वे
दानां
सामवे
दोऽ म दे
वानाम म वासवः ।
इंयाणांमन ा म भूतानाम म चे
तना ॥
Transliteration
vedānāṁ sāmavedo’smi devānāmasmi vāsavaḥ
indriyāṇāṁ manaścāsmi bhūtānāmasmi cetanā

vedānāṁ (among all the Vedic Scriptures) sāmavedo-asmi (I am the Sama Veda),
devānāṁ (among all the demi-Gods) asmi (I am) vāsavaḥ (king-God Indra), indriyāṇāṁ
(among the sense-organs) asmi (I am) manaḥ (the mind), ca (and) bhūtānāṁ (in all the
living beings) asmi (I am) cetanā (the consciousness). ||22||
Translation
Among all the Vedic Scriptures the Sama Veda I am
I am the Indra of Heaven, the king of the Godly kings
I am the quivering mind among all the sensual organs
The wise consciousness I am inside all living beings ||22||
Verse No 23
ाणांशङ् कर ा म व श ेो य र साम्।
वसूनांपावक ा म मेः शख रणामहम्॥
Transliteration
rudrāṇāṁ śaṅkaraścāsmi vitteśo yakṣarakṣasām
vasūnāṁ pāvakaścāsmi meruḥ śikhariṇāmaham

rudrāṇāṁ (among all the disastrous ones) asmi (I am) śaṅkaraḥ (the most disastrous,
Lord Shiva), yakṣa-rakṣasāṁ (among the wealth hankering giants) vitteśo (I am the
wealthiest Lord), vasūnāṁ (among the eight super natural states) asmi (I am) pāvakaḥ
(the Fire), ca (and) śikhariṇāṁ (among the highlands) ahaṁ (I am) meruḥ (the mount
Everest). ||23||
Translation
I am the wealthiest of all wealth grabbing giants
Among all terrific ones ‘am the destructive most
I am the fierce fire among eight natural states
Of highland structures I am the Mount Everest ||23||
Verse No 24
पु
रोधसांच मुयं
मांव पाथ बृ ह प तम् ।
से
नानीनामहंक दः सरसाम म सागरः ॥
Transliteration
purodhasāṁ ca mukhyaṁ māṁ viddhi pārtha bṛhaspatim
senānīnāmahaṁ skandaḥ sarasāmasmi sāgaraḥ

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa), purodhasāṁ (among all the priests) māṁ viddhi (know me)
bṛhaspatim (Vrihaspati, the chief of the priests), senānināṁ (among the army majors)
ahaṁ (I am) Skandaḥ (the commander in chief, Skanda), ca (and) asmi (I am) sāgaraḥ
(the ocean) sarasāṁ (among all the water bodies). ||24||
Translation
Know me the wisest Brihaspati among all the priests
The best performer of the Vedic Ritualistic Offers
I am the Skanda, the Commander-In-Chief of armies
I am the ever fulfilled Ocean among water reservoirs ||24||
Verse No 25
महष णां
भृ
गरु
हंगराम येकम रम्।
य ानां
जपय ोऽ म थावराणांहमालयः ॥
Transliteration
maharṣīṇāṁ bhṛgurahaṁ girāmasmyekamakṣaram
yajñānāṁ japayajño’smi sthāvarāṇāṁ himālayaḥ

ahaṁ (I am) bhṛguḥ (Bhrigu) maharṣīṇāṁ (among the great saints), girām (among the
words) eka-akṣaram (I am the one lettered “Oom”), asmi (I am) japa-yajño (the
recitational sacrifice ) yajñānāṁ (among all the scrifices), sthāvarāṇāṁ (among all the
stationed beings) himālayaḥ (I am the Great Himalayas). ||25||
Translation
I am the Saint Bhrigu among all the sagacious seers
The One Lettered “Oom” I am among all other words
I am the reciting prayer among all auspicious offers
The Great Himalayas I am among all mountain heads ||25||
Verse No 26
अ थः सववृाणांदे
वष णां
च नारदः ।
ग धवाणां
च रथः स ानां
क पलो मुनः ॥
Transliteration
aśvatthaḥ sarvavṛkṣāṇāṁ devarṣīṇāṁ ca nāradaḥ
gandharvāṇāṁ citrarathaḥ siddhānāṁ kapilo muniḥ

aśvatthaḥ (I am the sacred most fig-tree) sarva-vṛkṣāṇāṁ (among all the trees),
devarṣīṇāṁ (among Godly Saints) nāradaḥ (I am Naarada), gandharvāṇāṁ (among the
heavenly singers) citrarathaḥ (I am the great singer, Chitraratha), ca (and) siddhānāṁ
(among all the perfectionists), kapilo muniḥ (I am the saint Kapila). ||26||
Translation
I am the sacred most Fig-Tree among all the trees
I am the Saint-God Naarada among spiritual seers
I am Chitraratha, the master of celestial singers
The saint Kapila I am among the pure performers ||26||
Verse No 27
उ चै
ः वसम ानांव माममृ तो वम्।
एरावतं
गजेाणांनराणां
च नरा धपम्
॥
Transliteration
uccaiḥśravasamaśvānāṁ viddhi māmamṛtodbhavam
airāvataṁ gajendrāṇāṁ narāṇāṁ ca narādhipam

viddhi māṁ (know me) amṛto-udbhavaṁ (as the immortal borns) sama (like)
uccaiḥśrava (Uchhaisrava, the fastest stallion) aśvānāṁ (among all the stallions),
airāvataṁ (the elephant king, airaavata) gajendrāṇāṁ (among all the elephants), ca (and)
narādhipaṁ (the emporer) narāṇāṁ (of the men). ||27||
Translation
Know me the king Airaavata, of all the elephants
Know me the Ucchaisrava, the fastest of horses
Know me the emporer of the men of this world
Know me the all, those born of immortal sources ||27||
Verse No 28
आयुधानामहं
व ं धे
नन
ूाम म कामधु
क्।
जन ा म क दपः सपाणाम म वासु
कः ॥
Transliteration
āyudhānāmahaṁ vajraṁ dhenūnāmasmi kāmadhuk
prajanaścāsmi kandarpaḥ sarpāṇāmasmi vāsukiḥ

āyudhānām (among all the weapons) ahaṁ (I am) vajraṁ (the thunder bolt), dhenūnāṁ
(among the cows) asmi (I am) kāmadhuk (the Kamadhenu fulfilling all wishes), prajanaḥ
(for reproduction OR progeny) Kandarpaḥ asmi (I am the Cupid, the sexual appetite), ca
(and) sarpāṇām (among the snakes) vāsukiḥ asmi (I am the venomous Vaasuki). ||28||
Translation
I am the thunder bolt among all the weapons
I am the Kaamadhenu cow fulfilling all wishes
I am the sexual urge for procreating purpose
Serpent-king Vasuki I am, the most venomous ||28||
Verse No 29
अन त ा म नागानां
व णो यादसामहम्।
पतॄ
णामयमा चा म यमः सं
यमतामहम्॥
Transliteration
anantaścāsmi nāgānāṁ varuṇo yādasāmaham
pitṝṇāmaryamācāsmi yamaḥ saṁyamatāmaham

nāgānāṁ (among the cobras) asmi (I am) anantaḥ (the infinite coiled cobra Ananta),
yādasāṁ (among water living beings) ahaṁ (I am) varuno (the ocean king Varuna),
pitṝṇāṁ (among the great grandfathers) asmi (I am) aryamā (Aryamaa), ca (and)
saṁyamatāṁ (among the controllers) yamaḥ (I am Yama, the supreme controller). ||29||
Translation
I am the thousand fanged cobra of all the snakes
The ocean king Varuna I am of all living in water
I am Aryamaa, the foremost great grand father
The death giving God I am the Supreme Controller ||29||
Verse No 30
ाद ा म दै
यानां
कालः कलयतामहम्।
मृ
गाणां
च मृ
गेोऽहंवै
नते
य प णाम् ॥
Transliteration
prahlādaścāsmi daityānāṁ kālaḥ kalayatāmaham
mṛgāṇāṁ ca mṛgendro’haṁ vainateyaśca pakṣiṇām

daityānāṁ (among the demons) asmi (I am) prahlādaḥ (Prahlada, the demon-born
devotee), kalayatāṁ (of all the calculative ones) ahaṁ (I am) kālaḥ (the calendar),
mrigānāṁ (among the animals and beasts), ahaṁ (I am) mṛgendraḥ (the animal king
Lion), ca (and) pakshināṁ (among the birds) vainateyaḥ (I am the Eagle). ||30||
Translation
Prahlad, I am the demon-born, devotee-divine
I am the countdown Calendar of time-calculus
I am the powerful Lion, the king of all animals
I am the Eagle in the sky, the Giant of birds ||30||
Verse No 31
पवनः पवताम म रामः श भृ
तामहम्
।
झषाणांमकर ा म ोतसाम म जा वी ॥
Transliteration
pavanaḥ pavatāmasmi rāmaḥ śastrabhṛtāmaham
jhaṣāṇāṁ makaraścāsmi srotasāmasmi jāhnavī

pavatāṁ (among the purifying ones) pavanaḥ asmi (I am the air), śastrabhṛtāṁ (among
the armed ones) rāmaḥ (I am Lord Srirama), jhaṣāṇāṁ (among the fishes) makaraḥ
asmi (I am the ferocious fish Shark), ca (and) srotasāṁ (among the flowing streams)
jāhnavī asmi (I am the river Ganga). ||31||
Translation
I am the oxygen contents of the purifying air
I am the armoured Sriram, the Great Warrior
I am the ferocious Shark among all the fishes
And among all the streams I am the Ganga river ||31||
Verse No 32
सगाणामा दर त म यंचैवाहमजु
न।
अ या म व ा व ानां
वादः वदतामहम्॥
Transliteration
sargāṇāmādirantaśca madhyaṁ caivāhamarjuna
adhyātmavidyā vidyānāṁ vādaḥ pravadatāmaham

Arjuna (O Arjuna!), ahaṁ (I am) ādiḥ (the beginning) sargāṇām (of all creative
measures), madhyaṁ (I am the process-flow in between), ca (and) antaḥ iva (the end of
everything), vidyānāṁ (among the lessons) adhyātma vidyā (I am the spiritual course),
pravadatāṁ (in the discussion of a topic) ahaṁ vādaḥ (I am the derived course). ||32||
Translation
I am the starting point of all creative measures
I am the work-flow in-between, end-product also
I am the spiritual learning among all the lessons
In the debated topics I am the derived course ||32||
Verse No 33
अ राणामकारोऽ म ंः सामा सक य च ।
अहमे
वा यः कालो धाताहं
व तोमु
खः ॥
Transliteration
akṣarāṇāmakāro’smi dvandvaḥ sāmāsikasya ca
ahamevākṣayaḥ kālo dhātāhaṁ viśvatomukhaḥ

Ahaṁ (I am) akāro (the beginning vowel “A”) akṣarāṇām (in the alphabets), dvandvaḥ (I
am the conjunction) sāmāsikasya (of all the compound words) ahaṁ eva (I am also)
akṣayaḥ kālo (the non-stop time), ahaṁ (I am) viśvatomukhaḥ (the universally faced)
dhātā (dispenser). ||33||
Translation
I am the Letter “A” in the series of alphabets
I am the conjunctive ones of all compound words
I am the non-stop time pass, from year to year
The dispenser I am facing all around the worlds ||33||
Verse No 34
मृ
यु
ः सवहर ाहमुव भ व यताम् ।
क तः ीवा च नारीणांमृ
तमधा धृ
तः मा ॥
Transliteration
mṛtyuḥ sarvaharaścāhamudbhavaś ca bhaviṣyatām
kīrtiḥ śrīrvāk ca nārīṇāṁ smṛtirmedhā dhṛtiḥ kṣamā

Ahaṁ (I am) mṛtyuḥ (the death) sarvaharaḥ (who takes away everything) ca (and)
udbhavaḥ (the invention and discoveries) bhaviṣyatām (of the future world). Ahaṁ ca (I
am also) vāk (the sweet words), kīrtiḥ (the fame), smṛtiḥ (the memory), medhā (the
talent), dhṛtiḥ (the patience), kṣamā (the forgiveness), śrī (the beauty) nārīṇāṁ (of the
women). ||34||
Translation
I am the death that takes away everything
I am the futures’ discoveries and invention
I am the patience, forgiveness and memory
The charming beauty I am of all the women ||34||
Verse No 35
बृ
ह साम तथा सा नां
गाय ी छ दसामहम् ।
मासानां
मागशीष ऽहमृतू
नांकु
सुमाकरः॥
Transliteration
bṛhatsāma tathā sāmnāṁ gāyatrī chandasāmaham
māsānāṁ mārgaśīrṣo’hamṛtūnāṁ kusumākaraḥ

Ahaṁ (I am) bṛhatsāma (the devotional verses named Vrihatsaama) sāmnāṁ (among
all the verses of Saamveda) tathā (and) gāyatri (I am the Gaayatri prayer) chandasām
(among all the meters). Ahaṁ (I am) mārgaśīrṣo (the month of December) māsānāṁ
(among all the months), kusumākaraḥ (I am the spring season) ṛtūnāṁ (of all the
seasons). ||35||
Translation
I am the devotional prayer in the scripture Saamveda
I am the vivacious chanting Gaayatri of all the meters
I am the month of December in the calendar of months
The Flowering Spring I am, after the winter is over ||35||
Verse No 36
त
ूंछलयताम म ते
ज ते
ज वनामहम्।
जयोऽ म वसायोऽ म स वंस ववतामहम्॥
Transliteration
dyūtaṁ chalayatāmasmi tejastejasvināmaham
jayo’smi vyavasāyo’smi sattvaṁ sattvavatāmaham

chalayatāṁ (among the cheating tricks) dyūtaṁ (I am the great gambling), ahaṁ tejaḥ (I
am the radiance) tejasvināṁ (of the brightened things), jayo-asmi (I am the victory)
vyavasāyo-asmi (I am the business benefits), ahaṁ sattvaṁ (I am the goodness)
sattvavatām (of the qualitative ones). ||36||
Translation
I am the great gambling of all fraudulent tricks
I am the splendor of all brightened substances
I am the victory, the successful endeavor I am
Among all the qualitative ones I am the goodness ||36||
Verse No 37
वृ
णीनांवासु
दे
वोऽ म पा डवानां
धन यः ।
मु
नीनाम यहं ासः कवीनामु
शना क वः ॥
Transliteration
vṛṣṇīnāṁ vāsudevo’smi pāṇḍavānāṁ dhanañjayaḥ
munīnāmapyahaṁvyāsaḥ kavīnāmuśanā kaviḥ

vṛṣṇīnāṁ (In the Vrisni dynasty) vāsudevo-asmi (I am the son of Vasudeva),
pāṇḍavānāṁ (among the Pandavas) dhanañjayaḥ (I am the great hero Arjun), ahaṁ (I
am) vyāsaḥ (the great saint Vyasadev) munīnāṁ (among all the saints), api (also) uśanā
kaviḥ (the poet Sukracharya) kavīnām (of all the poets) . ||37||
Translation
I am the son of Vasudeva of Vrisni dynasty
I am the warrior Arjun among the Pandavas
I am the saint Vyaasadeva of all the saints
I am the poet Sukracharya, of all the poets ||37||
Verse No 38
द डो दमयताम म नी तर म जगीषताम्।
मौनंचैवा म गुानांानंानवतामहम्॥
Transliteration
daṇḍo damayatāmasminītirasmi jigīṣatām
maunaṁ caivāsmi guhyānāṁ jñānaṁ jñānavatāmaham

dando-asmi (I am the convicting scepter) damayatāṁ (of the controlling authorities),
nitiḥ-asmi (I am the procedural rules) jigīṣatāṁ (of the winning aspirants), maunaṁ
asmi (I am the silence) guhyānāṁ iva (of all secret aspects), ca (and) ahaṁ (I am)
jñānaṁ (the knowledge) jñānavatām (of the wise men). ||38||
Translation
I am the convicting scepter of the controlling king
I am the procedural rules of the endeavoring class
I am the wit and wisdom of the insightful persons
Of the secret symptoms I am the pin-drop silence ||38||
Verse No 39
य चा प सवभू
तानां
बीजंतदहमजुन।
न तद त वना य या मया भू
तंचराचरम्
॥
Transliteration
yaccāpi sarvabhūtānāṁ bījaṁ tadahamarjuna
na tadasti vinā yatsyānmayā bhūtaṁ carācaram

Arjuna (O Arjun!), yat (which is) bījaṁ (the seed / root) sarva-bhūtānāṁ (of all living
beings) tat-api ahaṁ (that is also me) ca (and) carācaraṁ (among all the moving and
non-moving things) tat na asti (there is no body) yat (who) syāt (can survive) mayā vinā
(without me). ||39||
Translation
The seeds and semen in all living beings
Understand Arjun!, that too is myself
Among all the moving, non-moving ones
Can survive no one else without my help ||39||
Verse No 40
ना तोऽ त मम द ानांवभू
तीनां
पर तप ।
एष तूेशतः ो ो वभूते
व तरो मया ॥
Transliteration
nānto’sti mama divyānāṁ vibhūtīnāṁ parantapa
eṣa tūddeśataḥ prokto vibhūtervistaro mayā

Paran-tapa (O Fury of the Foes!), anto-na-asti (there is no end) mama divyānāṁ
vibhūtīnāṁ (to my divine forms). eṣa (among these) mayā vibhuteḥ (divine forms of
mine) proktaḥ (I told) tu (only) vistaro (in brief) uddeśataḥ (the important ones). ||40||
Translation
Endless, my divine glories, O Fire-like to the Foes!
Boundless, my brilliances, spread across the world
Some important aspects of these countless forms
Selectively this way to thee, descriptively I told ||40||
Verse No 41
य भूतम स वंीम जतमे व वा ।
त दे
वावग छ वंमम ते
ज ऽशस भवम् ॥
Transliteration
yadyadvibhūtimatsattvaṁ śrīmadūrjitameva vā
tattadevāvagaccha tvaṁ mama tejo’ṁśasambhavam

Yat-yat (whatever) vibhūtimat (my divine forms) śrīmat (are beautiful) vā (or) urjitaṁ-eva
(like in energetic) sattvaṁ (states), tvaṁ avagaccha (you understand) tat-tat (those are)
eva (just like) sambhavam (born of) mama tejo-ṁśa (my divine splendor). ||41||
Translation
Whatever my glories are beautiful most
Know all those born of my divine splendor
Whatever energetic of the natural states
Understand all of them my divine feature ||41||
Verse No 42
अथवा ब नै
ते
न क ातेन तवाजु
न।
व याह मदंकृनमेकां
शन
े थतो जगत्॥
Transliteration
athavā bahunaitena kiṁ jñātena tavārjuna
viṣṭabhyāhamidaṁ kṛtsnamekāṁśena sthito jagat

Arjuna (O Arjun!) athavā (or else), kiṁ (what for) vahunā jñātena (to know more) etena
(about these)? Ahaṁ (I am) sthito (situated) viṣṭabhya (pervading) idaṁ jagat (this
world) eka-aṁśena (by my one side only) ||42||
Translation
What for to know more about my endless forms
Stationed I am pervading the whole world, Arjun!
Whatsoever thou view from my infinite features
All those featured here in my single part alone ||42||
-XXXX-
ॐ त स द त ीम गव तासू
प नष सु व ायां
वादेवभू तयोगो
नाम दशमोऽ यायः ॥10।
With this, ended the Tenth Chapter “The Doctrine of Divine Forms ”
---000---
अथै
कादशोऽ यायः- व पदशनयोग
ELEVENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Cosmic Vision)
Verse No 1
अजु
न उवाच
मदनुहाय परमं
गुम या मस तम् ।
य वयो ंवच ते
न मोहोऽयंवगतो मम ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
madanugrahāya paramaṁ guhyamadhyātmasaṁjñitam
yattvayoktaṁ vacastena moho’yaṁ vigato mama

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), paramaṁ guhyaṁ (the topmost secret), adhyātma-
saṁjñitaṁ (defining the sacred soul), yat (whatever) uktaṁ (was told) tvayā (by you),
tena (by that) ayaṁ moho (this delusion) mama (of mine) vigato (is gone). ||1||
Translation
Pitied on me, thy majesty, said then Arjun
Whatever spiritual version, thou explained
The topmost secret defining the inner soul
My ignorance wiped, my delusion dispelled ||1||
Verse No 2
भवा ययौ ह भू
तानांु
तौ व तरशो मया ।
वतः कमलप ा माहा यम प चा यम् ॥
Transliteration
bhavāpyayau hi bhūtānāṁ śrutau vistaraśo mayā
tvattaḥ kamalapatrākṣa māhātmyamapi cāvyayam

Kamala-patrākṣa (O lotus-leaf eyed Lord!) mayā śrutau (I listened) vistaraśo (briefly)
tvattaḥ (from you) bhava-apyayau (the creation and destruction) bhūtānāṁ (of all
beings) ca (and) avyayaṁ māhātmyaṁ (the unperishable sermons) api (also). ||2||
Translation
The creative theory I listened from thee
Knew too about the birth and death of all
Understood well myself, O Lotus Eyed Lord,
The divine concept of the immutable soul ||2||
Verse No 3
एवमे
त था थ वमा मानं
परमेर ।
ुम छा म ते पमैरं
पुषो म ॥
Transliteration
evametadyathāttha tvamātmānaṁ parameśvara
draṣṭumicchāmi te rūpamaiśvaraṁ puruṣottama

parameśvara (O Supreme Lord!), yathā (which way) tvaṁ (you) āttha (expressed)
ātmānaṁ (yourself), etat (this is) evaṁ (exactly like that). puruṣottama (O Prime
Personality!), icchami (I wish) draṣṭuṁ (to see) te rūpaṁ-aiśvaraṁ (your divine forms)
||3||
Translation
O Greatest Personality of all the worlds!
O Supreme Lord of all the Godly Forum
True, all these morals whatever thou told
May I wish to behold thy universal form ||3||
Verse No 4
म यसेय द त छ यंमया ु म त भो ।
योगेर ततो मेवंदशया मानम यम् ॥
Transliteration
manyase yadi tacchakyaṁ mayā draṣṭumiti prabho
yogeśvara tato me tvaṁ darśayātmānamavyayam
Prabho (My Lord!), yadi (if) manyase (you consider) iti (like this), tat (that is) śakyaṁ
(possible) drastuṁ (to be seen) mayā (by me), tato (then) yogeśvara (O Master of all
efforts!), tvaṁ darśaya (you please show) me (to me) ātmānaṁ avyayam (your
imperishable states). ||4||
Translation
If consider thou to show me that form
If capable I am to behold that scene
Then, O Master of all the professions!
Show me thy unperishable form, divine ||4||
Verse No 5
प य मे पाथ पा ण शतशोऽथ सह शः ।
नाना वधा न द ा न नानावणाकृ
ती न च ॥
Transliteration
paśya me pārtha rūpāṇi śataśo’tha sahasraśaḥ
nānāvidhāni divyāni nānāvarṇākṛtīni ca

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), atha (after this)
paśya (behold!), śataśo (hundreds), sahasraśaḥ (thousands) me divyāni rūpāṇi (of my
divine forms) nānā vidhāni (of different types), ca (and) nānāvarṇa-ākṛtīni (of different
colors and sizes). ||5||
Translation
O Son of Prithaa!, addressed then the Lord
Now behold my multifold forms and features
Of different shapes and sizes, various colors
Hundreds of figures with thousand characters ||5||
Verse No 6
प या द या वसूुान नौ म त तथा ।
ब य पू वा ण प या या ण भारत ॥
Transliteration
paśyādityānvasūnrudrānaśvinau marutastathā
bahūnyadṛṣṭapūrvāṇi paśyāścaryāṇi bhārata

Bhārata (O Great born of Bharata dynasty!), pasya (see), ādityān (the solar systems),
vasūn (the eight-fold natural forms), rudrān (the destructive giants), aśvinau (the twin
physicians), tathā (as well as) marutaḥ (the powerful wind). Paśya (See) vahuni (many
more) āscaryāṇi (wonders), adṛṣṭa-pūrvāṇi (which have not been seen before). ||6||
Translation
Behold the twin physicians, O Bharat born!
The eight natural forms, the suns and stars
The natural hazards, the destructive giants
The unseen pasts with many more wonders ||6||
Verse No 7
इहै
क थंजग कृनं प या सचराचरम्
।
मम दे
हे
गु
डाकेश य चा यद्ु
म छस॥
Transliteration
ihaikasthaṁ jagatkṛtsnaṁ paśyādya sacarācaram
mama dehe guḍākeśa yaccānyad draṣṭumicchasi

guḍākeśa (O Winner over Slumber!), paśya (see) adya (today) ihaṁ (here) mama dehe
(in my body) sacarācaram (along with all moving and non-moving things) jagat-kṛtsnaṁ
(the entire world) ekasthaṁ (at one place) ca (and) yat (whatever) anyat (others),
icchasi (you wish) drastuṁ (to see). ||7||
Translation
Now notice here in my body, O ever alert Hero!
All moving, non-movings, at one place assembled
See the entire cosmos here exhibited within me
And whatever others also thou wish to behold ||7||
Verse No 8
न तुमांश यसे ुमनेनव
ै वच ु षा ।
द ं ददा म ते
च ु
ः प य मेयोगमैरम् ॥
Transliteration
na tu māṁ śakyase draṣṭumanenaiva svacakṣuṣā
divyaṁ dadāmi te cakṣuḥ paśya me yogamaiśvaram

Tu (but) na śakyase (you will not be able) draṣṭuṁ (to see) māṁ (me) anena (through)
sva (your own) cakṣuṣā (eyes) iva (alone). Dadāmi (I am giving) te (you) divyaṁ cakṣuḥ
(the divine eyes). Paśya (see) me (my) yogaṁ-aiśvaram (divine potencies). ||8||
Translation
But through these ordinary human eyes of thine
Cannot be able to see thou my universal fancies
Therefore now giving thee the divine eye sights
Behold the cosmic forms of my divine potencies ||8||
Verse No 9
सं
जय उवाच
एवमुवा ततो राज महायोगेरो ह रः ।
दशयामास पाथाय परमंपमैरम् ॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
evamuktvā tato rājan mahāyogeśvaro hariḥ
darśayāmāsa pārthāya paramaṁ rūpamaiśvaram

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya said), rājan (O King of the Kurus!), tato (after that) mahā-
yogesvaro hariḥ (the Supreme Lord of all endeavors), uktvā (saying) evaṁ (like this),
darśayāmāsa (showed) paramaṁ rupaṁ-aisvaram (the gigantic divine form) pārthāya
(to Arjun). ||9||
Translation
O King of the Kauravas, addressed Sanjaya
The Supreme Lord of all the splendors
Showed to Arjun his universal divine form
Most sacred show, the wonder of wonders ||9||
Verse No 10
अनेकव नयनमने
का त
ुदशनम्।
अने
क द ाभरणं
द ाने
को तायु
धम्॥
Transliteration
anekavaktranayanamanekādbhutadarśanam
anekadivyābharaṇaṁ divyānekodyatāyudham

Aneka-vaktra-nayanaṁ (there were so many faces and eyes), aneka-adbhuta darśanaṁ
(so many wonderful sights), aneka-divya-ābharaṇaṁ (many gorgeous wearings), aneka-
udyata-divya-āyudhaṁ (raised with many more heavenly weapons). ||10||
Translation
Countless wonders and splendors with amazing sights
Endless high rising heads with countless glowing eyes
Raised up with Dreadful weapons by heavenly heroes
Wearing gorgeous gowns, crowns and ornamental ties ||10||
Verse No 11
द मा या बरधरंद ग धानु
लप
ेनम्
।
सवा यमयं दे
वमन तंव तोमु
खम्
॥
Transliteration
divyamālyāmbaradharaṁ divyagandhānulepanam
sarvāścaryamayaṁ devamanantaṁ viśvatomukham

Divya-mālya-ambara-dharaṁ (adored with divine garlands and robes), divya-gandha-
anulepanaṁ (perfumed with heavenly fragrances), sarva-āścaryamayaṁ (the cosmic
sight of all the wonders) devaṁ-anantaṁ-viśvato-mukham (the God, infinitely facing all
around the worlds). ||11||
Translation
Robed with shining clothes of gems-clad clusters
Adored with garland-glows of heavenly splendors
Perfumed with fragrances of sensational lusters
Facing all around, the God with endless wonders ||11||
Verse No 12
द व सू
यसह य भवेग
ुप थता ।
य द भाः स शी सा या ास त य महा मनः ॥
Transliteration
divi sūryasahasrasya bhavedyugapadutthitā
yadi bhāḥ sadṛśī sā syādbhāsastasya mahātmanaḥ

Yadi (had there been) sahasrasya (thousands) sūrya utthitā (of sun-rises) divi (in the sky)
yugapat (at one time), sā bhaḥ (that light) syāt (would have been) sadṛśī (like) bhāsaḥ
(the glows) tasya mahātmanaḥ (of that greatest soul). ||12||
Translation
Had there been sun rises, thousands in the sky
If all the suns at a time blaze together bright
That beam would have been deemed in front of
This divine ray blazing out with sparkling light |12||
Verse No 13
त क
ै थंजग कृनं वभ मने कधा ।
अप य े
वदे
व य शरीरे
पा डव तदा ॥
Transliteration
tatraikasthaṁ jagatkṛtsnaṁ pravibhaktamanekadhā
apaśyaddevadevasya śarīre pāṇḍavastadā

Tadā (at that time) Pāndavaḥ (Arjun, the son of Pandu) apaśyat (saw) jagat-kṛtsnaṁ
(the entire world) pravibhaktaṁ (sub-divided) anekadhā (in many parts) tatra (there)
ekasthaṁ (at one place together) deva-devasya sarire (in the body of the Lord of the
Lords). ||13||
Translation
Behold so did the son of Pandu
The entire world at one place there
Sub-divided into so many parts
In the Lord’s body blended together ||13||
Verse No 14
ततः स व मया व ो रोमा धन यः ।
ण य शरसा देवंकृ
ता लरभाषत ॥
Transliteration
tataḥ sa vismayāviṣṭo hṛṣṭaromā dhanañjayaḥ
praṇamya śirasā devaṁ kṛtāñjalirabhāṣata
Tataḥ (then) saḥ Arjunaḥ (that Arjun) vismayāviṣṭaḥ (who was stationed astonished)
hṛṣṭaromā (and overwhelmed in joy), abhāṣata (said) devaṁ (to the Supreme God)
praṇamya (bowing) śirasā (his head) kṛtāñjaliḥ (with clasped palms). ||14||
Translation
Thrilled and filled with joys there after
Dazed, amazed Arjun quivered and knelt
Bowed before the God with folded hands
Addressing to him, a few words he spelt ||14||
Verse No 15
अजु
न उवाच
प या म दे
वां
तव दे
व दे
हे
सवा तथा भू
त वशेषसङ् घान्।
ाणमीशंकमलासन थमृ
ष सवानु रगां द ान्॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
paśyāmi devāṁstava deva dehe sarvāṁstathā bhūtaviśeṣasaṅghān
brahmāṇamīśaṁ kamalāsanasthamṛṣīṁśca sarvānuragāṁśca divyān

Arjuna uvāca (Arjun said), deva (O God!), paśyāmi (I am seeing) tava dehe (in your body)
sarvān devān (all the Gods) tathā (and also) bhūta-viśeṣa-saṅghān (the assembly of
various living beings), ca (and) kamala-āsanasthaṁ brahmāṇaṁ (to the lotus-throned
Brahmā), īśaṁ (to the Lord Shiva), sarvān ṛṣīṁ (to all the saints), ca (and) divyān uragān
(to the most amazing serpents). ||15||
Translation
Beholding my Lord!, uttered then amazed Arjun
Lotus throned Brahma, Lord Shiva, all the saints
Noticing I am in thy cosmic physical form, divine
Various animal worlds and the celestial serpents ||15||
Verse No 16
अने कबा दरव नेप ंया म वां सवतोऽन त पम्
।
ना तं
न म यंन पु
न तवा दप या म व ेर व प ॥
Transliteration
anekabāhūdaravaktranetraṁ paśyāmi tvāṁ sarvato’nantarūpam
nāntaṁ na madhyaṁ na punastavādiṁpaśyāmi viśveśvara viśvarūpa

Paśyāmi (I am seeing) tvāṁ (to you), sarvato (the all pervaded) ananta-rūpam (infinite
form), aneka-vāhu-udara-vaktra-netraṁ (with uncountable hands, bellies, faces and
eyes). Na-antaṁ (there is neither any end) madhyaṁ (nor any mid-point) ca (and) na
tava-ādiṁ (nor your beginning) punaḥ (once again) viśveśvara-viśva-rūpa (of the cosmic
form of the Lord of the Universe). ||16||
Translation
Beholding I am thy all pervaded, infinite form
With countless faces, eyes, bellies, and hands
Seeing the cosmic form of the Lord of worlds
Without any beginning, any mid-point or ends ||16||
Verse No 17
करी टनं
ग दनं
च णं च ते
जोरा श सवतो द तम तम्
।
प या म वांनरी यं
सम ता तानलाक ु तम मे
यम्
॥
Transliteration
kirīṭinaṁ gadinaṁ cakriṇaṁ ca tejorāśiṁ sarvato dīptimantam
paśyāmi tvāṁ durnirīkṣyaṁ samantāddīptānalārkadyutimaprameyam

Paśyāmi (I am seeing) kirīṭinaṁ (the crowns), gadinaṁ (the maces), cakriṇaṁ (the
discuses) ca (and also) tvāṁ (to you), aprameyaṁ dīptimantaṁ (with immeausrably
blazing) tejorāśiṁ (bright rays) dīpta-anala-arkadyutiṁ (like of the glowing sun shine)
samantād (from all the sides) sarvato (all over spread), durnirīkṣyaṁ (which is difficult
to be seen). ||17||
Translation
Beholding the crowns, clubs and discus-held hands
Seeing thy shining, radiance as if flashing allover
Like the blazing beams of the brightened sun rays
That is difficult to be seen like glowing fierce fire ||17||
Verse No 18
वम रं
परमंवे
दत ं वम य व य परं नधानम् ।
वम यः शा तधमगो ता सनातन वं
पुषो मतो मे॥
Transliteration
tvamakṣaraṁ paramaṁ veditavyaṁtvamasya viśvasya paraṁ nidhānam
tvamavyayaḥ śāśvatadharmagoptā sanātanastvaṁ puruṣo mato me

Me mato (In my opinion) tvaṁ-akshyaraṁ (you are imperishable), paramaṁ veditavyaṁ
(the topmost secret to be understood), tvaṁ (you are) paraṁ nidhānam (the ultimate
shelter) asya viśvasya (of this world), tvaṁ-avyayaḥ (you are indestructible), śāśvat-
dharmagoptā (you are the defender of the eternal religion), tvaṁ (you are) sanātanaḥ
puruṣo (the foremost person). ||18||
Translation
Imperishable ever thou art, as opined by me
Thou art the topmost secret for realization
The treasure house of this nation thou art
Thou art the guardian of the oldest religion ||18||
Thou art indestructible from age old period

Omnipresent forever in thy infinite state
The ultimate shelter thou art for all beings
All qualified thou art, the person, the great
Verse No 19
अना दम या तमन तवीयमन तबा ं
श शसू
यनेम्।
प या म वां
द त ताशव ं वते
जसा व मदंतप तम्॥
Transliteration
anādimadhyāntamanantavīryamanantabāhuṁ śaśisūryanetram
paśyāmi tvāṁ dīptahutāśavaktraṁ svatejasā viśvamidaṁ tapantam

Paśyāmi (I am seeing) tvāṁ (you), anādi-madhya-antaṁ (who is without beginning, mid-
less and endless), ananta-viryaṁ (who is of infinite energy), ananta-vāhu (who has
uncountable hands), śaśi-sūrya-netram (who has eyes like sun and like moon), dīpta-
hutāśa-vaktraṁ (whose face is like blazing fire) tapantaṁ (heating up) idaṁ viśvaṁ
(this world) sva tejasā (by its own flame). ||19||
Translation
Beholding thee without any beginning and mid-point
Endless, unlimited strength with uncountable arms
Glowing eyes with facial fire like sun and like moon
That heat up this world by its own blazing flames ||19||
Verse No 20
ावापृ
थ ो रदम तरं
ह ा तंवयै
के
न दश सवाः ।
्
वा त
ुं पमुंतवे
दं
लोक यं थतं महा मन्
॥
Transliteration
dyāvāpṛthivyoridamantaraṁ hi vyāptaṁ tvayaikena diśaśca sarvāḥ
dṛṣṭvādbhutaṁ rūpamugraṁ tavedaṁ lokatrayaṁ pravyathitaṁ mahātman

Mahātman (O Great Soul!), ekena-tvayā hi (thou alone only) vyāptaṁ (is pervaded)
antaraṁ (in between) idaṁ (this) dyāvā-prithivyoḥ (earth and heaven) ca (and) sarvāḥ
diśaḥ (all directions). dṛṣṭvā (by seeing) idaṁ (this) adbhutaṁ (amazing) ugraṁ (fierce)
rupaṁ (form) tava (of yours) loka trayaṁ (all the three worlds) pravyathitaṁ (are getting
badly battered). ||20||
Translation
Infinitely thou only filled this celestial gap
Thou alone have pervaded the whole sphere
Beholding this amazing, thy furious features
All the three worlds are shaken with fear ||20||
Verse No 21
अमी ह वांसु
रसङ् घा वश त केच ताः ा लयो गृण त।
व ती युवा मह ष स सङ् घा: तु
व त वांतु
त भः पु
कला भः ॥
Transliteration
amī hi tvāṁ surasaṅghā viśanti kecidbhītāḥ prāñjalayo gṛṇanti
svastītyuktvā maharṣisiddhasaṅghāḥ stuvanti tvāṁ stutibhiḥ puṣkalābhiḥ

Amī surasaṅghā (these godly gatherings) hi (certainly) viśanti (enter) tvāṁ (into you).
Kecit (some ones) bhitā (out of fear) gṛṇanti (chant your hymns) prāñjalayo (with folded
hands), maharṣiḥ (the great saints) siddha-saṅghāḥ (those have attained perfection),
stuvanti (pray) puṣkalābhiḥ-stutibhiḥ (by singing your beautiful songs) iti-uktvā (by
saying that) svasti (all be well). ||21||
Translation
Enter into thy body these Gods in groups
Afraid of some ones pray clasped palms
Wishing all well some great born saints
Chant thy glories nicely in poetic forms ||21||
Verse No 22
ा द या वसवो ये
च सा या व े
ऽ नौ म त ो मपा ।
गं
धवय ासु र स सङ् घावी तेवांव मता ै व सव ॥
Transliteration
rudrādityā vasavo ye ca sādhyāviśve’śvinau marutaścoṣmapāśca
gandharvayakṣāsurasiddhasaṅghā vīkṣante tvāṁ vismitāścaiva sarve

Rudra-ādityā (the fierce firing sun-Gods), vasavo (the eight Nature-Gods), sādhyā (the
perfectionists), visve (the universal Gods), aśvinau (the twin physicians), marutaḥ (the
wind-Gods), uṣmapāḥ (the consuming deities), gandharva (the celestial singers), yakṣa
(the billionaires), sura-siddha-saṅghā (the powerful Godly groups), ca (and) ye sarve (all
others) vīkṣante (look at) te (you) vismitaḥ iva (as if astonished). ||22||
Translation
The fierce firing Sun-Gods, the eight Nature-Gods
The world famous saints having attained perfection
Singers, doctors, consumers, well known achievers
Bewilder the rich and poor, all others at thy vision ||22||
Verse No 23
पंमह ेब व नेमंहाबाहो ब बा पादम् ।
ब दरं
ब दंाकरालं वा लोकाः थता तथाहम्॥
Transliteration
rūpaṁ mahatte bahuvaktranetraṁ mahābāho bahubāhūrupādam
bahūdaraṁ bahudaṁṣṭrākarālaṁ dṛṣṭvā lokāḥ pravyathitāstathāham

Mahā-bāho (O Mighty Armed!), dṛṣṭvā (by seeing) te mahat rūpaṁ (your divine splendid
form), bahu-vaktra-netraṁ (multiple faces with eyes), bahu-bāhuḥ-uru-pādam (many
arms, thighs, and feet), bahu-daṁṣṭrā-karālaṁ (countless ferocious teeth), ahaṁ (I
myself) tathā (along with) lokāḥ (all the worlds) pravyathitāḥ (are trembled in fear). ||23||
Translation
Beholding thy cosmic form, “O Mighty Armed!”
Thy countless faces with eyes, legs and hands
Uncounted bellies, thighs with sharpened jaws
The whole world with myself, terribly scared ||23||
Verse No 24
नभः पृशं
द तमने
कवण ा ाननं द त वशालनेम्।
वा ह वां थता तरा मा धृ
त न व दा म शमं
च व णो ॥
Transliteration
nabhaḥspṛśaṁ dīptamanekavarṇaṁ vyāttānanaṁ dīptaviśālanetram
dṛṣṭvā hi tvāṁ pravyathitāntarātmā dhṛtiṁ na vindāmi śamaṁ ca viṣṇo

viṣṇo (O Lord Vishnu!), dṛṣṭvā (by seeing) tvāṁ (you) dīpta hi (with blazing) aneka-
varṇaṁ (with many colours) nabhaḥ-spṛśaṁ (touching the sky), vyātānanaṁ (with wide
open mouth), viśāla-netraṁ (and widened eyes), antarātmā-pravyathitā (the inner soul is
scared enough), na vindāmi (I am not getting) dhṛtiṁ (the patience) ca (and) śamaṁ
(the peace also). ||24||
Translation
Sky scrapping thou like sparking laser lights
Thy wide open mouth with blazing bright eyes
Trembles my inner soul after looking at thee
Unable to have patience not finding any peace ||24||
Verse No 25
दंाकराला न च ते
मु
खा न ै
व कालानलस भा न ।
दशो न जानेन लभेच शम सीद दे
वश
ेजग वास ॥
Transliteration
daṁṣṭrākarālāni ca te mukhānidṛṣṭvaiva kālānalasannibhāni
diśo na jāne na labhe ca śarma prasīda deveśa jagannivāsa

Jagat-nivāsa (O Shelter of the World!), dṛṣṭvā (by seeing) te mukhāni (thy faces)
daṁṣṭrā-karālāni (with ferocious jaws) iva (like) kāla-anala-sannibhāni (the annihilating
fire), diśo na jāne (neither I am getting any direction) na labhe ca śarma (nor getting the
peace). Deveśa (O Lord of the Gods!), prasīda (be kind please). ||25||
Translation
Seeing thy blazing mouth with ferocious jaws
Resembling like the flames of annihilating fire
Neither getting any peace nor finding the way
Be kind enough my Lord! O Universal Shelter! ||25||
Verse No 26-27
अमी च वांधृ
तरा य पुाः सव सहै
वाव नपालसं
घै
ः।
भी मो ोणः सू
तपुतथासौ सहा मद यै
र प योधमुयै
ः॥
व ा ण तेवरमाणा वश त दंाकराला न भयानका न ।
केच ल ना दशना तरे
षु
स य ते चू
णतै माङ् गै ॥
Transliteration
amī ca tvāṁ dhṛtarāṣṭrasya putrāḥ sarve sahaivāvanipālasaṅghaiḥ
bhīṣmo droṇaḥ sūtaputrastathāsau sahāsmadīyairapi yodhamukhyaiḥ
vaktrāṇi te tvaramāṇā viśanti daṁṣṭrākarālāni bhayānakāni
kecidvilagnā daśanāntareṣu sandṛśyante cūrṇitairuttamāṅgaiḥ

Tvāṁ-eva (towards you) bhīṣmo (Bhisma), droṇaḥ (Drona), tathā (and) ami sūtaputraḥ
api (the low-caste born Karna also) saha (along with) sarve (all) asau (these) putrāḥ
(sons) dhṛtarāṣṭrasya (of King Dhritarāstra), ca (and) saha (with) asmadīyaiḥ yodha-
mukhaiḥ avanipālasaṅghaiḥ (our war facing kings) viśanti (enter) tvaramāṇā (very fast)
te (into your) bhayānakāni vaktrāṇi (ferocious mouths) daṁṣṭrā-karālāni (with terrible
jaws and teeth). Kecit (some ones) sandṛśyante (are clearly visible) vilagnā (stuck)
daśanāntareṣu (within the dental gap) cūrṇitaiḥ uttamāṅgaiḥ (with their churned heads).
||26-27||
Translation
Beholding our mighty warrior kings
Along with all Dhritarastra borns
Hurriedly entering into thy mouth
Bhisma, Drona along with Karna ||26||
Terrible teeth on the horrible jaws
Smashing all grinding their heads
Headless bodies some appear to be
Clutched across the dental blades ||27||
Verse No 28
यथा नद नांबहवोऽ बु
वगेाः समुमे
वा भमु
खा व त ।
तथा तवामी नरलोकवीरा वश त व ा य भ व वल त ॥
Transliteration
yathā nadīnāṁ bahavo’mbuvegāḥ samudramevābhimukhā dravanti
tathā tavāmī naralokavīrāviśanti vaktrāṇyabhivijvalanti

Yathā (Just) iva (like) bahavo-ambu-vegāḥ (the forceful water flows) nadīnāṁ (of the
rivers) dravanti (run) abhimukhe (towards) samudraṁ (the sea)), tathā (so wise) ami
naraloka-virā (the heroes of this human world) viśanti (enter into) tava (your)
abhivijwalanti (blazing) vaktrāṇi (mouth). ||28||
Translation
Like the fulfilled rivers with forceful flows
Rapidly rush towards the gulf of the ocean
So wise, these heroes of this human world
Enter into thy mouth like burning cauldron ||28||
Verse No 29
यथा द तंवलनं पतं
गा वश त नाशाय समृवे
गाः ।
तथै
व नाशाय वश त लोका तवा प व ा ण समृवे
गाः ॥
Transliteration
yathā pradīptaṁ jvalanaṁ pataṅgāviśanti nāśāya samṛddhavegāḥ
tathaiva nāśāya viśanti lokāstavāpi vaktrāṇi samṛddhavegāḥ

Yathā (as like as) patangā (the moths) viśanti (enter) samṛddha-vegāḥ (rapidly)
jvalanaṁ pradīptaṁ (into the fire of the lamp) nāśāya (for self-destruction), tathā-iva (so
wise) lokāḥ-api (the persons also) viśanti (enter) samṛddha-vegāḥ (rapidly) tava vaktrāṇi
(into your mouth) nāsāya (for self-ending).||29||
Translation
Like the mass of moths into the lighted flame
Flutter fast towards it, for self-destruction
So wise these kinsmen along with the followers
Rush rapidly into thy mouth for self-immolation ||29||
Verse No 30
ले
ल सेसमानः सम ता लोका सम ा वदनै वल ः ।
ते
जो भरापू
य जग सम भ
ंास तवो ाः तप त व णो ॥
Transliteration
lelihyase grasamānaḥ samantāllokānsamagrānvadanairjvaladbhiḥ
tejobhirāpūrya jagatsamagraṁbhāsastavogrāḥ pratapanti viṣṇo

viṣṇo (O Lord Visno!), grasamānaḥ (by engulfing) samagrān lokān (all the worlds)
jvaladbhiḥ vadanaiḥ (into the blazing mouth) lelihyase (you devours) samantāt (from all
the sides). Samagraṁ (the whole) jagat (world) āpūrya (is fully) pratapanti (heating up)
tava-ugrāḥ bhāsaḥ tejobhiḥ (by your high rising blazing flame). ||30||
Translation
Devourest from all the sides thy terrible tongue
Engulfest the whole world into thy burning mouth
Filled up with thy radiance, this entire universe
Getting heated up by thy blazing radiant mouth ||30||
Verse No 31
आ या ह मे
को भवानु पोनमोऽ तु
तेदे
ववर सीद ।
व ातु
म छा म भव तमा ं
न ह जाना म तव वृम् ॥
Transliteration
ākhyāhi me ko bhavānugrarūponamo’stu te devavara prasīda
vijñātumicchāmi bhavantamādyaṁ na hi prajānāmi tava pravṛttim

Ākhyāhi (reveal) me (me) bhavān ko ugrarupo (who are you in this ferocious form)?
Deva-vara (O Lord of the Gods!), prasīda (calm down), namo’stu te (I bow before you),
icchāmi (I wish) vijñātuṁ (to know) bhavantam-ādyaṁ (your beginning). na hi prajānāmi
(I do not know at all) tava pravṛttim (your activities). ||31||
Translation
Reveal me thy visage, O Lord of the Gods!
Who art thou in this giant ferocious form
I bow before thee, be pleased, calm down
Wish to understand thee, O Primal One! ||31||
Verse No 32
वाच
कालोऽ म लोक यकृ वृोलोका समाहतुमह वृः ।
ऋते
ऽ प वां
न भ व य त सव ये
ऽव थताः यनीके
षुयोधाः ॥
Transliteration
kālo’smi lokakṣayakṛtpravṛddholokān samāhartumiha pravṛttaḥ
ṛte’pi tvāṁ na bhaviṣyanti sarve ye’vasthitāḥ pratyanīkeṣu yodhāḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), asmi (I am) pravṛddho-kālaḥ (the
annihilating end-time), loka-kshyaya-krit (to destroy the human world). pravṛttaḥ (I am
engaged) iha (here) samāhartuṁ (to annihilate) lokān (the worlds). Yodhāḥ (the fighters)
ye (those) avasthitāḥ (are present) prati-anīkeṣu (in both the armies), sarve api (all too)
na bhaviṣyanti (will not survive) tvāṁ ṛte-api (even without your fight). ||32||
Translation
The annihilator I am, replied then the Lord
I am the expired time to eliminate the show
Engaged here now to finish out these mass
None of these shalt live even without thou ||32||
Verse No 33
त मा वमु यशो लभ व ज वा श ू भु
ङ् व रा यंसमृम्
।
मयै
वत
ैेनहताः पू
वमे
व न म मा ंभव स सा चन्॥
Transliteration
tasmāttvamuttiṣṭha yaśo labhasva jitvā śatrūnbhuṅkṣva rājyaṁ samṛddham
mayaivaite nihatāḥ pūrvameva nimittamātraṁ bhava savyasācin

Tasmāt (therefore) tvaṁ (you) uttiṣtha (arise), labhasva (earn) yaśo (name and fame),
bhuṅkṣva (enjoy) rājyaṁ samṛddhaṁ (the flourishing kingdom). Ete (these people)
nihatāḥ eva (have already been killed) pūrvam (much before) mayā (by me).
Savyasāchin (O bow man Arjun!) nimitta mātraṁ bhava (just fight as a medium). ||33||
Translation
Arise, awake therefore to earn name and fame
Enjoy the flourished kingdom winning over foes
Long before these men, have been killed by me
Fight Arjun, just being a medium of the show ||33||
Verse No 34
ोणंच भी मंच जय थं
च कण तथा यान प योधवीरान्
।
मया हतांवंज ह मा थ ायु
य व जेता स रणेसप नान् ॥
Transliteration
droṇaṁ ca bhīṣmaṁ ca jayadrathaṁ ca karṇaṁ tathānyānapi yodhavīrān
mayā hatāṁstvaṁ jahi mā vyathiṣṭhā yudhyasva jetāsi raṇe sapatnān

Tvaṁ (you) jahi (kill) Dronaṁ (Drona), ca (and) bhīṣmaṁ (Bhisma), ca (and)
Jayadrathaṁ (Jayadratha) ca (and) Karṇaṁ (Karna) tathā-api (and also) anyān
yodhavīrān (other great fighters), mayā hatān (those have already been killed by me).
Mā vyathiṣṭhā (do not worry!), yudhyasva (fight!), jetāsi (you will definitely win) sapatnān
(over the enemies) raṇe (in the war). ||34||
Translation
Bhisma, Drona, Jaidrath, and Karna too
Along with all others, great warriors
Already killed by me, don’t be worried!
Fight without fright to win over terrors ||34||
Verse No 35
एत वा वचनं के
शव य कृ तां
ज लवपमानः करीट ।
नम कृवा भू
य एवाह कृणंसग दंभीतभीतः ण य ॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
etacchrutvā vacanaṁ keśavasya kṛtāñjalirvepamānaḥ kirīṭī
namaskṛtvā bhūya evāha kṛṣṇaṁsagadgadaṁ bhītabhītaḥ praṇamya

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya said), śrutvā (after listening to) etat vacanaṁ (these words)
Keśavasya (of Lord Srikrishna) kirītī (the crowned Arjuna) bhūya (once again) praṇamya
namaskṛtvā (by bowing before him) kṛtāñjaliḥ (with folded hands) āha (said) kṛṣṇaṁ (to
Srikrishna) sagadagadaṁ (in a chocked voice) vepamānaḥ (by trembling) bhītabhītaḥ (in
fear). ||35||
Translation
Explained Sanjay to the King Dhristarashtra
This way to Srikrishna, after listening there
The crowned Arjun then by trembling in fear
Muttered a few words again by bowing before ||35||
Verse No 36
अजु
न उवाच
थानेषीके
श तव क या जग य यनु
र यते
च।
र ां
स भीता न दशो व त सव नम य त च स सङ् घा: ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
sthāne hṛṣīkeśa tava prakīrtyā jagat prahṛṣyaty anurajyate ca
rakṣāṁsi bhītāni diśo dravanti sarve namasyanti ca siddhasaṅghāḥ

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna told), hṛṣīkeśa (O Lord of the senses!), tava prakīrtyā (by singing
your glories) sthāne (perfectly) jagat (the world) prahṛṣyati (is amusing) ca (and)
anurajyate (is making merry). rakṣāṁsi bhītāni (the frightened demons) dravanti (run
away) diśo (all directions) ca (and) sarve (all) siddha-saṅghāḥ (the saintly persons)
namasyanti (bow before you). ||36||
Translation
O Lord of the senses! Addressed then Arjun
By singing thy glories the whole world cheer
Run away the demons towards all directions
All are making merry, the saints bow before ||36||
Verse No 37
क मा च ते
न नमे
र महा मन्
गरीयसे णोऽ या दक ।
अन त देवश
ेजग वास वम रं सदस परंयत्॥
Transliteration
kasmācca te na nameranmahātman garīyase brahmaṇo’pyādikartre
ananta deveśa jagannivāsa tvamakṣaraṁ sadasattatparaṁ yat

Mahātman (O Great Soul!), deveśa (O Lord of the Gods!), jagat-nivāsa (O refuge of the
world!), garīyase (you are superior to) brahmano (Lord Brahmā), ādi-kartre (who is the
foremost creator), tvaṁ (you are) akṣaraṁ (unperishable), ananta (never ending), tat-
paraṁ (you are beyond those) yat sat-asat (cause and effects whatsoever), Kasmāt
(why) na (not) namaren te (to bow before you)? ||37||
Translation
High above all, thou art, “O Refuge of the world!”
High above Lord Brahmā, the creator foremost
Unperishable, unending thou art, O Great Soul!
Beyond the cause and effects, why not respect ||37||
Verse No 38
वमा ददे
वः पुषः पु
राण वम य व य परं नधानम् ।
वेा स वेंच परंच धाम वया ततंव मन त प । ।
Transliteration
tvamādidevaḥ puruṣaḥ purāṇastvamasya viśvasya paraṁ nidhānam
vettāsi vedyaṁ ca paraṁ ca dhāma tvayā tataṁ viśvamanantarūpa

Tvaṁ (you are) ādi-devaḥ (the ancient God), purānaḥ puruṣaḥ (the oldest personality).
Tvaṁ (you are) paraṁ nidhānaṁ (the supreme shelter) asya viśvasya (of this world).
Vettāsi (you know everything), vedyaṁ (you are to be realized), ca (and) paraṁ dhāma
asi (you are the supreme destination), anantarūpa (O Infinite Form!) idaṁ viśvaṁ (this
world) tataṁ (is pervaded) tvayā (by you). ||38||
Translation
The ancient God thou art the foremost person
The supreme shelter, the refuge of this world
Most cognizable thou art, the omniscient one
Thou only have pervaded this world of worlds ||38||
Verse No 39
वायु
यमोऽ नव णः शशाङ् क: जाप त वं पतामह ।
नमो नम ते
ऽ तु
सह कृवः पु
न भू
योऽ प नमो नम ते
॥
Transliteration
vāyuryamo’gnirvaruṇaḥ śaśāṅkaḥ prajāpatistvaṁ prapitāmahaśca
namo namaste’stu sahasrakṛtvaḥ punaśca bhūyo’pi namo namaste

Tvaṁ (you are) vāyuḥ (the wind), yamaḥ (the death giving God), agniḥ (the fire), varunaḥ
(the ocean-God Varuna), śaśāṅkaḥ (the moon), prajāpatiḥ (all creator Brahmā), ca (and)
prapitāmahaḥ (the great grandfather). Namo namaste tu (I bow before you) punaśca
(again and again) sahasrakṛtvaḥ (thousand times). Bhuyo-api (once again too) namo
Namaste (I offer my obeisance bowing before you). ||39||
Translation
The wind, water, and fire thou art the forms of nature
The creator, the death giver, the great grand father
Thou art in the sky like the sun, moon and the stars
I respect to thee thousand times by bowing before ||39||
Verse No 40
नमः पु
र तादथ पृत ते
नमोऽ तुतेसवत एव सव ।
अन तवीया मत व म वंसव समा ो ष ततोऽ स सवः ॥
Transliteration
namaḥ purastādatha pṛṣṭhataste namo’stu te sarvata eva sarva
anantavīryāmitavikramastvaṁsarvaṁ samāpnoṣi tato’si sarvaḥ
Sarva (O all in all!), namaḥ (I bow) te purastāt (before you) pṛṣṭhataḥ eva (and after you),
namaḥ-astu (I offer my obeisance) te sarvata (to you from all sides). Ananta-vīrya (O
endless valor!), tvaṁ (you are) amita-vikramaḥ (the all mighty, unmeasurable),
samāpnosi (you sustain) sarva (all things), tato (therefore) sarvaḥ asi (you are
everything). ||40||
Translation
I bow before thee, O Almighty!
O endless valor! From behind I bow
Thou sustain all things, O All in All!
I bow around thee, every thing thou ||40||
Verse No 41-42
सखे त म वा सभंय ं हेकृण हेयादव हे
सखे त।
अजानता म हमानं
तवेदं
मया मादा णये न वा प ॥
य चावहासाथमस कृतोऽ स वहारश यासनभोजने षु।
एकोऽथवा य यु
त त सम ंत ामयेवामहम मे यम् ॥
Transliteration
sakheti matvā prasabhaṁ yaduktaṁ he kṛṣṇa he yādava he sakheti
ajānatā mahimānaṁ tavedaṁmayā pramādātpraṇayena vāpi
yaccāvahāsārthamasatkṛto’si vihāraśayyāsanabhojaneṣu
eko’thavāpyacyuta tatsamakṣaṁtatkṣāmaye tvāmahamaprameyam

Achyuta (O Infallible One!), ajānatā (without knowing) idaṁ (these) mahimānaṁ
(potencies) tava (of yours), matvā (by considering you) sakhā (friend) yat-uktaṁ
(whatever I have told) prasabhaṁ (out of anger), pramādāt (out of carelessness), vā (or)
praṇayena (jokingly), iti (like), he kṛṣṇa (O Krishna!), he yādava (O Milkman!), he sakhā
(O dear!), ca (further), vihāra (while roaming), śayyā (laying), āsana (sitting) bhojaneṣu
(eating) ava-hāsārthaṁ (OR jestingly) kṛto-asi (I have done) yat-asat (whatever
unjustified), ekāki (alone) athavā (or) tat-samakṣhaṁ (with other mates), tat (for that)
kṣyāmaye (I beg for excuse) tvāṁ aprameyaṁ (before you, the immeasurable form).
||41||
Translation
Unaware of all these, thy potencies My Lord!
Considering thee just like a friend of mine
Addressed like, Hey Milkman!, Hey Krishna!
Whatever would have told in harsh and whim ||41||
While outing, playing, dining and sleeping

In joke or in jest with others or me alone
Whatever bullying remarks passed by me
Pardon me for those, O Immeasurable One! ||42||
Verse No 43
पता स लोक य चराचर य वम य पूय गुगरीयान्
।
न व समोऽ य य धकः कुतोऽ योलोक ये
ऽ य तम भाव ॥
Transliteration
pitāsi lokasya carācarasya tvamasya pūjyaśca gururgarīyān
na tvat-samo’styabhyadhikaḥ kuto’nyolokatraye’pyapratimaprabhāva

Tvaṁ-asi (you are) pitā (the father) asya (of this) cara-acarasya (moving and non-
moving) jagatasya (world) ca (and) gariyān pujyaḥ guruḥ (the great respectable teacher).
Apratima prabhāva (O incomparable prowess!), anyo na asti (there is no one) tvat-samo
(equivalent to you) loka-traye (in three worlds). Kuto (where from) abhyadhikaḥ
(superior to you)? ||43||
Translation
The greatest teacher thou art
The father of the whole universe
The most respectable thou art
Among moving and non-moving ones
No others comparable to thee
Or equivalent in the three worlds
Where can there be superiors
Where from than you be betters ||43||
Verse No 44
त मा ण य णधाय कायंसादयेवामहमीशमी म् ।
पतेव पुय सखे
व स यु
ः यः यायाह स दे
व सोढु
म॥
्
Transliteration
tasmātpraṇamya praṇidhāya kāyaṁ prasādaye tvāmahamīśamīḍyam
piteva putrasya sakheva sakhyuḥ priyaḥ priyāyārhasi deva soḍhum

Tasmāt (therefore) praṇamya (bowing before) tvām (you) praṇidhāya (by stretching)
kāyaṁ (the body) ahaṁ (I) prasādaye (beg for mercy), īdyaṁ īśaṁ (who is the most
respectable Lord). Deva (O God!), pitā-iva putraṁ (like father to a son), sakhā iva
sakhyuḥ (like friend to a friend), priyāya priyaḥ (like the lover to a beloved), arhasi (you
are capable) soḍhum (to tolerate). ||44||
Translation
Therefore bowing before thee with utmost respect
Stretching my body before thee, O Adorable Lord!
Just like a father to son, like a friend to his friend
Be kind!, Forgive me!, like one lover to his beloved ||44||
Verse No 45
अ पू
व षतोऽ म ् वा भये
नच थतंमनो मे
।
तदे
व मे
दशय दे
व पंसीद दे
वश
ेजग वास ॥
Transliteration
adṛṣṭapūrvaṁ hṛṣito’smi dṛṣṭvā bhayena ca pravyathitaṁ mano me
tadeva me darśaya devarūpaṁprasīda deveśa jagannivāsa

Jagat-nivāsa (O Shelter of the world!), hṛṣito-asmi (I am delighted) dṛṣṭvā (by seeing)
adṛṣṭa-pūrvaṁ (the unseen before) ca (and) me mano (my mind) pravyathitaṁ (is
aggravated) bhayena (out of fear). Deveśa (O Lord of the Gods!), prasīda (be kind!),
darśaya (please show) me (me) devarupaṁ (the normal Godly form) tat-eva (like that
before). ||45||
Translation
Beholding this universal form, unseen before
Though delighted I am, but frightened as well
Show me that Godly form, O Lord of the Gods!
Be kind enough to usual form, O Refuge of all! ||45||
Verse No 46
करी टनं
ग दनंच ह त म छा म वां ु
महं
तथै
व।
ते
नवै पेण चतु
भु
जेनसह बाहो भव व मू
त॥
Transliteration
kirīṭinaṁ gadinaṁ cakrahastamicchāmi tvāṁ draṣṭumahaṁ tathaiva
tenaiva rūpeṇa caturbhujenasahasrabāho bhava viśvamūrte

Sahasra-baho (O Thousand armed Lord!), ahaṁ (I am) icchāmi (wishing) draṣṭum (to
see) tvāṁ (you) kirīṭinaṁ (with crown), gadinaṁ (mace), cakra-hastam (in discus held
hands), chaturbhujena-rūpeṇa (the four handed form). Viśva-mūrte (O Universal deity!),
bhava (please convert yourself) tena-iva (to that form only). ||46||
Translation
O Deity of thousand arms in universal shape!
Wish to behold thee in that four handed form
Bearing crown, club, discus and lotus in hands
Convert thyself like that of pleasing and calm ||46||
Verse No 47
वाच
मया स नेतवाजु
नेदंपंपरंद शतमा मयोगात्
।
ते
जोमयंव मन तमा यंमेवद येन न पू वम्॥
Transliteration
mayā prasannena tavārjunedaṁrūpaṁ paraṁ darśitamātmayogāt
tejomayaṁ viśvamanantamādyaṁyanme tvadanyena na dṛṣṭapūrvam

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), Arjuna (O Arjun!), ātma-yogāt (by my inner
potency) idaṁ tejomayaṁ viśva-rūpaṁ (this dazzling universal form), yat anantaṁ
ādyaṁ paraṁ (the infinite, primeval, the greatest), tava darśitam (which was observed
by you) mayā prasannena (by my grace only). Tvat-anyena (Others except you) na dṛṣṭa
(have not seen) pūrvam (before). ||47||
Translation
O Valiant Arjun!, addressed Lord Srikrishna
By my grace only, showed thee this splendor
My universal form, radiant, age-old, infinite
Which no one but thou had ever seen before ||47||
Verse No 48
न वे
दय ा ययनै
न दानै
न च या भन तपो भ ैः।
एवं पः श य अहंनृलोके ु
ंवद ये
न कु वीर ॥
Transliteration
na vedayajñādhyayanairna dānairna ca kriyābhirna tapobhirugraiḥ
evaṁrūpaḥ śakya ahaṁ nṛloke draṣṭuṁ tvadanyena kurupravīra

Kurupravīra (O Great Hero of Kauravas!), nṛloke (in this human world) tvat-anya (No
others except you) na-śakya (has been able) draṣṭuṁ (to see) evaṁ-rūpaḥ (the form like
this) na veda yajñā-dhyayanaiḥ (neither through vedic research nor through sacrifices),
na dāneiḥ (nor through charities), na ugraiḥ-tapobhiḥ (nor through utmost penance)
kriyābhiḥ-na (nor through performing rituals). ||48||
Translation
This universal form, divine, O Great Kaurav!
None except thou has been able to behold
Neither by penance nor through the Vedas
Nor by charity, sacrifice in any other world ||48||
Verse No 49
मा ते था मा च वमू
ढभावो ्
वा पंघोरमी ङ् ममे
दम्
।
ते
पभीः ीतमनाः पु
न वं
तदे
व मेप मदंप य ॥
Transliteration
mā te vyathā mā ca vimūḍhabhāvodṛṣṭvā rūpaṁ ghoramīdṛṅmamedam
vyapetabhīḥ prītamanāḥ punastvaṁtadeva me rūpamidaṁ prapaśya

dṛṣṭvā (by seeing) me rūpaṁ (my form) idaṁ (this type), te mā vyathā (let not you suffer)
ca (and) vimūḍha-bhāvo (be deluded) īdṛṅ (like this). Tvaṁ (you) prapaśya (behold) me
(my) rupaṁ (form) tathā-iva (like that) punaḥ (once again) prīta-manāḥ (in delight mind)
vyapetabhīḥ (without fear).||49||
Translation
By seeing my awesome form like this
Do not be scared or tensed any more
Once again behold that form of mine
In cheerful mind and without any fear ||49||
Verse No 50
इ यजु
नं
वासु
दे
व तथो वा वकं पं दशयामास भू
यः ।
आ ासयामास च भीतमे
नभ
ंूवा पु
नः सौ यवपु
महा मा ॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
ityarjunaṁ vāsudevastathoktvā svakaṁ rūpaṁ darśayāmāsa bhūyaḥ
āśvāsayāmāsa ca bhītamenaṁbhūtvā punaḥ saumyavapurmahātmā

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya said), uktvā (by saying) iti (like this) Arjunaṁ (to Arjun)
Vāsudeva (Lord Srikrishna) darśayāmāsa (showed) bhūyaḥ (once again) svakaṁ rūpaṁ
(his own original form) tathā (like that) ca (and) mahātmā (the great soul)
āśvāsayāmāsa (consoled) enaṁ bhitaṁ (to this frightened Arjun) bhutvā (incarnating)
saumya-vapuḥ (the gracious form). ||50||
Translation
Explained then Sanjay, after telling like this
Showed him Lord Srikrishna that form again
And the Super Soul consoled the timid Arjun
By assuming to his graceful form after then ||50||
Verse No 51
अजु
न उवाच
्वे
दं
मानु
षं पंतव सौ यं
जनादन।
इदानीम म सं
वृः सचे
ताः कृत गतः॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
dṛṣṭvedaṁ mānuṣaṁ rūpaṁ tava saumyaṁ janārdana
idānīmasmi saṁvṛttaḥ sacetāḥ prakṛtiṁ gataḥ

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), Janārdana (O Destroyer of human distress!), dṛṣṭvā (by
seeing) idaṁ (this) saumyaṁ mānuṣaṁ rūpaṁ (gracious human form) tava (of yours)
idānīṁ (now) gataḥ-asmi (I have regained) sacetāḥ (consciousness) saṁvṛttaḥ prakṛtiṁ
(normal state of mind). ||51||
Translation
O Destroyer of Human distress!, addressed Arjun
Beholding thy human form, pleasing polite like this
Regained consciousness I have, normalcy restored
Pacified my mind now, settled in calm and peace ||51||
Verse No 52
वाच
सुदश मदं पं वान स य मम।
दे
वा अ य य प य न यंदशनकाङ् णः॥
Transliteration
sudurdarśam idaṁ rūpaṁ dṛṣṭavānasi yanmama
devā apyasya rūpasyanityaṁ darśanakāṅkṣiṇaḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), Idaṁ (this) rūpaṁ (form), sudurdarśam
(most difficult to be seen), jat (which) dṛṣṭavān-asi (was shown by) mama (me), devāḥ
api (the Gods too) darśana-kāṅkṣiṇaḥ (are anxious to see) asya-rūpasya (this form)
nityaṁ (all the time) ||52||
Translation
This form of mine, that you beheld, said the Lord
Even by the demi Gods that has hardly been seen
Amazing and awesome that is my universal form
To behold that the Gods are also very much keen ||52||
Verse No 53
नाहं
वे
दै
न तपसा न दाने
न न चेयया।
श य एवंवधो ु ं् वान स मां
यथा ॥
Transliteration
nāhaṁ vedairna tapasā na dānena na cejyayā
śakya evaṁvidho draṣṭuṁ dṛṣṭavānasi māṁ yathā

Yathā (as) dṛṣṭavān-asi (you saw) me (to me), na śakya (it is impossible) draṣṭuṁ (to
see) ahaṁ (me) evaṁ-vidho (like this) vedaiḥ (by vedic research), na tapasā (nor by
penance), na dānena (nor by charity), na ca-ijyayā (nor by sacrifices also). ||53||
Translation
My all pervaded form that thou chanced to see
Impossible to achieve through Vedic scholars
Neither through penance nor through charity
Nor by performing rituals in sacrificial offers ||53||
Verse No 54
भ या वन यया श य अहमे
वंवधोऽजुन।
ातु
ंु ं
च त वेन वेु
ंच पर तप ॥
Transliteration
bhaktyā tvananyayā śakya ahamevaṁvidho’rjuna
jñātuṁ draṣṭuṁ ca tattvena praveṣṭuṁ ca parantapa

Tu (but) parantapa Arjuna (O Enemy Eliminator Arjun!), ananyayā bhaktyā (only by
inclined devotion), tattvena (through spiritual knowledge) śakya (one is able) jñātuṁ (to
know), draṣṭuṁ (to see), ca (and) praveṣṭuṁ (to enter into) ahaṁ (me) evaṁ-vidha (like
this). ||54||
Translation
But O Enemy Eliminator Arjun! quite possible it is
To realize me, to reach me, to behold me like this
Through deep devotion without any other thoughts
Gained in transcendental knowledge by eternal bliss ||54||
Verse No 55
म कमकृम परमो म ः सङ् गव जतः ।
नवरः सवभू
ते
षुयः स मामेत पा डव ॥
Transliteration
matkarmakṛnmatparamo madbhaktaḥ saṅgavarjitaḥ
nirvairaḥ sarvabhūteṣu yaḥ sa māmeti pāṇḍava

Pāndava (O born of Pandu!), yaḥ saṅgavarjitaḥ (who is free from attachment), mat-
karmakṛt (engaged in my activities), mat-paramo (inclined always to me), mad-bhaktaḥ
(my devotee), nirvairaḥ (free from enmity) sarva-bhūteṣu (with all beings), sa (he) eti
(attains) mām (me). ||55||
Translation
Whoso, free from attachment, “O Son of Pandu!”
Inclined always to me, engaged in my deeds fully
Whoever remains without rivalry in living beings
He is my dear devotee, who can attain me easily ||55||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेव पदशनयोगो
नामै
कादशोऽ यायः ॥11॥
With this, ended the Eleventh Chapter “The Doctrine of Cosmic Vision ”
---000---
अथ ादशोऽ यायः- भ योग
TWELVETH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Devotion)
Verse No 1
अजु
न उवाच
एवंसततयुा ये
भ ा वां पयु
पासते ।
ये
चा य रम ं
तेषां
केयोग व माः ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
evaṁ satatayuktā ye bhaktāstvāṁ paryupāsate
ye cāpyakṣaramavyaktaṁ teṣāṁ ke yogavittamāḥ

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), satata-yuktā (always spiritually attached) ye bhaktāḥ (those
devotees) pari-upāsate (sincerely worship) tvāṁ (to you) evaṁ (in this manner) ca (and)
ye (those) api (also) akṣaraṁ avyaktaṁ (to your unperishable, un-manifest form), teṣāṁ
(among those) ke (who are) yoga-vittamāḥ (better spiritualists)? ||1||
Translation
Always attached to thee, asked then Arjun
Those worship well to thy manifest form
And those to the imperishable, un-manifest
Who amongst them thus better perform ||1||
Verse No 2
वाच
म यावे य मनो येमां
न ययुा उपासते ।
या परयोपेता ते
मेयुतमा मताः ॥
Transliteration
mayyāveśya mano ye māṁ nityayuktā upāsate
śraddhayā parayopetāste me yuktatamā matāḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), nitya-yuktā (always attached), ye (those)
upāsate (worship) māṁ (me) parayā śraddhayā (with utmost faith), āveśya (by
concentrating) mano (the mind) mayi (onto me), me matāḥ (as per my opinion) te (they
are) yukta-tamāḥ (more attached). ||2||
Translation
Replied then the Lord, “O Inquisitive Arjun!”
Those worship always attached to me
With utmost faith and favor in mind
Better attached they are, as I opine ||2||
Verse No 3-4-5
येव रम नद यम ंपयु
पासते।
सव गम च यं च कूट थमचलंव ुम् ॥
स य ये य ामं सव समबुयः ।
तेा ुव त मामेव सवभू त हते
रताः ॥
लेशोऽ धकतर तेषाम ास चेतसाम् ।
अ ा ह ग त ःखंदेहव रवा यते ॥
Transliteration
ye tvakṣaramanirdeśyamavyaktaṁ paryupāsate
sarvatragamacintygaṁ ca kūṭasthamacalaṁ dhruvam
sanniyamyendriyagrāmaṁ sarvatra samabuddhayaḥ
te prāpnuvanti māmeva sarvabhūtahite ratāḥ
kleśo’dhikatarasteṣām avyaktāsaktacetasām
avyaktā hi gatirduḥkhaṁ dehavadbhiravāpyate

Ye (those, who) sat-niyamya (by controlling perfectly) indriya-grāmaṁ (the sense
organs), sama-buddhayaḥ sarvatra (with equi-posed mind everywhere), sarva-bhūta-hite
-ratāḥ (engaged in the welfare of all beings), pari-upāsate (worship devotionally)
akṣaraṁ (to the unperishable), anirdeśyaṁ (the un-descriptible), avyaktaṁ (the un-
manifest), sarvatragaṁ (the all pervaded), achintyaṁ (the unthinkable), kūṭasthaṁ (the
still), acalaṁ dhruvaṁ (the firmly stationed one), te (they) eva (also) prāpnuvanti (attain)
māṁ (to me), tesāṁ (but of them), avyakta-asakta-cetasāṁ (those, undetached, fix their
mind onto the un-manifest), kleso-adhikataraḥ (get more pain) hi (because)
dehavadbhiḥ (by the embodied ones) avyaktā gatiḥ (the un-manifest way) avāpyate
(brings) duḥkhaṁ (more distress). ||3-4-5||
Translation
Wishing welfare to all, equiposed everywhere
Controlling sense organs from all the objects
Those worship the imperishable, omnipotent
The undescriptive still, untilt, the un-manifest ||3||
They too attain me, but with much difficulty
For assuming their body, subject to suffer
They have to undergo much pain and pressure
As to think of the un-manifest is painful more ||4-5||
Verse No 6-7
ये
तुसवा ण कमा ण म य स य य म पराः ।
अन येनव
ैयोगे न मांयाय त उपासते॥
ते
षामहं समुता मृ यु
सस
ंारसागरात्।
भवा म न चरा पाथ म यावेशतचेतसाम् ॥
Transliteration
ye tu sarvāṇi karmāṇi mayi sannyasya matparāḥ
ananyenaiva yogena māṁ dhyāyanta upāsate
teṣāmahaṁ samuddhartā mṛtyusaṁsārasāgarāt
bhavāmi nacirātpārtha mayyāveśitacetasām

Pārtha (O Son of Prithā), tu (but) mat-parāḥ (those attached to me), ye (who) sannyasya
(by renouncing) sarvāṇi karmāṇi (all their actionable results) mayi (onto me), upāsate
(worship) iva (only) māṁ (to me) ananyena-yogena (with devotion without any other
thoughts), tesāṁ (of them), mayee-āvesita-cetasāṁ (who have surrendered their mind
onto me), ahaṁ bhavāmi (I become) sam-uddhartā (the rescue-boat) mṛtyu-saṁsāra-
sāgarāt (from this ocean of birth and death) na-achirāt (without any delay). ||6-7||
Translation
Renouncing all the fruitful actions onto myself
Without any other sensual-thought of any kind
Concentrating their mind and soul solely on me
Those worship me only with single pointed mind ||6||
Devoted day and night to me, O Son of Prithaa!

Fixed their mind on me who have, in good faith
Like a rescue-man I become to save all of them
From the ocean of distress with birth and death ||7||
Verse No 8
म ये
व मन आध व म य बु नवे शय ।
नव स य स म ये
व अत ऊ व न सं
शयः ॥
Transliteration
mayyeva mana ādhatsva mayi buddhiṁ niveśaya
nivasiṣyasi mayyeva ata ūrdhvaṁ na saṁśayaḥ

Niveśaya (Repose) buddhiṁ (the intelligence) mayi (onto me), ādhatsva (fix) mana (the
mind) eva (only) mayi (on me), ata (after this) ūrdhvaṁ (while going up MEANS while
expiring the body) nivasiṣyasi (you shall dwell) mayi-eva (only with me), na saṁśayaḥ
(there is no doubt in this). ||8||
Translation
Concentrate thy mind and heart only on me
Repose thy wit and intellect only on myself
No doubt thou shalt dwell inside my heart
On departing the body while travelling up ||8||
Verse No 9
अथ च ंसमाधातुंन श ो ष म य थरम्
।
अ यासयोगे
न ततो मा म छा तु
ं
धन य ॥
Transliteration
atha cittaṁ samādhātuṁ na śaknoṣi mayi sthiram
abhyāsayogena tato māmicchāptuṁ dhanañjaya

Dhanañjaya (O Winner over wealth!), atha (after this), na śaknoṣi (if you are not able)
samādhātuṁ (to fix) cittaṁ (your mind) sthiraṁ (steadily) mayi (on me), tato (then)
iccha (try) āptuṁ (to get) māṁ (me) abhyāsa-yogena (through the spiritual practice).
||9||
Translation
If still not able, O Winner over wealth!
To hold up thy heart inclined onto me
By regular practice on meditation then
Try to attain me in due course of time ||9||
Verse No 10
अ यासे
ऽ यसमथ ऽ स म कमपरमो भव ।
मदथम प कमा ण कु
व स मवा य स ॥
Transliteration
abhyāse’pyasamartho’si matkarmaparamo bhava
madarthamapi karmāṇi kurvansiddhimavāpsyasi

Abhyāse-api (even through this practice) asamartho-asi (if still not able), matkarma-
paramo-bhava (engage in social activities of serving to me and to mankind), avāpsyasi
(you shall attain perfection) api (even) kurvan (by doing) krmāṇi (the duties) mat-artham
(dedicated to me). ||10||
Translation
If still not able to continue this practice
Engage thyself in my sacred social service
Do public services for the sake of mankind
Shalt achieve thou too to me by way of this ||10||
Verse No 11
अथै
तद यश ोऽ स कतुम ोगमा तः ।
सवकमफल यागंततः कुयता मवान्
॥
Transliteration
athaitadapyaśakto’si kartuṁ madyogamāśritaḥ
sarvakarmaphalatyāgaṁ tataḥ kuru yatātmavān

Atha-api (even after this) aśakto-asi (if still unable) etat kartuṁ (to do this) mat-yogam-
āśritaḥ (engaged in my devotion), tataḥ (then) yata-ātmavān (by controlling self) tyāgaṁ
kuru (do renounce) sarva-karma-phalam (all the fruitive actions). ||11||
Translation
Engaged in deep devotion attached with me
If still thou, unable to perform this action
Then being self-oriented with utmost care
Give up all fruitful deeds by renunciation ||11||
Verse No 12
े
यो ह ानम यासा ाना यानं व श यते।
याना कमफल याग यागा छा तरन तरम्॥
Transliteration
śreyo hi jñānamabhyāsājjñānāddhyānaṁ viśiṣyate
dhyānātkarmaphalatyāgastyāgācchāntiranantaram

jñānaṁ (the spiritual knowledge) śreyo (is better than) abhyāsāt (spiritual practice),
dhyānaṁ (the meditation) viśiṣyate (is superior to) jñānāt (the spiritual knowledge),
karma-phala-tyāgaḥ (the renunciation of fructified actions) dhyānāt (is better than
meditation) hi (because) tyāgāt (from renunciation) anantaraṁ (thereafter) śāntiḥ (the
perpetual peace is attained). ||12||
Translation
Better than fruitive deeds, the spiritual intellect
Superior to spiritual knowledge is the meditation
But to give up fruitful deeds is above meditation
As always there is peace only after renunciation |12||
Verse No 13-14
अ ेा सवभूतानांमैः क ण एव च ।
नममो नरहङ् कारः सम ःखसु खः मी ॥
सं
तुः सततंयोगी यता मा ढ़ न यः।
म य पतमनोबु य म ः स मे यः॥
Transliteration
adveṣṭā sarvabhūtānāṁ maitraḥ karuṇa eva ca
nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ samaduḥkhasukhaḥ kṣamī
santuṣṭaḥ satataṁ yogī yatātmā dṛḍhaniścayaḥ
mayyarpitamanobuddhiryo madbhaktaḥ sa me priyaḥ

Satataṁ (always) santustaḥ (satisfied) yogi (sage), yata-ātmā (who is self-caring),
dṛḍha-niścayaḥ (firm determined), advestā (who is non-envious), maitraḥ (keeping
friendship) sarva-bhūtānāṁ (with all beings), nirmamo (without thinking “me” or
“myself”), nirahaṅkāraḥ (egoless), karuṇa (kind hearted), sama-duḥkha-sukhaḥ
(equiposed in pain and pleasure), kṣamī (tolerant), ca (and) yo (who) mad-bhaktaḥ (is
my devotee) arpita (surrendered) manao-buddhiḥ (with his mind and intellect) mayee (to
me), sa (he is) me priyaḥ (my favorite). ||13-14||
Translation
Non-envious, friendly with all the beings
Kind hearted who is without selfishness
Equi-posed in pain and pleasure who is
Tolerant to everything and ever egoless ||13||
Always satisfied, the self-caring sage

Firm determined in ambition and goal
My devotee is he who is dedicated to me
My beloved one he is, favorite of all ||14||
Verse No 15
य मा ो जतेलोको लोका ो जते च यः।
हषामषभयो े
गमैुो यः स च मे यः॥
Transliteration
yasmānnodvijate loko lokānnodvijate ca yaḥ
harṣāmarṣabhayodvegairmukto yaḥ sa ca me priyaḥ

Yasmāt (from whose activities) loko (the mankind) na-udvijate (never gets tensed), ca
(and) yaḥ (who is) na-udvijate (not tensed) lokāt (from the mankind), ca (and) yaḥ (who
is) mukto (freed from) harṣa (pleasure), amarṣa (displeasure), bhaya (fright), udvegaiḥ
(tension), saḥ ca (he is also) me (my) priyaḥ (favorite). ||15||
Translation
Never gets tensed the mankind by whom
Who too is never agitated by the society
Freed from gladness, grief, and tension
Fearless whoever, he too is my favorite ||15||
Verse No 16
अनपेः शु चद उदासीनो गत थः।
सवार भप र यागी यो म ः स मे यः॥
Transliteration
anapekṣaḥ śucirdakṣa udāsīno gatavyathaḥ
sarvārambhaparityāgī yo madbhaktaḥ sa me priyaḥ

Yo (who is) anapekṣaḥ (passion-free not waiting for any results), suciḥ (pure), dakṣa
(expert), udāsīno (indifferent), gata-vyathaḥ (free from pain), sarva-ārambha-parityāgi
(never expects any results from all his start-ups), sa (he is) me (my) priyaḥ (favorite),
mad-bhaktaḥ (my devotee). ||16||
Translation
Unbiased, efficient quite, with a purified mind
Well balanced who is in comfort, in discomfort
Keeping no interest, fruitful from his start-ups
Who is not aggrieved, he is my devotee, dearest ||16||
Verse No 17
यो न य त न े न शोच त न काङ् त।
शुभाशु
भप र यागी भ मा यः स मे यः॥
Transliteration
yo na hṛṣyati na dveṣṭi na śocati na kāṅkṣati
śubhāśubhaparityāgī bhaktimānyaḥ sa me priyaḥ

Yo (who) na hṛṣyati (never rejoices), na dveṣṭi (never envies), na śocati (never laments),
na kāṅkṣati (never desires), śubha-aśubha-parityāgī (who has abandoned all ills and
wells), yo (who is) bhaktimānyaḥ (devotional), sa (he is) me (my) priyaḥ (favorite). ||17||
Translation
Never rejoicing never envying who is
Neither desiring nor lamenting upon
Abandoned who hath all ills and wells
My favorite he is my devotional man ||17||
Verse No 18-19
समः श ौ च म ेच तथा मानापमानयोः।
शीतो णसुख ःखेषुसमः सङ् ग वव जतः॥
तुय न दा तुतम नी स तुो ये
न के
न चत्।
अ नके तः थरम तभ मा मे यो नरः॥
Transliteration
samaḥ śatrau ca mitre ca tathā mānāpamānayoḥ
śītoṣṇasukhaduḥkheṣu samaḥ saṅgavivarjitaḥ
tulyanindāstutirmaunī santuṣṭo yena kenacit
aniketaḥ sthiramatirbhaktimānme priyo naraḥ

Samaḥ (who is equi-visioned) śatrau (to foes) mitre (and friends) ca (as well), tathā (and)
māna (to fame) apamānayoḥ (and defame), samaḥ (who is indifferent) śīto-uṣṇa (to hot
and cold), sukha-duḥkheṣu (in pain and pleasure), saṅga-vivarjitaḥ (who is free from
attachment), tulya (who is equi-balanced) nindā-stutiḥ (to insult or praise), maunī (who
is silent), santuṣṭo (always satisfied), yena kenacit (with whatever means), aniketaḥ
(who is accommodative anywhere), sthira-matiḥ (cool minded), bhaktimān (who is
devotional), me priyo naraḥ (he is my dearest person). ||18||
Translation
Treating alike to the friends and foes
To hot and cold who is always tolerant
Freed from desires for sense-objects
In pain or pleasure who is indifferent ||18||
Praise or condemn, who is non-reactive

Ever satisfied who in getting whatever
Calm and cool, who can stay any where
My favorite he is, the devotional dear ||19||
Verse No 20
येतुध यामृ
त मदंयथो ंपयुपासते
।
ाना म परमा भ ा ते
ऽतीव मे याः॥
Transliteration
ye tu dharmāmṛtamidaṁ yathoktaṁ paryupāsate
śraddadhānā matparamā bhaktāste’tīva me priyāḥ

Tu (but) ye (those), śraddadhānā (with utmost faith), mat-paramā (inclined to me), pari-
upāsate (worship carefully) idaṁ (this) dharma-amṛtaṁ (nectar like righteousness),
yathā-uktaṁ (as I said), bhaktāḥ-te (devotees, those are) atīva priyāḥ (most liking) me
(to me). ||20||
Translation
But those fixed to me with utmost faith
Carefully culture this doctrine, devotion
The right deeds, nectar like that I told
They are the devotees, my dearest one ||20||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेभ योगो
नाम ादशोऽ यायः ॥12॥
With this, ended the Twelveth Chapter “The Doctrine of Devotion”
The evergreen, script, eternal ||12||
---000---
अथ योदशोऽ यायः- े- े वभागयोग
THIRTEENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Soul and it’s Shelter)
Verse No 1
अजुन उवाचः
कृ
त पुषं
चैव े े मेवच
एतद्वेदतु
म छा म ानंेयं
च के
शव
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
prakṛtiṁ puruṣaṁ caiva kṣetrakṣetrajñameva ca
etadveditumicchāmi jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ ca keśava

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), Keśava (O Krishna, the killer of the demon Keshi!), icchāmi (I
wish) vedituṁ (to know) iva (about) prakṛtiṁ (the material nature) ca (and) puruṣaṁ
(the prime person), kṣetra-kṣetrajñaṁ (the shelter and the knower of this shelter means
the super soul) ca (also) etad-jñānaṁ (about this knowledge) jñeyaṁ (which must be
known). ||0||
Translation
O Destroyer of Demon Keshi! asked then Arjun
The man verses matter, the soul verses shelter
Wishing I am to have this knowledge, knowable
Complementary both of them how to each other ||0||
Verse No 2
वाच
इदं
शरीरं
कौ ते
य ेम य भधीयते
।
एत ो वे तंा ः े इ त त दः॥
Transliteration
idaṁ śarīraṁ kaunteya kṣetramityabhidhīyate
etadyo vetti taṁ prāhuḥ kṣetrajña iti tadvidaḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), idaṁ śarīraṁ
(this body) abhidhīyate (is called) iti (as) kṣetraṁ (the shelter), yo (who) vetti (knows)
etad (this), taṁ (to him), tadvidaḥ (that knower) prāhuḥ (is called) iti (as) kṣetrajña (the
knower of this field or the Supreme Soul). ||2||
Translation
Replied then the Lord, “O Son of Kunti!
This natural body is called as the shelter
Whoso, knoweth this body, matter-made
He is called as the Self, the Soul either ||1||
Verse No 3
ेंचा प मां
व सव ेषेु
भारत।
े े यो ानंय ानं
मतंमम॥
Transliteration
kṣetrajñaṁ cāpi māṁ viddhi sarvakṣetreṣu bhārata
kṣetrakṣetrajñayorjñānaṁ yattajjñānaṁ mataṁ mama

Bhārata (O Bharat born Arjun!), viddhi (know) māṁ (me) kṣetrajñaṁ (the omniscient
about this field Means body), sarva-kṣetreṣu (of all the fields OR of all the bodies), yat
jñānaṁ (whatever knowledge) kṣetra-kṣetrajñayoḥ (about this shelter and the soul), tat
jñānaṁ (that is true knowledge) mama mataṁ (as per my opinion). ||3||
Translation
Know me the Omniscient of all the grounds
O Great Born Arjun of the Bharat Empire!
True Knowledge is that as per my opinion
Which tells about the Soul and it’s Shelter ||3||
Verse No 4
त ें य च या च य का र यत यत्
।
स च यो य भाव त समासेन मेृ
ण॥
ु
Transliteration
tatkṣetraṁ yacca yādṛkca yadvikāri yataśca yat
sa ca yo yatprabhāvaśca tatsamāsena me śṛṇu

Yat (what is) tat-kṣetraṁ (that field), ca (and) yādṛk (which type is it) yat-vikāri (what
ever feelings it has) ca (and) sa yo (who is he), yat-prabhāvāt (by whose power) yat
(what is) yataḥ (created from what), tat-tat (all about those) śṛṇu (listen) me (from me)
samāsena (in a nutshell). ||4||
Translation
What are those fields make this life to float
Interacting how are they crossed one another
Who is that power creating from which source
Listen from me that, the Self and the Shelter ||4||
Verse No 5
ऋ ष भब धा गीतंछ दो भ व वधै
ः पृ
थक्
।
सूपदैै व हे
तु
म व न तै ः॥
Transliteration
ṛṣibhirbahudhā gītaṁ chandobhirvividhaiḥ pṛthak
brahmasūtrapadaiścaiva hetumadbhirviniścitaiḥ

gītaṁ (it has been sung) ṛṣibhiḥ (by the saints), vividhaiḥ (differently), pṛthak
chandobhiḥ (in different meters), ca (and) iva (also) brahma-sūtra-padaiḥ (in the
stanzas of holy scriptures), viniścitaiḥ (with definite descriptions) hetumadbhiḥ (giving
reasons). ||5||
Translation
Sung by spiritual saints in several sonnets
Described by scriptures in various verses
Explained vividly in many sacred sermons
Proved certainly with causes and sources ||4||
Verse No 6-7
महाभू
ता यहङ् कारो बु र मे
वच।
इ या ण दशैकंच प च चे यगोचराः ॥
इ छा ेषः सु
खंःखं सङ् घात े तना धृतः ।
एत ें समासे
न स वकारमुदा तम्॥
Transliteration
mahābhūtānyahaṅkāro buddhiravyaktameva ca
indriyāṇi daśaikaṁ ca pañca cendriyagocarāḥ
icchā dveṣaḥ sukhaṁ duḥkhaṁ saṅghātaścetanā dhṛtiḥ
etatkṣetraṁ samāsena savikāramudāhṛtam

indriyāṇi daśaikaṁ (the five sense organs with five active organs), pañca indriya-
gocarāh (the sensual objects of the five sense organs), ca-ekaṁ (and the only mind),
buddhiḥ (the intellect) ca (and) ahankāro (the egoism), mahābhūtāni (the five gross
elements), avyaktaṁ (the unmanifested nature), icchā (the desire), dveṣaḥ (the
enviousness), sukhaṁ (happiness), duḥkhaṁ (unhappiness), saṅghātaḥ (the ups and
downs), cetanā (the consciousness), dhṛtiḥ (the patience), savikāraṁ (the likes and
dislikes) etat (etc.) udāhṛtam (are examples) kṣetraṁ (of the body OR of the field)
samāsena (briefly). ||6-7||
Translation
The five gross elements of this cosmic nature
Along with the mind, intelligence and egotism
The five active organs with five sense organs
The sense domains develop different feelings ||6||
Likes and dislikes bringing pain and pleasure
Struggling for existence or striving for more
Driving the conscience for creative measures
All these called field OR living beings’ shelter ||7||
Verse No 8-9-10-11-12
अमा न वमद भ वम हसा ा तराजवम् ।
आचाय पासनं शौचंथै यमा म व न हः ॥
इ याथषु वै
रा यमनहङ् कार एव च ।
ज ममृ यु
जरा ा ध ःखदोषानु दशनम् ॥
अस रन भ वङ् ग: पुदारगृ ह ा दषु।
न यं
च सम च व म ा न ोपप षु ॥
म य चान ययोगेन भ र भचा रणी ।
व व देशसे व वमर तजनसं सद॥
अ या म ान न य वं त व ानाथदशनम् ।
एत ान म त ो म ानं यदतोऽ यथा ॥
Transliteration
amānitvamadambhitvamahiṁsā kṣāntirārjavam
ācāryopāsanaṁ śaucaṁ sthairyamātmavinigrahaḥ
indriyārtheṣu vairāgyamanahaṅkāra eva ca
janmamṛtyujarāvyādhiduḥkhadoṣānudarśanam
asaktiranabhiṣvaṅgaḥ putradāragṛhādiṣu
nityaṁ ca samacittatvam iṣṭāniṣṭopapattiṣu
mayi cānanya-yogena bhaktiravyabhicāriṇī
viviktadeśasevitvamaratirjanasaṁsadi
adhyātmajñānanityatvaṁ tattvajñānārthadarśanam
etajjñānamiti proktamajñānaṁ yadato’nyathā

Amānitvaṁ (non-sensitiveness), adambhitvaṁ (without arrogance), ahiṁsā (non-
violence), kṣāntiḥ (tolerance), ārjavaṁ (simplicity), āchārya-upāsanaṁ (respect and
regards to teachers), śaucaṁ (cleanliness), sthairyaṁ (steadiness), ātmavinigrahaḥ
(self-control), indriya-artheṣu-vairagyaṁ (renunciation for sense objects), anahaṅkāra
(egolessness) janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi duḥkha-doṣā-anudarśanaṁ (not perceiving
faults of birth and death, old age sufferings, cause of diseases), asaktiḥ (impassion),
anabhiṣvaṅgaḥ (detachment) putra-dāra-gṛhādiṣu (from wife, sons and home), nityaṁ
sama cittatvaṁ (always of equal mind), iṣṭā-aniṣṭo-apapattiṣu (in good or bad, plenty or
scarcity), ca (and) ananya yogena (with single pointed mind) mayee avyabhichāriṇī
bhaktiḥ (keeping dedicated devotion to me), deśa-sevitvaṁ (social service), viviktaḥ
(loneliness), arati (without attachment) jana-saṁsadi (to the evil association), adhyātma
-jñāna-nityatvaṁ (always acquiring divine knowledge), tattva-jñānā-artha-darśanam
(exploiting deep into the transcendental knowledge), eva ca (etc.), etat proktaṁ jñānaṁ
(these are called true knowledge), anyathā (otherwise) yat-tat (rest of all are) ajñānaṁ
(ignorance). ||8-9-10-11-12||
Translation
Free of sensitiveness and without any pride
Without enviousness being simple, tolerant
Treating the teachers with respect, regards
Being clean, quite and calm, and self-content ||8||
Non-desirous for the sense gratifying subjects

Egolessness without showing pride and wealth
Not pointing out the cause of illness to suffer
Not worried of the old age, the birth and death ||9||
Non-passionate, non-possessive, naught desirous

Detachment from the cuff of wife and children
Staying equi-posed with the same state of mind
In illness or wellness, good or bad, loss or gain ||10||
With untilt devotion dedicated always to me

With one pointed attention to social service
Remaining always away from evil association
Engaged uninterrupted for piety and peace ||11||
Regular research through religious readings

Practicing the philosophy of divine doctrine
All these are called knowledge as explained
Rest are all ignorance that is matter-driven ||12||
Verse No 13
े
यं
य व व या म य ा वामृ
तम ु
ते।
अना दम परं न स ास यते ॥
Transliteration
jñeyaṁ yattatpravakṣyāmi yajjñātvāmṛtamaśnute
anādimatparaṁ brahma nasattannāsaducyate

Yat jñeyaṁ (what should be known), tat-pravakṣyāmi (that I am explaining now), yat-
jñātvā (by knowing which) amṛtaṁ (immortality) aśnute (is attained), tat (that) anādimat
(beginningless) paraṁ brahma (Supreme Spirit) na ucyate (is neither told) sat (as real)
na asat (nor as unreal). ||13||
Translation
Shalt reveal to thee now that must be learnt
By knowing which lore immortality is attained
That is the supreme spirit with no start point
Some saints assume it real and some as absurd ||13||
Verse No 14
सवतः पा णपादं
त सवतोऽ शरोमु
खम्
।
सवतः ु तम लोकेसवमावृ
य त त॥
Transliteration
sarvataḥ pāṇipādaṁ tatsarvato’kṣiśiromukham
sarvataḥ śrutimalloke sarvamāvṛtya tiṣṭhati

Tat (that Supreme Spirit) tiṣṭhati (remains) āvṛtya (pervading) sarva loke (all the worlds),
sarvataḥ pāṇipādaṁ (stretching the hands and feet everywhere with), akṣi (eyes), siro
(head), mukham (face) sarvataḥ (everywhere), śrutimat (listening) sarvam (everywhere
everything). ||14||
Translation
Staying pervaded He is, every here and there
Stretching his feet all over fetching by hands
Beholding all around, listening to all that sound
With his eyes, ears, heads facing all the worlds ||14||
Verse No 15
सव यगु
णाभासंसव य वव जतम्
।
अस ं
सवभृ चै
व नगु
णं
गु
णभो ृ च॥
Transliteration
sarvendriyaguṇābhāsaṁ sarvendriyavivarjitam
asaktaṁ sarvabhṛccaiva nirguṇaṁ guṇabhoktṛ ca

Sarva-indriya-guṇaṁ-ābhāsaṁ (He is the stimuli of all the sensual effects), sarva-indriya
-vivarjitam (but he is away from the sensual appetites), sarva-bhṛt-ca (despite sustaining
everything) asaktaṁ (he is detached from all). Guṇa-bhoktṛ-ca (despite being playing in
all the attributes) nirguṇaṁ (he is passion-free). ||15||
Translation
Stimulating though all the sense organ effects
Away from appetites he is free from obsession
Sustaining the living race, the non-living mass
Detached from all he is, though play in passion ||15||
Verse No 16
ब हर त भू
तानामचरं
चरमे
वच।
सू
म वा द व यंर थं
चा तके
च तत्
॥
Transliteration
bahirantaśca bhūtānāmacaraṁ carameva ca
sūkṣmatvāttadavijñeyaṁ dūrasthaṁ cāntike ca tat

Tat (that supreme spirit) bahiḥ (is outside) ca (as well as ) antaḥ (inside), dūrasthaṁ
( far away) ca (as well as ) antike (nearby) bhūtānāṁ (of all living beings), caraṁ
(mobile), acaraṁ-eva ca (and also immobile), avijñeyaṁ (not being realized) sūkṣmatvāt
(because of his micro-form). ||16||
Translation
Stayed clandestine inside, outside all living beings
Flowing in form of life in all movings, non-movings
He is at the farthest of all the far away bodies
And the nearest among all around nearby things ||16||
Verse No 17
अ वभ ंच भू
ते
षुवभ मव च थतम्।
भूतभतृ
चत े यं स णुभ व णु
च॥
Transliteration
avibhaktaṁ ca bhūteṣu vibhaktamiva ca sthitam
bhūtabhartṛ ca tajjñeyaṁ grasiṣṇu prabhaviṣṇu ca

Avibhaktaṁ ca (despite being indivisible), sthitaṁ (he is present) bhūteṣu (among all
beings) vibhaktaṁ-iva (as if divided in different forms). Tat (that Supreme Soul is)
jñeyaṁ (to be realised as) prabhaviṣṇu (the creator), bhūta-bhartṛ (the sustainer of all
beings), grasiṣṇu (the destroyer) ca (as well). ||17||
Translation
Staying undivided, unified in all livings, non-livings
Appeareth as if present divided in part and parcel
Despite being the sustainer of all the living beings
He must be known as the creator, destroyer as well ||17||
Verse No 18
यो तषाम प त यो त तमसः परमु
यते।
ानंेयंानग यं द सव य व तम् ॥
Transliteration
jyotiṣāmapi taj jyotistamasaḥ paramucyate
jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ jñānagamyaṁ hṛdi sarvasya viṣṭhitam

Tat (that Supreme Spirit is) jyotiḥ (the light) jyotiṣāṁ (of all lightening bodies), ucyate
(and has been told as) paraṁ (the deepest) tamasah (of the darkness), jñānaṁ (he is
the knowledge), jñeyaṁ (he must be known), jñānagamyaṁ (he is realized only through
knowledge), viṣṭhitam (he is situated) hṛdi (inside the heart) sarvasya (of all). ||18||
Translation
The light of the lightening He is
The dreadful darkened most
Attained through insightful efforts
Present in every ones’ heart ||18||
Verse No 19
इ त ें
तथा ानंे
यं
चो ं समासतः ।
म एत ाय म ावायोपप ते॥
Transliteration
iti kṣetraṁ tathā jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ coktaṁ samāsataḥ
madbhakta etadvijñāya madbhāvāyopapadyate

Iti kṣetraṁ (this is called field), tathā (as well as) jñānaṁ (the knowledge), jñeyaṁ (to be
known), uktaṁ (that was told) samāsataḥ (briefly), mad-bhakta (my devotee), etad-
vijñāya (by knowing this), upapadyate (attains) mad bhāvaya (to my thoughts). ||19||
Translation
This is the playground and the shelter of the soul
The knowledge ought to be known as stated above
Realizing the concept of body and soul, my devotee
Attaineth my position, my bliss, affection and love ||19||
Verse No 20
कृ त पुषं
चैव व ध्
यनाद उभाव प ।
वकारांगुणांै
व व कृतस भवान् ॥
Transliteration
prakṛtiṁ puruṣaṁ caiva viddhyanādī ubhāvapi
vikārāṁśca guṇāṁścaiva viddhi prakṛtisambhavān

Viddhi (understand) ubhau (both) prakṛtiṁ (the nature) puruṣaṁ api (as well as the
prime person) anādī (having no beginning). Viddhi (know) vikārāṁ (all sorts of feelings)
ca (and) gunāṁ-ca-iva (all attributes also) prakṛti-sambhavān (born out of nature). ||20||
Translation
Age old, without any beginning, know both of them
Nature and it’s nurture, the Soul and the Shelter
Urges, appetites, wishes with all impulsive feelings
Active, reactive, all attributes are born of nature ||20||
Verse No 21
कायकरणकतृ वेहे
तु
ः कृ
त यते।
पुषः सु
ख ःखानां
भो ृवे
हे
तुयते ॥
Transliteration
kāryakāraṇakartṛtve hetuḥ prakṛtirucyate
puruṣaḥ sukhaduḥkhānāṁ bhoktṛtve heturucyate

Prakṛtiḥ-ucyate (the nature is called) hetuḥ (the cause of) kārya (the performed actions),
kāraṇa (the performer), kartṛtve (to organisers’ inspiration). puruṣaḥ ucyate (the person
is called) hetuḥ (the cause) sukha-duḥkhānāṁ (of all pains and pleasures) bhoktṛtve (to
endure). ||21||
Translation
To stimulate works, workers and organizers
The cause and effect is the force of nature
To endure, to enjoy, to tolerate and to suffer
The cause and effect is the person, endurer ||21||
Verse No 22
पुषः कृत थो ह भु
ङ् े कृ तजा गु
णान्
।
कारणं
गु
णसंगोऽ य सदस ो नज मसु॥
Transliteration
puruṣaḥ prakṛtistho hi bhuṅkte prakṛtijānguṇān
kāraṇaṁ guṇasaṅgo’sya sadasadyonijanmasu

Puruṣaḥ (the person), sat-asat-yoni-janmasu (taking birth in inferior and superior
species), kāraṇaṁ (due to) asya (his) guṇasaṅgo (attachment with the attributes)
prakṛtistho (remained closed to nature), bhuṅkte (endures) guṇān (those attributes)
prakṛtijān (born of the nature). ||22||
Translation
Due to the sense served effects of past born deeds
The living beings, born in higher and lower species
Helplessly take shelter attached to the nature only
Enduring the nature’s gifts, the curse or the bliss ||22||
Verse No 23
उप ानुम ता च भता भो ा महेरः ।
परमा मे
त चा युो दे
हऽे म पुषः परः ॥
Transliteration
upadraṣṭānumantā ca bhartā bhoktā maheśvaraḥ
paramātmeti cāpyukto dehe’sminpuruṣaḥ paraḥ

Asmin dehe (inside this physical chamber) puruṣaḥ paraḥ (there is the principal person),
uktah (who is called as) upadraṣṭā (the advisor), anumantā (the permitting authority),
bhartā (the care taker), bhoktā (the consumer), ca (and) mahā-iśvaraḥ (the Supreme
Lord), api ca (and also) parama-ātmā-iti (the Supreme Soul as well). ||23||
Translation
Dwells inside this body that Principal Person
Witnessing, permitting, governing affairs all
The care taking guardian, the Supreme Lord
The all consuming deity called the Super Soul ||23||
Verse No 24
य एवंवे पुषंकृ त च गु
णैः सह ।
सवथा वतमानोऽ प न स भू
योऽ भजायते ॥
Transliteration
ya evaṁ vetti puruṣaṁ prakṛtiṁ ca guṇaiḥ saha
sarvathā vartamāno’pi na sa bhūyo’bhijāyate

Ya (who ever) vetti (knows) evaṁ (this way) prakṛtiṁ (to the nature) ca (and) api (also)
puruṣaṁ (to the person) guṇaiḥ-saha (along with the attributes), sa (he) na-abhijāyate
(is not born) bhuyo (again) vartamāno-api (though engaged in his present affairs)
sarvathā (always).||24||
Translation
Whoso, knoweth this Self and the Shelter
Whoso, aware of the attributes of nature
Enduring everything in his present status
He is not reborn again and again in future ||24||
Verse No 25
याने
ना म न प य त केचदा मानमा मना ।
अ ये
साङ् ये न योगे
न कमयोगे
न चापरे॥
Transliteration
dhyānenātmani paśyanti kecidātmānamātmanā
anye sāṅkhyena yogena karmayogena cāpare

Kecit (A few ones) paśyanti (perceive) ātmānaṁ (the Super Soul) ātmani (inside their
body) ātmanā (by themselves) dhyānena (through self-meditation), anye (others)
sāṅkhyena yogena (through spiritual knowledge), ca (and) apare (some others) karma
yogena (through the doctrine of divine deeds). ||25||
Translation
Perceive the Supreme Soul someone in self meditation
Some others realize through transcendental science
Some others understand through spiritual knowledge
Some cognize through the doctrine of divine deeds ||25||
Verse No 26
अ येवेवमजान तः ुवा येय उपासते।
ते
ऽ प चा ततर ये
व मृ
यु
ंु तपरायणाः ॥
Transliteration
anye tvevamajānantaḥ śrutvānyebhya upāsate
te’pi cātitarantyeva mṛtyuṁ śrutiparāyaṇāḥ

Tu (but) anye (Others), ajānantaḥ (without knowing) eva (like this), upāsate (worship)
śrutvā (by listening) anyebhya (from others). Te-api (They too), śruti-parāyaṇāḥ (keeping
interest in listening) atitaranti (cross through) mṛtyuṁ-eva (even the cycle of
deaths).||26||
Translation
Unaware of this concept some other sages
Worship like wise, as listened from others
They too, having interest in pious listening
Surpass the fetters of births and deaths ||26||
Verse No 27
याव स ायतेक च स वंथावरजङ् गमम्
।
े े सं
योगा भरतषभ ॥
Transliteration
yāvatsañjāyate kiñcitsattvaṁ sthāvarajaṅgamam
kṣetrakṣetrajñasaṁyogāttadviddhi bharatarṣabha

bharatarṣabha (O great born of Bharat Empire!), yāvat kiñcit (whatever) sattvaṁ (living
beings), jaṅgamam (movings) sthāvara (non-movings), viddhi (understand) tat (all those)
sañjāyate (are born of) saṁyogāt (the conjugation) kṣetra-kṣetrajña (of the Soul and the
Shelter). ||27||
Translation
O Great Arjun!, The Best of Bharat Empire
Procreated as many living beings as a whole
All those, born of the nature and the person
By the conjugal union of the Shelter and Soul ||27||
Verse No 28
समंसवषुभू
तेषुत तं परमेरम् ।
वन य व वन य तंयः प य त स प य त ॥
Transliteration
samaṁ sarveṣu bhūteṣu tiṣṭhantaṁ parameśvaram
vinaśyatsvavinaśyantaṁ yaḥ paśyati sa paśyati

Vinaśyatsu (Perishable), sarveṣu bhūteṣu (among all the beings) yaḥ (who) paśyati
(sees) avinaśyantaṁ (the unperishable) parameśvaram (Supreme Lord) samaṁ
tiṣṭhantaṁ (spread uniform across), sa-paśyati (he actually sees). ||28||
Translation
Inside all beings, fragile, perishable by nature
Whoso, capable of seeing the Unperishable One
The Supreme Lord staying uniform everywhere
He only observeth the truth having equal vision ||28||
Verse No 29
समंप य ह सव समव थतमी रम् ।
न हन या मना मानं
ततो या त परां
ग तम्॥
Transliteration
samaṁ paśyanhi sarvatra samavasthitamīśvaram
na hinastyātmanātmānaṁ tato yāti parāṁ gatim
Paśyan (by observing) samaṁ (identically) sama-avasthita-īśvaram (to the Lord equally
present) sarvatra (everywhere), na hinastya (without degrading) ātmānaṁ (the Self)
ātmanā (by himself), yāti (one attains) parāṁ gatim (the ultimate abode) tato (there
after). ||29||
Translation
Equi-visioned everywhere with same state of mind
Without degrading oneself by self-committed crime
Whoso observeth the Great God, uniformly present
He attaineth the Supreme Position after some time ||29||
Verse No 30
कृयैव च कमा ण यमाणा न सवशः ।
यः प य त तथा मानमकतारं
सप यत॥
Transliteration
prakṛtyaiva ca karmāṇi kriyamāṇāni sarvaśaḥ
yaḥ paśyati tathātmānamakartāraṁ sa paśyati

Yaḥ (whoso) paśyati (observes) karmāṇi (all the woks) kriyamāṇāni (getting performed)
eva (only) prakṛtyā (by the nature), tathā (and) ātmānaṁ-akartāraṁ (without thinking
oneself as the doer of the deeds), sa (he) paśyati (observes correctly). ||30||
Translation
By the attractions of the attributes of nature
Performed all the activities by natural passion
Without thinking himself the performing boss
Whoso observeth this, hath the correct vision ||30||
Verse No 31
यदा भू
तपृ
थ भावमे
क थमनु
प यत।
तत एव च व तारं स प तेतदा ॥
Transliteration
yadā bhūtapṛthagbhāvamekasthamanupaśyati
tata eva ca vistāraṁ brahma sampadyate tadā

Yadā (when) bhūta-pṛthag-bhāvaṁ (the diversity in all the beings) eva (is felt like)
ekastham (unified in one place, that is nature) ca (and) tata (from there means from
that only one, singular form of nature) vistāraṁ (spread all over), tadā (at that time)
brahma (the Supreme Spirit) sampadyate (is realized). ||31||
Translation
The diversity in all the living beings
When felt like unified in nature
And visualized spread over from that
The Soul is realized there after ||31||
Verse No 32
अना द वा गुण वा परमा मायम यः ।
शरीर थोऽ प कौ ते
य न करो त न ल यते
॥
Transliteration
anāditvānnirguṇatvātparamātmāyamavyayaḥ
śarīrastho’pi kaunteya na karoti na lipyate

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), ayaṁ (this) avyayaḥ paramātmā (unperishable Supreme
Soul), adnāditvāt (having no beginning), nirguṇatvāt (being free from attributes),
śarīrastho-api (despite being inside the body), na karoti (neither does anything), na
lipyate (nor attached to anything). ||32||
Translation
Being unperishable, present prior to primeval
Free from all the attributes this Super Soul
Despite living inside the body, O Kunti’s Son!
Neither it doeth nor desireth anything at all ||32||
Verse No 33
यथा सवगतं
सौ यादाकाशं नोप ल यते।
सव ाव थतो दे
हे
तथा मा नोप ल यते॥
Transliteration
yathā sarvagataṁ saukṣmyādākāśaṁ nopalipyate
sarvatrāvasthito dehe tathātmā nopalipyate

Yathā (as like) sarvagataṁ ākāśaṁ (the all-pervading sky) na-upalipyate (is untouched)
saukṣmyāt (due to its subtle form), tathā (so wise) ātmā (the Super Soul), sarvatra-
avasthito (present everywhere) dehe (inside the body) na-upalipyate (is not attached at
all). ||33||
Translation
Untouched, unending like the sky, all spread
For its micro existing form in subtle nature
So wise, the Supreme Soul inside this body
Not attached to anything, not visible either ||33||
Verse No 34
यथा काशय येकः कृनं
लोक ममंर वः ।
ेंेी तथा कृनंकाशय त भारत ॥
Transliteration
yathā prakāśayatyekaḥ kṛtsnaṁ lokamimaṁ raviḥ
kṣetraṁ kṣetrī tathā kṛtsnaṁ prakāśayati bhārata

Bhārata (O Bharat born Arjun!), yathā (like) ekaḥ raviḥ (the Single Sun) prakāśayati
(illuminates) imaṁ (this) kṛtsnaṁ lokaṁ (whole world), tathā (so wise) kṣetrī (the
Supreme Soul, dwelling inside the field), prakāśayati (exhibits) kṛtsnaṁ kṣetraṁ (this
entire natural bodies). ||34||
Translation
As like as one sun illuminates this entire world
So wise the Supreme Soul to the field, universe
Just like a single Sun shines uniformly all over
Revealed so wise by the Soul, the entire cosmos ||34||
Verse No 35
े े योरे
वम तरंानच ुषा ।
भू
त कृ
तमो ंच येव या त ते
परम् ॥
Transliteration
kṣetrakṣetrajñayorevamantaraṁ jñānacakṣuṣā
bhūtaprakṛtimokṣaṁ ca ye viduryānti te param

Ye viduḥ (those have understood) jñāna-cakṣuṣā (through their insightful eyes) evaṁ
antaraṁ (this type of difference) kṣetra-kṣetrajñayoḥ (about the Soul and its Shelter) ca
(and) bhūta-prakṛti-mokṣaṁ (the liberation from this nature and natural beings), te (they)
yānti (attain) paraṁ (to the ultimatum). ||35||
Translation
Able to visualize those through their insightful eyes
The difference in between the Soul and it’s Shelter
Freed from the fetters of this matter-made Nature
They land in the pious place of the universal master ||35||
-XXXX-
वादेे े वभागयोगो
नाम योदशोऽ यायः॥13॥
With this, ended the Thirteenth Chapter “The Doctrine of Soul and Shelter”
---000---
अथ चतु
दशोऽ यायः- गु
ण य वभागयोग
FOURTEENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Three Attributes)
Verse No 1
वाच
परं
भूयः व या म ानानंानमुमम् ।
य ा वा मु
नयः सव परांस मतो गताः ॥
Transliteration
paraṁ bhūyaḥ pravakṣyāmi jñānānāṁ jñānamuttamam
yajjñātvā munayaḥ sarve parāṁ siddhimito gatāḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), pravakṣyāmi (now propounding) bhūyaḥ
(once again) jñānaṁ-uttamam (the supreme knowledge) jñānānāṁ (among all the
knowledges), yat-jñātvā (by knowing which) sarve munayaḥ (all the sages) gatāḥ (have
attained) parāṁ siddhim (absolute perfection) ito (after this). ||1||
Translation
Propounding once again, said then the Lord
The wisest concept of all the knowledges
Realised of which all the sagacious sages
Attained to the absolute Supreme Stage ||1||
Verse No 2
इदंानमुपा य मम साध यमागताः ।
सगऽ प नोपजाय तेलयेन थ तच॥
Transliteration
idaṁ jñānamupāśritya mama sādharmyamāgatāḥ
sarge’pi nopajāyante pralaye na vyathanti ca
Upāśritya (By relying upon) idaṁ jñānaṁ (this knowledge), mama sādharmyaṁ-āgatāḥ
(after entering into my righteous rules), na-upājāyante (they do not get born) api (even)
sarge (at the period of creation) ca (and) na vyathanti (do not suffer) pralaye (during the
period of destruction). ||2||
Translation
Possessing this prospective knowledge divine
Sticking to the righteousness, my fellow men
Neither get born during the procreative time
Nor get suffered at the time of dissolution ||2||
Verse No 3
मम यो नमहद् त म गभ दधा यहम् ।
स भवः सवभू
तानां
ततो भव त भारत ॥
Transliteration
mama yonirmahadbrahma tasmingarbhaṁ dadhāmyaham
sambhavaḥ sarvabhūtānāṁ tato bhavati bhārata

Bhārata (O great born of Bharat!), Mahad-brahma (The vast nature) mama yoniḥ (is like
my womb). Ahaṁ (I) garbhaṁ dadhāmi (cast my seed) tasmin (therein). Sambhavaḥ
(The creation) sarva-bhūtānāṁ (of all the beings) bhavati (originates) tato (from there).
||3||
Translation
Pervaded my womb like the natural substratum
Casting my seeds therein I make her pregnant
Therefrom manifest the animates, inanimates
Procreate all beings this way, O Son of Bharat! ||3||
Verse No 4
सवयो नषु
कौ ते
य मू
तयः स भव त याः ।
तासां मह ो नरहंबीज दः पता ॥
Transliteration
sarvayoniṣu kaunteya mūrtayaḥ sambhavanti yāḥ
tāsāṁ brahma mahadyonirahaṁ bījapradaḥ pitā

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!),Yāḥ sambhavanti (whatever procreated) sarva-yoniṣu (from
all the wombs), tāsāṁ (of all them), mahad brahma (this material substratum) yonih (is
the mother’s womb), ahaṁ (the spiritual substratum, myself) pitā (is the father),
bījapradaḥ (casting seeds therein). ||4||
Translation
Manifest whatever forms from all these wombs
This material substratum is the Mother-Nature
The spiritual substratum casting seeds there in
Of all of them, O Son of Kunti! I am the father ||4||
Verse No 5
स वंरज तम इ त गु
णाः कृतस भवाः ।
नब न त महाबाहो दे
हे
दे
हनम यम् ॥
Transliteration
sattvaṁ rajastama iti guṇāḥ prakṛtisambhavāḥ
nibadhnanti mahābāho dehe dehinamavyayam
Mahā-bāho (O Mighty armed Arjun!), guṇāḥ (the modes of) sattvaṁ (piety), raja
(passion), tama (darkness) iti (etc.), prakṛti-sambhavāḥ (born of the Nature),
nibadhnanti (bind) avyayaṁ dehinaṁ (the unperishable soul) dehe (with the body). ||5||
Translation
Nurtured by the Nature, the three attributes
The modes of piety, passion and poor potencies
These addicting attributes only, O Kunti’s Son!
Bind the unperishable soul with fragile bodies ||5||
Verse No 6
त स वंनमल वा काशकमनामयम् ।
सु
खसङ् गे
न ब ना त ानसङ् गे
न चानघ ॥
Transliteration
tatra sattvaṁ nirmalatvātprakāśakamanāmayam
sukhasaṅgena badhnāti jñānasaṅgena cānagha

Anagha (O sinless Arjun!), tatra (among those) sattvaṁ (the mode of piety),
prakāśakaṁ (being illuminating), anāmayaṁ (flawless), nirmalatvāt (because of purity),
vadhnāti (binds) sukha-saṅgena (with happiness) ca (and) jñāna-saṅgena (with
knowledge). ||6||
Translation
The modes of piety for its purity there in
Being free from flaws enlighten the world
These divine attributes only, O sinless man!
Bind everyone to remain ever wise and glad ||6||
Verse No 7
रजो रागा मकंव तृ णासङ् गसमुवम्।
त ब ना त कौ ते
य कमसङ् गे
न दे
हनम्
॥
Transliteration
rajo rāgātmakaṁ viddhi tṛṣṇāsaṅgasamudbhavam
tannibadhnāti kaunteya karmasaṅgena dehinam

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), Viddhi (know) rajo (the mode of passion) rāgātmakaṁ (is
inclined to greed), samudbhavaṁ (born of) tṛṣṇā-saṅga (strong attachment with desire),
tat (that) nivadhnāti (binds) dehinaṁ (the embodied soul) karma-saṅgena (with fruitive
activities). ||7||
Translation
Born of drastic desires, wills and ambitions
Encouraging, inspiring, the modes of passion
Bind all embodied ones with hectic activities
Make move this world, push everyone to run ||7||
Verse No 8
तम व ानजं व मोहनं सवदे हनाम्।
मादाल य न ा भ त ब ना त भारत ॥
Transliteration
tamastvajñānajaṁ viddhi mohanaṁ sarvadehinām
pramādālasyanidrābhistannibadhnāti bhārata

Tu (but) Bhārata (O Great born of Bharat!), viddhi (understand) tamaḥ (the mode of
darkness) ajñānajaṁ (to be born of ignorance), mohanaṁ (which deludes) sarva-
dehināṁ (all embodied ones), nivadhnāti (binds) pramāda-ālasya-nidrābhiḥ (with follies,
laziness and drowsiness). ||8||
Translation
Understand the Poor Modes born of ignorance only
Delude all the embodied ones with day dreamings
Bind all beings with laziness, O Pride of Bharata!
Developing drowsiness, follies and idle feelings ||8||
Verse No 9
स वं
सुखेस य त रजः कम ण भारत ।
ानमावृ
य तु
तमः मादेस य यु त॥
Transliteration
sattvaṁ sukhe sañjayati rajaḥ karmaṇi bhārata
jñānamāvṛtya tu tamaḥ pramāde sañjayatyuta

Bhārata (O Great Born of Bharat!), sattvaṁ (the mode of piety) sañjayati (binds with)
sukhe (happiness), rajaḥ (the mode of passion) karmaṇi (with hectic activities), tu (but)
tamaḥ (the mode of darkness), avṛtya (by covering) jñānaṁ (knowledge), uta (moreover)
sañjayati (binds with) pramade (follies). ||9||
Translation
Fetch forth cheers, happiness the modes of piety
Engage in hectic activities, the modes of passion
Bring before drowsiness, the modes of poorness
Obscuring wisdom always, make a heedless man ||9||
Verse No 10
रज तम ा भभू
य स वं भव त भारत ।
रजः स वं
तम ैव तमः स वंरज तथा ॥
Transliteration
rajastamaścābhibhūya sattvaṁ bhavati bhārata
rajaḥ sattvaṁ tamaścaiva tamaḥ sattvaṁ rajastathā

Bharata (O Great Born of Bharat!), sattvaṁ (the mode of piety) bhavati (flourishes)
abhibhūya (by dominating over) rajaḥ (the mode of passion) ca tamaḥ (and the mode of
poorness), iva (like wise) tamaḥ (the mode of poorness) rajaḥ-ca-sattvaṁ (over the
mode of piety and the mode of passion), tathā (like that) rajaḥ (the mode of passion)
tamaḥ-ca- sattvaṁ (over the mode of poorness and the mode of piety). ||10||
Translation
Arise the Modes of Poorness letting down
The modes of piety, the modes of passion
Mostly flourish during the childhood days
Making lazy, dormant, delude the children
The modes of passion rise as youthood comes
Dominating the modes of piety and poorness
Make them run and busy in hectic activities
To fulfill their desires, striving in this race
Flourish the modes of piety as oldage grows

Letting down gradually the other two modes
Cultivating knowledge to enlighten the Self
Seeking peace and bliss staying in goodness ||10||
Verse No 11
सव ारे
षुदे
हऽे म काश उपजायते।
ानं
यदा तदा व ा वृंस व म यु
त॥
Transliteration
sarvadvāreṣu dehe’sminprakāśa upajāyate
jñānaṁ yadā tadā vidyādvivṛddhaṁ sattvamityuta

Yadā (whenever) sarva-dvāreṣu (through all the outlets) asmin-dehe (in this body)
jñānaṁ prakāśa (the light of knowledge) upajāyate uta (is glown very well), tadā (then
only) vidyāt (one should know) iti (that) sattvaṁ (the Mode of Piety) vivṛddhaṁ (has
developed). ||11||
Translation
Whenever through all the outlets in the body
The Light of Knowledge has perfectly glown
Then only one must understand the symptom
That the Mode of Goodness, perfectly grown ||11||
Verse No 12
लोभः वृरार भः कमणामशमः पृ
हा ।
रज ये
ता न जाय तेववृे
भरतषभ ॥
Transliteration
lobhaḥ pravṛttirārambhaḥ karmaṇāmaśamaḥ spṛhā
rajasyetāni jāyante vivṛddhe bharatarṣabha

bharatarṣabha (O Great Born of Bharat Empire!), rajasi vivṛddhe (with development of
the Mode of Passion) lobhaḥ pravṛttiḥ (the nature of greediness), karmaṇāṁ ārambhaḥ
(the acceleration of activities), aśamaḥ (the tension), spṛhā (the desires), etāni (all these)
jāyante (arise). ||12||
Translation
Arise when the mode of passion, O Best of Bharat!
Grown gradually, the nature of grabbing in greed
Develop drastic desires with will-strong efforts
Hectic, tiresome, all become workaholic indeed |12||
Verse No 13
अ काशोऽ वृ मादो मोह एव च ।
तम ये
ता न जाय तेववृे
कुन दन ॥
Transliteration
aprakāśo’pravṛttiśca pramādo moha eva ca
tamasyetāni jāyante vivṛddhe kurunandana

Kuru-nandana (O Son of Kuru Dynasty!), tamasi vivṛddhe (with development of the mode
of Ignorance), aprakāśo (the darkness), pravṛttiḥ (unsocial activities), pramado
(follies),ca (and) moha (delusion) etāni eva (all these) jāyate (develop). ||13||
Translation
Arise delusion, dullness and devil-like desires
When the modes of ignorance encompass one
Giving rise to stupidity, sloth, O Prince of Kuru!
Bring darkness, negligence and malicious action |13||
Verse No 14
यदा स वेवृेतुलयंया त दे
हभृ
त्।
तदो म वदां
लोकानमला तप ते ॥
Transliteration
yadā sattve pravṛddhe tu pralayaṁ yāti dehabhṛt
tadottamavidāṁ lokānamalānpratipadyate

Yadā (when) dehabhṛt (the embodied one) pralayaṁ yāti (passes always) sattve
pravṛddhe (during the rule of the modes of goodness), tadā (then) pratipadyate (he
attains) amalān lokān (the world of pureness), uttam-viddaṁ (inhabited by well-known
individuals). ||14||
Translation
Attached with the Mode of Goodness
Expireth when the embodied soul
Attained to untainted heavenly world
Lives with sages of highest moral |14||
Verse No 15
रज स लयंग वा कमसङ् गषु जायते।
तथा लीन तम स मू
ढयो नषु
जायते॥
Transliteration
rajasi pralayaṁ gatvā karmasaṅgiṣu jāyate
tathā pralīnastamasi mūḍhayoniṣu jāyate

Pralayaṁ gatvā (when passed away) rajasi (in the mode of passion), jāyate (one gets
born) karma-saṅgiṣu (among workaholics), tathā (like wise), pralīnaḥ (who expires)
tamasi (with the mode of ignorance) jāyate (gets born) mūḍha-yoniṣu (in the wombs of
inferior species). ||15||
Translation
Passed away when with the mode of passion
One is born among workaholics engaged ever
But expired when in the modes of ignorance
One is born belittled in the wombs, inferior ||15||
Verse No 16
कमणः सु
कृत या ः सा वकंनमलंफलम्।
रजस तुफलंःखम ानं तमसः फलम्
॥
Transliteration
karmaṇaḥ sukṛtasyāhuḥ sāttvikaṁ nirmalaṁ phalam
rajasastu phalaṁ duḥkhamajñānaṁ tamasaḥ phalam

sukṛtasya karmaṇaḥ phalaṁ (the results of good actions) āhuḥ (are said) sāttvikaṁ
nirmalaṁ (to be pure and pious), tu (but) phalaṁ (the fruits) rajasaḥ (of passion are)
duḥkhaṁ (painful), phalaṁ (the fruits) tamasaḥ (of Poor Modes are) ajñānaṁ
(ignorance). ||16||
Translation
Fetch forth pure and pious results
Good works in the mode of Goodness
Bring before pain the modes of passion
But the poor modes yield ignorance ||16||
Verse No 17
स वा स ायतेानं रजसो लोभ एव च ।
मादमोहौ तमसो भवतोऽ ानमे
वच॥
Transliteration
sattvātsañjāyate jñānaṁ rajaso lobha eva ca
pramādamohau tamaso bhavato’jñānameva ca

Sattvāt (from the mode of goodness) bhavato jñānaṁ (knowledge develops), rajaso
(from the mode of passion) lobha eva ca (the greediness arises), ca (and) tamaso (from
the mode of ignorance) pramāda-mohau (follies and delusion), ajñānaṁ (stupidity)
sañjāyate (is born). ||17||
Translation
Develops knowledge from the mode of piety
Develops voracity from the mode of passion
By the mode of darkness Ignorance is born
Develop stupidity, idleness, dreamy delusion ||17||
Verse No 18
ऊ व ग छ त स व था म येत त राजसाः ।
जघ यगुणवृ था अधो ग छ त तामसाः ॥
Transliteration
ūrdhvaṁ gacchanti sattvasthā madhye tiṣṭhanti rājasāḥ
jaghanyaguṇavṛttisthā adho gacchanti tāmasāḥ

sattvasthā (the persons stayed in mode of goodness) gacchanti (travel) ūrdhvaṁ
(upward), rājasāḥ (the persons in mode of passion) tiṣṭhanti (live in) madhye (the
middle), tāmasāḥ (the persons in mode of darkness), jaghanya-guṇa-vṛttisthā (with evil
activities) gacchanti (go) adho (down). ||18||
Translation
Up above the heaven, persons rise in good modes
With modes of passion stay middle in the Earth
With the mode of ignorance committing crimes
Slip down to the hale taking births after birth ||18||
Verse No 19
ना यं
गु
णेयः कतारं
यदा ानु प यत।
गु
णे य परंवे म ावं सोऽ धग छ त ॥
Transliteration
nānyaṁ guṇebhyaḥ kartāraṁ yadā draṣṭānupaśyati
guṇebhyaśca paraṁ vetti madbhāvaṁ so’dhigacchati

Yadā (when) draṣṭā (the observer) anupaśyati (observes) na-anayaṁ (no one else),
kartāraṁ (as the doer) guṇebhyaḥ (other than the attributes), ca (and) vetti (realizes)
paraṁ (the Supreme One) guṇebhyaḥ (above the attributes), so (he) adhigachhati
(attains to) mad-bhāvam (my state of mind). ||19||
Translation
An insightful observant with sagacious sights
When watches no doer other than the modes
And cognizeth the almighty above attributes
He attains my status quo, the eternal abode ||19||
Verse No 20
गु
णाने
तानती य ी दे
ह ी दे
हसमुवान्
।
ज ममृयुजरा ःखैवमुोऽमृ तम ु
ते॥
Transliteration
guṇānetānatītya trīndehī dehasamudbhavān
janmamṛtyujarāduḥkhairvimukto’mṛtamaśnute

Dehī (the embodied soul) atitya (by transcending) etān trin guṇān (these three
attributes), deha-samudbhavān (born out of bodies), aśnute (attains) amṛtam (the
immortality), vimukto (being freed from) janma (birth), mrityuḥ (death), jarā (oldness),
dukhaiḥ (and suffering). ||20||
Translation
Transcending these three modes born of body
Attained the immortality by the embodied soul
Freed from the fetters of re-births and deaths
Unbound by the sufferings of the old-age to ail ||20||
Verse No 21
कै
लङ् गैी गुणाने
तानतीतो भव त भो ।
कमाचारः कथं
चै
तांी गुणान तवतते
॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
kairliṅgaistrīnguṇānetānatīto bhavati prabho
kimācāraḥ kathaṁ caitāṁstrīnguṇānativartate

Arjuna uvāca (Arjuna asked), Prabho (My Lord!), atitya (by transcending) etān trīn-guṇān
(these three attributes) kiṁ-ācāraḥ (what type of behaviour) bhavati (develops) kaiḥ-
lingaiḥ (by which type of symptoms) ca (and) kathaṁ (how) ativartate (to cross through)
etān trīn-guṇān (these three attributes)? ||21||
Translation
Asked then Arjuna, “O Respectable Lord!”
These three attributes, transcending after
Seem what signs and symptoms of behavior
And how to overcome these modes forever ||21||
Verse No 22-23-24-25
वाच
काशंच वृ च मोहमे व च पा डव ।
न े स वृा न न नवृा न काङ् त ॥
उदासीनवदासीनो गुणयै न वचा यते
।
गु
णा वत त इ ये
व योऽव त त ने
ङ् गते ॥
सम ःखसु
खः व थः समलो ा मका चनः ।
तुय या यो धीर तु
य न दा मसं
तुतः ॥
मानापमानयो तुय तुयो म ा रप योः ।

सवार भप र यागी गु
णातीतः सा उ यते
॥
Transliteration
prakāśaṁ ca pravṛttiṁ ca mohameva ca pāṇḍava
na dveṣṭi sampravṛttāni na nivṛttāni kāṅkṣati
udāsīnavadāsīno guṇairyo na vicālyate
guṇā vartanta ityevaṁ yo’vatiṣṭhati neṅgate
samaduḥkhasukhaḥ svasthaḥ samaloṣṭāśmakāñcanaḥ
tulyapriyāpriyo dhīrastulyanindātmasaṁstutiḥ
mānāpamānayostulyastulyo mitrāripakṣayoḥ
sarvārambhaparityāgī guṇātītaḥ sa ucyate

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), Pāndava (O Son of Pandu!), yo (One, who)
na dveṣṭi (is neither disgust) sampravṛttāni (during occurrence of) na kāṅkṣati (nor
desirous) nivṛttāni (during disappearance of) prakāśaṁ ( illuminating knowledge), ca
(and) pravṛttiṁ (passionate activities), ca (and) mohaṁ (delusion) eva ca (etc.), yaḥ
(who), udāsīnavat-āsīno (staying indifferent) guṇaiḥ (to the attributes) na vicālyate (is
unperturbed), avatiṣṭhati (who stays) na-iṅgate (un-tilt) iti-eva (by considering that) guṇā
eva vartanta (the attributes only influence), svasthaḥ sama (who is equi-posed) duḥkha-
sukha ( in pain and pleasure), sama-loṣṭa-aśma-kāñcanaḥ (equi-visioned to clay,
concrete, and golds), tulya (indifferent to) priya-apriyo (likes and dislikes), tulya
(indifferent to) ātma-nindā (self-condemn) saṁtutiḥ (or praise), dhiraḥ (who is calm),
tulyaḥ (indifferent to) māna-apamānayoḥ (insult or appreciation) tulyaḥ (impartial with)
mitra-aripakṣayoḥ (friends and foes), sarvārambha-parityāgī (after initiating ho
abandons everything), sa ucyate (he is called) guṇātitaḥ (free from the influence of
attributes). ||22||
Translation
Neither disgust who is with occurance of
The insightful glows or the dual delusion
Nor desirous of, by the disappearance of
The modes of piety, badness and passion ||22||
He who is indifferent and unaffected by

The influences of these modes of nature
Stay un-tilt who, without involvement, any
Assuming act within attributes, none other ||23||
Staying equally healthy in pleasure and pain

In clay, stone, and gold keeping equal vision
Calm and quite who is, having likes, dislikes
Non-sensitive who is by praise or condemn ||24||
Honor, dishonor, having same state of mind

Treating impartial to the friends and foes
Initiating everything, abandoned who hath
He is called free from these three modes ||25||
Verse No 26
मां
च योऽ भचारे ण भ योगेन से
वते
।
स गु
णा समती ये
ता भू
याय क पते॥
Transliteration
māṁ ca yo’vyabhicāreṇa bhaktiyogena sevate
sa guṇānsamatītyaitānbrahmabhūyāya kalpate

Yo (who) sevate (serves) māṁ (to me) bhakti-yogena (by the devotional practice) ca
(and) avyabhicāreṇa (without any wrongful deeds), sa (he), sama-atītya (after crossing
through) etān-guṇān (these attributes), kalpate (is considered) brahma-bhūyāya (to have
merged with the Absolute One). ||26||
Translation
Without involvement in unrighteous action
Who worships me always in deep devotion
By transcending these three natural modes
He is assumed to be like the Ultimate One ||26||
Verse No 27
णो ह त ाहममृत या य य च ।
शा त य च धम य सु
ख यै
का तक य च ॥
Transliteration
brahmaṇo hi pratiṣṭhāhamamṛtasyāvyayasya ca
śāśvatasya ca dharmasya sukhasyaikāntikasya ca

Ahaṁ (I am) pratiṣṭhā (the establishment) brahmano (of that all creative Lord) amṛtasya
(of immortality) ca (and) avyayasya (of the imperishability), ca (and) śāśvatasya-
dharmasya (of that eternal religiousness), ca (and) sukhasya-aikāntikasya (of that one
pointed happiness). ||27||
Translation
I am the domicile of that unperishable piety
I am the immortality of that supreme bliss
I am the establishment of the eternal base
The destination I am of pleasure and peace ||27||
-XXXX-
वादेगुण य वभागयोगो
नामचतु
दशोऽ यायः॥14॥
With this, ended the Fourteenth Chapter “The Doctrine of Three Attributes”
---000---
अथ प चदशोऽ यायः- पुषो मयोग
FIFTEENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Premier Personality)
Verse No 1
ऊ वमूलमधः शाखम थंा र यम् ।
छ दां
स य य पणा न य तंवे
द स वे
द वत् ॥
Transliteration
ūrdhvamūlamadhaḥ śākhamaśvatthaṁ prāhuravyayam
chandāṁsi yasya parṇāni yastaṁ veda sa vedavit

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), avyayaṁ (the unperishable cosmic
creation) aśvatthaṁ (is like a Fig-Tree) ūrdhva-mūlaṁ (with roots upward), adhaḥ-
śākhaṁ (the branches down), yasya (whose) parṇāni (leaves) prāhuḥ (are called)
chandāṁsi (the Vedic meters). Yaḥ (who) veda (knoweth) tam (him), sa (he is) vedavit
(a Vedic Scholar). ||1||
Translation
With roots raised above and boughs beneath
This cosmic creation looks like a banyan tree
Whose lovely leaves are called holistic hymns
Whoever knoweth it, the Vedic Scholar is He ||1||
Verse No 2
अध ो व सृ ता त य शाखा गु
ण वृा वषय वालाः ।
अध मू ला यनुस तता न कमानु
ब धी न मनु
यलोके
॥
Transliteration
adhaścordhvaṁ prasṛtāstasya śākhā guṇapravṛddhā viṣayapravālāḥ
adhaśca mūlānyanusantatāni karmānubandhīni manuṣyaloke

Tasya (it’s) śākhā (branches) prasṛtā (spread) adhaḥ (from down) urdhvaṁ (to up) guṇa
-pravṛddhā (nurtured by the three attributes). Pravālāḥ (the twigs are like) viṣaya (sense
objects). Mūlāni ca (the roots are also) anusantatāni (stretched) adhaḥ (down) manuṣya
-loke (towards the human world) karmānuvandhini (binding all with works). ||2||
Translation
Down the lower worlds to above the higher
Spread across its branches hale to heaven
Inspired by attributes, nurtured by senses
Its twigs like sense objects arising passion
Fed by the roots hanging from the heaven

Stretched down its wide spread branches
Sensitizing sense organs, grown its twigs
Bind this human world with endless works ||2||
Verse No 3-4
न पम ये ह तथोपल यते ना तो न चा दन च स त ा ।
अ थमे नंसु व ढमू लमसङ् गश े ण ढे न छ वा ॥
ततः पदंत प रमा गत ंय म गता न नवत त भू यः ।
तमेव चा ंपुषंप े यतः वृः सृ ता पु
राणी ॥
Transliteration
na rūpamasyeha tathopalabhyate nānto na cādirna ca sampratiṣṭhā
aśvatthamenaṁ suvirūḍhamūlamasaṅgaśastreṇa dṛḍhena chittvā
tataḥ padaṁ tat parimārgitavyaṁ yasmingatā na nivartanti bhūyaḥ
tameva cādyaṁ puruṣaṁ prapadye yataḥ pravṛttiḥ prasṛtā purāṇī

Na sampratiṣṭhā (not being established), na ādiḥ (without any beginning), ca (and) anto
(without any end), asya rūpaṁ (it’s form) tathā (like that), na upalabhyate (is not
imaginable) iha (in this world). Chittvā (by cutting down) enaṁ-asvathaṁ (this fig-tree),
su-virūḍha-mūlaṁ (with firm fixed roots), śastreṇa (by the axe of) asaṅga (detachment),
tataḥ (there after) parimārgitavyaṁ (one must search for) tat-padaṁ (that divine feet),
Yasmin-gatā (by reaching where) na nivartanti (not returned) bhūyaḥ (again) ca (and)
prapadye (one must seek shelter of) taṁ-ādyaṁ puruṣaṁ (that primeval person), eva
(only), yataḥ (from where) purāṇī pravṛttiḥ (the age-old activities of nature) prasṛtā (have
emancipated). ||3-4||
Translation
Without being established with beginning or end
Not imaginable in this world its contour like that
Firmly fixed above the sky whose rope like roots
Cutting down this tree by the axe of detachment ||3||
Seek shelter thereafter under that divine feet

By reaching which place not returned once again
Venerate one must only to that primeval person
Where from ago, these cosmic activities began ||4||
Verse No 5
नमानमोहा जतस दोषाअ या म न या व नवृकामाः ।
ै
वमुाः सु
ख ःखस ग
ैछ यमू
ढाः पदम यं
तत्
॥
Transliteration
nirmānamohā jitasaṅgadoṣā adhyātmanityā vinivṛttakāmāḥ
dvandvairvimuktāḥ sukhaduḥkhasaṁjñairgacchantyamūḍhāḥ padamavyayaṁ tat

Niḥ-māna-mohā (Freed from pride and passion), jita-saṅga-doṣā (won over evil
association), adhyātma-nityā (always engaged in self-determination), vinivṛtta-kāmāḥ
(devoid of desires), dvandaiḥ-vimuktāḥ (freed from dualities), sukha-duḥkha-saṁjñaiḥ
(enduring equally pain and pleasure), amūḍhāḥ (the wise persons) gacchanti (attain to)
avyayaṁ padaṁ (the unperishable position).||5||
Translation
Freed from the pride and passion
Away from that evil association
Engaged ever in self-realization
Devoid of any type, dual delusion
Given up absolutely wooing wants
Enduring both pleasure and pain
Those insightful, sagacious sages
Attain to that Unperishable One ||5||
Verse No 6
न त ासयतेसू
य न शशाङ्
को न पावकः ।
य वा न नवत ते
त ाम परमंमम ॥
Transliteration
na tadbhāsayate sūryo na śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ
yadgatvā na nivartante taddhāma paramaṁ mama

Na sūryo (neither the Sun), na śaśāṅko (nor the Moon) na pāvakaḥ (nor the Fire) tad-
bhāsayate (can illuminate that Supreme Place). Yat-gatvā (by reaching where) na
nivartante (not returned back), tad (that is) mama (my) paramaṁ dhāma (Supreme
Destination). ||6||
Translation
Neither can be lighted by the Sun or the Moon
Nor that can be illuminated by the blazing Fire
After reaching where, not returned back again
That is my ultimate abode, my supreme shelter ||6||
Verse No 7
वाच
ममैवां
शो जीवलोके
जीवभूतः सनातनः ।
मनः ष ानी या ण कृ त था न कष त ॥
Transliteration
mamaivāṁśo jīvaloke jīvabhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ
manaḥ ṣaṣṭhānīndriyāṇi prakṛtisthāni karṣati

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (The all opulent Lord said), Jīvaloke (in this living world) jīvabhūtaḥ
(the living beings are) mama-iva-aṁśo sanātanaḥ (my eternal part only). ṣaṣṭhāni-
indriyāṇi (the six sense organs) manaḥ (inclusive mind) karṣati (cultivate) prakṛtiḥ (the
Nature) sthāni (being present there). ||7||
Translation
The wide spread living beings in this animal world
Signify a part and parcel of my eternal presence
The five sense organs, with the controlling mind
Cultivate this Nature, attached to its resource ||7||
Verse No 8
शरीरं यदवा ो त य चा यु ामती रः ।
गृ
ह ी वै
ता न सं
या त वायु
ग धा नवाशयात्॥
Transliteration
śarīraṁ yadavāpnoti yaccāpyutkrāmatīśvaraḥ
gṛhītvaitāni saṁyāti vāyurgandhānivāśayāt

Yat (whenever) īśvaraḥ (the divine soul) āpnoti (enters into) śarīraṁ (a body) va (or) yat-
ca-api (whenever also) utkrāmati (abandons), saṁyāti (it departs) gṛhītvā (carrying out)
etāni (these five senses and mind), iva (like) vāyuḥ (the wind) gandhāni (to the odors)
āśayāt (from places). ||8||
Translation
While abandoning this body, the eternal soul
Or entering into another as destined before
Carrieth along with the senses and the mind
Like Wind to the odors from here and there ||8||
Verse No 9
ो ं
च ु
ः पशनं
च रसनंाणमे
वच।
अ ध ाय मन ायंवषयानु
पसे
वते
॥
Transliteration
śrotraṁ cakṣuḥ sparśanaṁ ca rasanaṁ ghrāṇameva ca
adhiṣṭhāya manaścāyaṁ viṣayānupasevate

śrotraṁ (the ears), cakṣuḥ (the eyes), sparśanaṁ (the skin), ca (and) rasanaṁ (the
tongue), ghrāṇaṁ eva ca (and nose etc.), adhiṣṭhāya (by encouraging) ayaṁ manaḥ
(this mind) upasevate (keeps enjoying) viṣayān (the sense objects) ||9||
Translation
The eyes, ears, nose, skin, and tongue
These five sense organs together alone
Inspiring the mind to sensual objects
Strive to enjoy all objects’ attraction ||9||
Verse No 10
उ ाम तंथतं वा प भु ानं
वा गु
णा वतम्।
वमूढा नानु
प य त प य त ानच ु षः ॥
Transliteration
utkrāmantaṁ sthitaṁ vāpi bhuñjānaṁ vā guṇānvitam
vimūḍhā nānupaśyanti paśyanti jñānacakṣuṣaḥ

vimūḍhā (the ignorants) na-anupaśyanti (cannot see) guṇānvitam (the soul associated
with the attributes), bhuñjānaṁ (enjoying) sthitaṁ (while staying in the body) vā-api (or
else) utkrāmantaṁ (abandoning it). Jñāna-cakṣuṣaḥ (the persons with sagacious eyes)
paśyanti (could see it). ||10||
Translation
Abandoning or entering into various bodies
Enjoying addicted to attributes, tri-types
Can’t see the ignorants this embodied soul
But wise can see through sagacious sights ||10||
Verse No 11
यत तो यो गन ै
नंप य या म यव थतम्।
यत तोऽ यकृता मानो नै
नं
प य यचे
तसः ॥
Transliteration
yatanto yoginaścainaṁ paśyantyātmanyavasthitam
yatanto’pyakṛtātmāno nainaṁ paśyantyacetasaḥ

Yatanto yoginaḥ (the endeavoring sages) paśyanti (visualise) enaṁ (this soul),
avasthitaṁ (present) ātmani (inside them). Achetasah (the ignorants), akṛt-ātmāno
(who are not self-conscious), na paśyanti (cannot see) enaṁ (this) yatanto-api (despite
being trying). ||11||
Translation
The endeavoring aspirants could visualize this
The embodied soul, present inside their heart
But the nonsense fools, away from their Self
Can not realize this despite trying their best ||11||
Verse No 12
यदा द यगतं
ते
जो जग ासयते
ऽ खलम्
।
य च म स य चा नौ त ज
ेो व मामकम्॥
Transliteration
yadādityagataṁ tejo jagadbhāsayate’khilam
yaccandramasi yaccāgnau tattejo viddhi māmakam

Tejo (the glows), yat-āditya-gataṁ (which emerge out from the sun), yat-ca-candramasi
(which moonlight), yat-ca-agnau (which is the flame of the fire), yat (which) bhāsayate
(lightens) akhilaṁ jagat (the entire world), viddhi (know) tat-tejo (that glow) māmakam
(is me only). ||12||
Translation
Emerge out from the Sun those shinning beams
The moonlight and the bright flame of the Fire
All the lights those illuminate this entire world
Understand all the above glows, my divine power |12||
Verse No 13
गामा व य च भू
ता न धारया यहमोजसा ।
पु
णा म चौषधीः सवाः सोमो भूवा रसा मकः ॥
Transliteration
gāmāviśya ca bhūtāni dhārayāmyahamojasā
puṣṇāmi cauṣadhīḥ sarvāḥ somo bhūtvā rasātmakaḥ

Ahaṁ (I am) dhārayāmi (sustaining) bhūtāni (all the beings) ojasā (by my power) āviśya
(by entering into) gāṁ (the Earth) ca (and) puṣṇāmi (I am nourishing) sarvāḥ auṣadhīḥ
(all the medicinal plants) bhūtvā (by becoming) rasātmakaḥ somo (the creamy wan-
moon rays). ||13||
Translation
Penetrating the Earth by my eternal energies
Sustaining all beings I am, by my divine power
Emerging as the creamy wan-moon silver beam
Nourish all the plants offering medicinal cure |13||
Verse No 14
अहंवैानरो भू
वा ा णनांदे
हमा तः ।
ाणापानसमायुः पचा य ंचतु
वधम् ॥
Transliteration
ahaṁ vaiśvānaro bhūtvā prāṇināṁ dehamāśritaḥ
prāṇāpānasamāyuktaḥ pacāmyannaṁ caturvidham

Samāyuktaḥ (being attached to) Prāṇaṁ (the Life), apānaṁ (the sub-life) Ahaṁ (I am)
pacāmi (digesting) chatruvidhaṁ (four types of) annaṁ (diets) bhūtvā (by getting
transformed into) vaiśvānaro (the heat energy) dehaṁ-āśritaḥ (living inside the body)
prāṇināṁ (of the living beings). ||14||
Translation
Attached to the life and sub-life in the bodies
I am the intestinal fire inside all beings, living
Make digested the diets, taken four ways into
By way of chewing, licking, drinking and eating |14||
Verse No 15
सव य चाहंद स व ोम ः मृ त ानमपोहनं
च।
वेदैसवरहमेव वेोवे
दा तकृे
द वदे
व चाहम्
॥
Transliteration
sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭo mattaḥ smṛtirjñānamapohanaṁ ca
vedaiśca sarvairahameva vedyovedāntakṛdvedavideva cāham

Ahaṁ (I am) smṛtiḥ (the memory), jñānaṁ (the knowledge), ca (and) sanniviṣṭo
(dwelling inside) sarvasya (all ones’) hṛdi (heart), ca (and) apohanaṁ (the ignorance
arises) mattaḥ (from me), ca (and) ahaṁ (I am) eva (only) vedyo (to be realized) sarvaiḥ
vedaiḥ (in all the Vedic Scriptures), ca (and) ahaṁ (I am) iva (only) vedavit (the Vedic
Scholar) Vedānta-kṛt (who has created all Vedic morals). ||15||
Translation
Present inside every ones’ heart imparting I am
The Intelligence, Ignorance and Recalling Power
I am the only one to be realized in all the Vedas
Creating the Vedic principles, I am the Scholar ||15||
Verse No 16
ा वमौ पुषौ लोके र ा र एव च ।
रः सवा ण भू
ता न कू
ट थोऽ र उ यते ॥
Transliteration
dvāvimau puruṣau loke kṣaraścākṣara eva ca
kṣaraḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni kūṭastho’kṣara ucyate

kṣaraḥ (Perishable) ca (and) akṣaraḥ (unperishable), dvau-iva-imau-puruṣau (there are
only these two persons), sarvāṇi bhūtāni (all the beings are) kṣaraḥ (perishable),
kūṭastho (the indifferent soul is) ucyate (called) akṣara (unperishable). ||16||
Translation
Perishable and unperishable, in this world
There are two types of persons
Unperishable is the indifferent soul, inside
Perishable are all bodily remains ||16||
Verse No 17
उ मः पुष व यः परमा मे
यु
दा तः ।
यो लोक यमा व य बभ य य ई रः ॥
Transliteration
uttamaḥ puruṣastvanyaḥ paramātmetyudāhṛtaḥ
yo lokatrayamāviśya bibhartyavyaya īśvaraḥ

Tu (but) anyaḥ (the other one) uttamaḥ puruṣaḥ (is the best person), udāhṛtaḥ (who has
been sighted) iti (as) paramātmā (the Supreme Soul), avyayaḥ īśwaraḥ (the
unperishable God), bibharti (who sustains) loka-trayaṁ (the three worlds) āvisya (by
entering into). ||17||
Translation
But there is another one, person, the best
Living in all the bodies termed as the Soul
Unperishable, who is the Lord of the Lords
Entering the three worlds takes care of all ||17||
Verse No 18
य मा रमतीतोऽहम राद प चो मः ।
अतोऽ म लोके
वेदे
च थतः पुषो मः ॥
Transliteration
yasmātkṣaramatīto’hamakṣarādapi cottamaḥ
ato’smi loke vede ca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ

Yasmāt (As) ahaṁ (I am) atito (beyond) kṣarāt (the perishable ones), ca (and) uttamaḥ
(the best) akṣarāt (of all the unperishable ones), ataḥ (for this) prathitaḥ asmi (I have
been established as) purushottamaḥ (the prime personality) vede (in the holistic
scriptures) ca (and) loke (in the world also). ||18||
Translation
Beyond the perishable ones, as positioned I am
Highest above also all these unperishable ones
For this, in the holistic scriptures of the world
Described I am as the highest, principal person ||18||
Verse No 19
यो मामे
वमस मू
ढो जाना त पुषो मम् ।
स सव व ज त मांसवभावे न भारत ॥
Transliteration
yo māmevamasammūḍho jānāti puruṣottamam
sa sarvavidbhajati māṁ sarvabhāvena bhārata

Bhārata (O Great born of Bharat Dynasty!), yo asammūḍho (Passion free, who) jānāti
(knows) māṁ (me) puruṣottam (as the principal person), sa sarvavit (he is the all
knower), bhajati (who worships) māṁ (me) sarva bhāvena (in all the ways). ||19||
Translation
Knoweth me whosoever, “O Bharat Born Bravo!”
The supreme personality among all the persons
The all knower he is, the great spiritual scholar
Who adores me all the time from all directions ||19||
Verse No 20
इ त गुतमंशा मदमुं मयानघ ।
एतद्बुद्वा बु मा या कृ
तकृय भारत ॥
Transliteration
iti guhyatamaṁ śāstram idamuktaṁ mayānagha
etadbuddhvā buddhimānsyātkṛtakṛtyaśca bhārata
Bhārata (O Prince of Bharat Empire!), idaṁ (this) guhyatamaṁ śāstraṁ (mystic
knowledge), iti uktaṁ (which was told) mayā (by me), anagha (O sinless Arjun!), etat
buddhvā (by realizing this), buddhimān ca (the wise person also) syāt (becomes) kṛta-
kṛtyaḥ (beneficial from all the sides). ||20||
Translation
The mystic saga of lessons, O Sinless Prince!
Explained as above by me, invoking the bliss
The sagacious saints by understanding this
Done with their deeds, attain to the peace ||20||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु न संवादेपुषो मयोगो
नाम प चदशोऽ यायः ॥15॥
With this, ended the Fifteenth Chapter “The Doctrine of Prime Personality”
Of the translated book “The Songs Divine”
The evergreen, scriptures, eternal ||15||
---000---
अथ षोडशोऽ यायः- दै
वासु
रस प भागयोग
SIXTEENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Divine and Demonic Treasures)
Verse No 1-2-3
ीभगवानु वाच
अभयं स वसंशु ानयोग व थ तः।
दानंदम य वा याय तप आजवम् ॥
अ हसा स यम ोध यागः शा तरपै शनुम्।
दया भू
तेवलोलुवं मादवंीरचापलम् ॥
तेजः मा धृतः शौचम ोहोना तमा नता।
भव त स पदं दै
वीम भजात य भारत॥
Transliteration
abhayaṁ sattvasaṁśuddhirjñānayogavyavasthitiḥ
dānaṁ damaśca yajñaśca svādhyāyastapa ārjavam
ahiṁsā satyamakrodhastyāgaḥ śāntirapaiśunam
dayā bhūteṣvaloluptvaṁ mārdavaṁ hrīracāpalam
tejaḥ kṣamā dhṛtiḥ śaucamadrohonātimānitā
bhavanti sampadaṁ daivīmabhijātasya bhārata

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), Bhārata (O Prince of Bharat!), abhayaṁ
(fearlessness), sattva (goodness), saṁśuddhiḥ (purity), jñāna-yoga-vyavasthitiḥ
(establishment in eternal knowledge), dānaṁ (charity), damaḥ (internal control), ca (and)
yajñaḥ (sacrifices), svādhyāyaḥ (Self-study), tapaḥ (austerity), ca (and) ārjavam
(simplicity), ahiṁsā (non-violence), satyaṁ (truthfulness), akrodhaḥ (wrathlessness),
tyāgaḥ (renunciation), śāntiḥ (peacefulness), apaiśunaṁ (candidness), bhūteṣu dayā
(kindness to living beings), aloluptvaṁ (un-covetousness), mārdavaṁ (softness), hriḥ
(modesty), acāpalaṁ (steadiness), tejaḥ (valour), kṣamā (forgiveness), dhṛtiḥ (patience),
śaucaṁ (cleanliness), adroho (Non-militancy), na-atimānitā (not showing much self-
importance), ca ca (etc. etc.) bhavanti (are) sampadaṁ (the treasures) daiviṁ-
abhijātasya (of divine borns). |1-2-3|
Translation
Explained then the Lord the Divine Treasures
The fearlessness, goodness, purity and charity
Engaged in eternal knowledge, self-realisation
Self-control, sacrifice, candor and austerity ||1||
Non-violence, truthfulness, and wrathlessness

Renunciation with contentment and candidness
Kindness to living beings, the un-covetousness
The softness, modesty, backed by steadiness ||2||
The vivacious valour followed by forgiveness
The cleanliness, non-militancy, and patience
Not demanding self-respect, self-importance
These are the treasures of all divine presents ||3||
Verse No 4
द भो दप ऽ भमान ोधः पा यमे
व च।
अ ानं चा भजात य पाथ स पदमासु
रीम्
॥
Transliteration
dambho darpo’bhimānaśca krodhaḥ pāruṣyameva ca
ajñānaṁ cābhijātasya pārtha sampadamāsurīm

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), dambho (superiority), darpo (arrogance), abhimānaḥ (pride),
ca (and) krodhaḥ (anger), pāruṣyaṁ (manhood), ca (and) ajñānaṁ (ignorance) ca (and)
evaṁ (like these), sampadaṁ (are the treasures) āsuriṁ abhijātasya (of demonic borns).
||4||
Translation
Deceitfulness, pride, arrogance and anger
Supremacy, ignorance like all evil qualities
The treasures of demonic borns, these are
The filthy features of evil characteristics ||4||
Verse No 5
दैवी स प मो ाय नब धायासु
री मता।
मा शु
चः स पदं
दै
वीम भजातोऽ स पा डव॥
Transliteration
daivī sampadvimokṣāya nibandhāyāsurī matā
mā śucaḥ sampadaṁ daivīmabhijāto’si pāṇḍava

Pāndava (O born of Pandu!), matā (as opined) daivī sampad (the divine treasures)
vimokṣāya (are for liberation), āsurī (the demonic treasures) nibandhāya (are for
bondage), mā śucaḥ (do not lament), abhijātosi (you are born with) daivīṁ sampadaṁ
(divine treasures). ||5||
Translation
Divine treasures give freedom from fetters
But demonic treasures give rebirth, bondage
Do not lament therefore, “O Born of Pandu!”
A divine born thou are, a sagacious sage ||5||
Verse No 6
ौ भू
तसग लोकऽ म दै
व आसुर एव च।
दै
वो व तरशः ो आसुरंपाथ म ृण॥ु
Transliteration
dvau bhūtasargau loke’smindaiva āsura eva ca
daivo vistaraśaḥ prokta āsuraṁ pārtha me śṛṇu

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), Daiva (Godly) ca (and) āsura eva (demonic also), dvau (two
types of) bhuta-sargau (living beings have been created) asmin loke (In this world),
daiva (the divine features) prokta (were explained) vistaraśaḥ (descriptively), śṛṇu (listen
to) āsuraṁ (the demonic features) me (from me). ||6||
Translation
Living beings, of two types, manifested here in
With Godly and Godless characteristic features
Descriptively described to thee the divine signs
Listen now, O Paartha! the demonic characters ||6||
Verse No 7
वृ च नवृ च जना न व रासु राः।
न शौचं
ना प चाचारो न स यं
ते
षुव ते॥
Transliteration
pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca janā na vidurāsurāḥ
na śaucaṁ nāpi cācāro na satyaṁ teṣu vidyate

āsurāḥ janāḥ (the demonic persons) viduḥ (know) na pravṛttiṁ (neither the actionable)
na ca nivṛttiṁ (nor too the in-actionable), na śaucaṁ (nor the cleanliness) na-api (nor
too) ācāro (decent dealings), ca (and) vidyate (there seems to be) na satyaṁ (no
truthfulness) teṣu (in them). ||7||
Translation
Know naught what to do what to refrain from
Wayward activists are those demonic poors
Neither truthful by words nor clean by heart
Nor do they know righteous decent manners ||7||
Verse No 8
अस यम त ं ते
जगदा रनी रम्
।
अपर परस भू
तंकम य कामहै
तु
कम्॥
Transliteration
asatyamapratiṣṭhaṁ te jagadāhuranīśvaram
aparasparasambhūtaṁ kimanyatkāmahaitukam
Te āhuḥ (they tell that) jagat asatyaṁ (this world is unreal), anīśvaraṁ (without any
God), apratiṣṭhaṁ (not established by someone), sambhūtaṁ (manifested) paraḥ-
aparaḥ (through conjugal union of one another), kāma-haitukam (due to the passionate
causes), anyat-kim (what else other than this)? ||8||
Translation
No super God there is, no creator, they claim
Conjugate to one another manifest all beings
Established on its own, this unrealistic world
A playground of passions, nothing than this ||8||
Verse No 9
एतां मव य न ा मानोऽ पबुयः।
भव युकमाणः याय जगतोऽ हताः॥
Transliteration
etāṁ dṛṣṭimavaṣṭabhya naṣṭātmāno’lpabuddhayaḥ
prabhavantyugrakarmāṇaḥ kṣayāya jagato’hitāḥ

avaṣṭabhya (Banking on) etāṁ dṛṣṭim (these outlooks), naṣṭa-ātmāno (the self-
degraded) ahitāḥ (anti-socials), alpa-buddhayaḥ (having little knowledge), prabhavanti
(indulge into) ugrakarmāṇaḥ (terrorist activities), jagat kṣayāya (for the destruction of
the world). ||9||
Translation
Banking on these destructive outlooks
With little wit, these degraded souls
Indulge into high-end evil activities
For destruction of this entire world ||9||
Verse No 10
काममा य पू रंद भमानमदा वताः।
मोहाद्गृ
ह ी वासद्ाहा वत ते
ऽशुच ताः॥
Transliteration
kāmamāśritya duṣpūraṁ dambhamānamadānvitāḥ
mohādgṛhītvāsadgrāhān pravartante’śucivratāḥ

Āśritya (sheltering on) duṣpūraṁ kāmaṁ (insatiable desires), mada-anvitāḥ (addicted to)
dambha (arrogance), māna (self-respect), aśucivratāḥ (these dirty minded fellows)
pravartante (keep roaming) gṛhītvā (by accepting) asad-grahān (unrealistic objects)
mohāt (out of delusion). ||10||
Translation
Drowned with desires, insatiable
Addicted to arrogance and pride
Accepting ever unrealistic objects
Act always they, unethical side ||10||
Verse No 11
च तामप रमे
यां
च लया तामु पा ताः।
कामोपभोगपरमा एताव द त न ताः॥
Transliteration
cintāmaparimeyāṁ ca pralayāntāmupāśritāḥ
kāmopabhogaparamā etāvaditi niścitāḥ

Pralayāntāṁ (until death) upāśritāḥ (sheltered on) aparimeyāṁ-cintāṁ (immeasurable
thoughts), paramā (who mainly aim at) kāma-upabhogo (enjoyment of wants), niścitāḥ
(they decide that) etāvat-iti (this is like this only). ||11||
Translation
Lost in the lust for passions and greed
The life is only like this, so determined
They hanker after enjoyment till death
With countless thoughts in their mind ||11||
Verse No 12
आशापाशशतैब ाः काम ोधपरायणाः।
ईह ते
कामभोगाथम याये
नाथस चयान्॥
Transliteration
āśāpāśaśatairbaddhāḥ kāmakrodhaparāyaṇāḥ
īhante kāmabhogārthamanyāyenārthasañcayān

baddhāḥ (bound with) śataiḥ (hundreds of) āśā-pāśa (chains of hopes), parāyaṇāḥ
(attached to) kāma (desires) krodha (and wrath), īhante (strive to) artha-sañcayān
(acquire wealth) anyāyena (in illegal ways) kāma-bhogārtham (for enjoyment of wants).
||12||
Translation
Chained with hundreds of high-end hopes
Aiming at endless wishes, raged in wrath
To enjoy over satisfaction of their wants
Illegal ways, they strive to acquire wealth |12||
Verse No 13
इदम मया ल ध ममंा ये मनोरथम्
।
इदम तीदम प मे
भ व य त पु
नधनम्॥
Transliteration
idamadya mayā labdhamimaṁ prāpsye manoratham
idamastīdamapi me bhaviṣyati punardhanam

Idaṁ (this was) labdhaṁ (gained) mayā (by me) adya (today), prāpsye (I shall fulfill)
imaṁ manorathaṁ (this wish), idaṁ (this) asti (is) me (mine), idaṁ api (this also)
bhaviṣyati (will bring) punaḥ-dhanam (more wealth). ||13||
Translation
Deluded by absurdities they always dream
Gained by me this today in addition to this
All these are mine, those, also in pipe line
Acquiring more wealth, shalt fulfill my wish |13||
Verse No 14
असौ मया हतः श ह
ुन ये
चापरान प।
ई रोऽहमहंभोगी स ोऽहं
बलवा सुखी॥
Transliteration
asau mayā hataḥ śatrurhaniṣye cāparānapi
īśvaro’hamahaṁ bhogī siddho’haṁ balavānsukhī

Asau śatruḥ (this enemy) hataḥ (was killed) mayā (by me), ca (and) haniṣye (I shall slay)
aparān-api (the other ones also). Ahaṁ (I am) īśvaro (the Lord), ahaṁ bhogī (I am the
enjoying man), siddho-ahaṁ (I am successful), balavān (mighty), sukhī (and happy).
||14||
Translation
My deadly enemy this was killed by me
Shall finish forth also, the other rival
I am the most powerful, I am the Lord
Successful, I am happy to enjoy over all |14||
Verse No 15
आढयोऽ भजनवान म कोऽ योऽ त स शो मया।
य येदा या म मो द य इ य ान वमो हताः॥
Transliteration
āḍhyo’bhijanavānasmi ko’nyo’sti sadṛśo mayā
yakṣye dāsyāmi modiṣya ityajñānavimohitāḥ
Asmi (I am) āḍhyo (the wealthiest), abhijanavān (the aristocratic born), ko (who) asti (is)
anyo (the other one) sadṛśo (equivalent to) mayā (me), dāsyāmi (I shall donate) yakṣye
(in sacrificial offers), modiṣya (I shall rejoice), iti (in this manner), ajñāna (the ignorant
ones) vimohitāḥ (are deluded). ||15||
Translation
Born in aristocratic family I am the wealthiest
I am the Great Giver in all the sacrificial offers
Whoelse is there in this world to rejoice like me
Deluded this way, always, the demoniac doers ||15||
Verse No 16
अने
क च व ा ता मोहजालसमावृ
ताः।
स ाः कामभोगे
षु
पत त नरके
ऽशु
चौ॥
Transliteration
anekacittavibhrāntā mohajālasamāvṛtāḥ
prasaktāḥ kāmabhogeṣu patanti narake’śucau

Aneka-citta-vibhrantāh (perplexed with too many thoughts), moha-jāla-samāvṛtāh
(entangled in the net of delusion), prasaktāḥ kāma-bhogeṣu (being passionate in
enjoying the sensual objects), patanti (they fall into) aśucau (dirtied place) narake (of
hale). ||16||
Translation
Perplexed with too many absurd thoughts
Entangled in the net of passion and greed
Addicted to enjoyment of sensual objects
Slip down those devils to the hale, dirtied ||16||
Verse No 17
आ मस भा वताः त धा धनमानमदा वताः।
यज तेनामय ै ते
द भेना व धपू
वकम्
॥
Transliteration
ātmasambhāvitāḥ stabdhā dhanamānamadānvitāḥ
yajante nāmayajñaiste dambhenāvidhipūrvakam

Ātma-sambhāvitāḥ (selfish minded), stabdhāḥ (stubborn), dhana-māna-mada-anvitāḥ
(addicted to wealth and vanity), te (they) yajante (worship) nāma-yajñaiḥ (in sacrificing
fire for the name sake only), avidhi-pūrvakam (without following the rules of holistic
scriptures), dambhena (in a hypocritical manner). ||17||
Translation
Self-boosted stubborns addicted to wealth
Sheltered on selfishness, power and pride
Patronize in sacrifices for name sake only
Ignoring the religious rules, as a hypocrite ||17||
Verse No 18
अहङ् कारंबलंदप कामंोधं
च संताः।
मामा मपरदे
हष
ेु ष तोऽ यसू
यकाः॥
Transliteration
ahaṅkāraṁ balaṁ darpaṁ kāmaṁ krodhaṁ ca saṁśritāḥ
māmātmaparadeheṣu pradviṣanto’bhyasūyakāḥ

saṁśritāḥ (Completely sheltered on) ahankāraṁ (egoism), balaṁ (strength), darpaṁ
(arrogance), kāmaṁ (desires), ca (and) krodhaṁ (wrath), abhyasūyakāḥ (the envying
ones) pradviṣanto (hate at) māṁ (me) ātma-para-deheṣu (who is present in their own
body and others’ body). ||18||
Translation
Carried away by conceit and enraged with ego
Swayed in lust and anger, showing their might
Those hate at me, present in their own body
They envy me, living in others, at every sight ||18||
Verse No 19
तानहं षतः ू
रा सं
सारे
षुनराधमान्
।
पा यज मशु
भानासु
री वे
व यो नषु
॥
Transliteration
tānahaṁ dviṣataḥ krūrānsaṁsāreṣu narādhamān
kṣipāmyajasramaśubhānāsurīṣveva yoniṣu

Ahaṁ (I) kṣipāmi (cast) tān-narādhamān (those degraded inhumans), dviṣataḥ krūrān
(the envying cruels), ajasram (many a times) āsuriṣu-eva yoniṣu (in the demoniac
wombs only) aśubhān (at dirtied places) saṁsāreṣu (in this world). ||19||
Translation
Those envying cruels of insane characters
The degraded demons of the unsocial race
Make them born myself a number of times
In demoniac wombs at un-auspicious place ||19||
Verse No 20
आसुर यो नमाप ा मू
ढा ज म न ज म न।
माम ा यै
व कौ ते
य ततो या यधमांग तम्
॥
Transliteration
āsurīṁ yonimāpannā mūḍhā janmani
māmaprāpyaiva kaunteya tato yāntyadhamāṁ gatim

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), mūḍhā (the foolish fellows), āpannā (being attached to)
āsurīṁ yoniṁ (demoniac wombs), janmani janmani (births after births), tato (after that)
yānti (attain to) adhamāṁ gatiṁ (degraded destinations), aprāpya (without attaining)
māṁ (to me). ||20||
Translation
Births after re-births these foolish fellows
Born in demoniac wombs with devilish wish
Degrade themselves slipping down to hale
Never attain to me, O Kunti’s Born Prince! ||20||
Verse No 21
वधं
नरक येदंारंनाशनमा मनः।
कामः ोध तथा लोभ त मादे
त यंयजे त्
॥
Transliteration
trividhaṁ narakasyedaṁ dvāraṁ nāśanamātmanaḥ
kāmaḥ krodhastathā lobhastasmādetattrayaṁ tyajet

Kāmaḥ (passion), krodhaḥ (anger), tathā (and) lobhaḥ (greed), idaṁ (these are)
trividhaṁ (three) dvāraṁ (gateways) narakasya (of the hale), atmanaḥ nāsanaṁ (for
self-destruction). Tasmāt (therefore), etat trayaṁ (these three) tyajet (should be given
up). ||21||
Translation
Threefold are the gateways to drown down to the hale
The door of passion, door of greed, and door of wrath
Self-ruining are these three doors, after entered into
Must be renounced therefore, these destructive paths ||21||
Verse No 22
एतै
वमुः कौ ते
य तमो ारै भनरः।
आचर या मनः े
य ततो या त परां
ग तम्
॥
Transliteration
etairvimuktaḥ kaunteya tamodvāraistribhirnaraḥ
ācaratyātmanaḥ śreyastato yāti parāṁ gatim

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), vimuktaḥ (being freed from) etaiḥ tamo-dvāraiḥ (these
darkened doors), naraḥ (the man, who) ācarati (endeavors) sreyaḥ (for the betterment)
ātmanaḥ (of the Self), yāti (he attains) tato (thereafter) parāṁ gatim (the Supreme
Destination). ||22||
Translation
Freed from the passages into these tri-type-traps
Driving to darkness through these dangerous doors
Seeking self-solace the spiritualist, O Son of Kunti!
Attaineth thereafter the supreme designated place ||22||
Verse No 23
यः शा व धमु
सृ य वततेकामकारतः।
न स स मवा ो त न सु
खंन परां
ग तम्
॥
Transliteration
yaḥ śāstravidhimutsṛjya vartate kāmakārataḥ
na sa siddhimavāpnoti na sukhaṁ na parāṁ gatim

utsṛjya (by disregarding) śāstra-vidhiṁ (the rules of the holistic scriptures), yaḥ (who)
vartate (is engaged always) kāma-kārataḥ (for the sake of satisfaction of wants), saḥ
(he) avāpnoti (achieves) na siddhiṁ (neither perfection), na sukhaṁ (nor pleasure), na
parāṁ gatim (nor the Supreme Destination). ||23||
Translation
Discarding the rules laid down in scriptures
Rejoiceth who, over passion-born pleasure
Neither attaineth perfection in his practice
Nor the happiness nor the Supreme Shelter ||23||
Verse No 24
त मा छा ंमाणं तेकायाकाय व थतौ।
ा वा शा वधानो ंकम कतुमहाह स॥
Transliteration
tasmācchāstraṁ pramāṇaṁ te kāryākāryavyavasthitau
jñātvā śāstravidhānoktaṁ karma kartumihārhasi

Tasamāt (therefore) kārya-akārya-vyavasthitau (to distinguish in between deeds and
misdeeds) śastraṁ (the scriptures are) pramāṇaṁ (the proven guides) te (to you),
jñātvā (by knowing this) arhasi (you should) kārya-kartum (try to do) śāsrta-vidhāna-
uktam (as per the holistic scriptures). ||24||
Translation
Scriptures, therefore, are the full-proof guides
The prescribed procedures for thou to act upon
For deciding over deeds, misdeeds, wells or ills
Must act here thou as per that divine direction ||24||
-XXXX-
ॐ त स द त ीम गवद् नीतासूप नष सु व ायां

योगशा ेीकृणाजु न दै
वासुरस प भागयोगो
नाम षोडशोऽ यायः ॥16॥
With this, endeth the Sixteenth Chapter
“The Doctrine of Divine and Demoniac Treasures”
---000---
अथ स तदशोऽ यायः- ा य वभागयोग
SEVENTEENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Tri-type Reverences)
Verse No 1
येशा व धमु सृ य यज ते या वताः।
ते
षांन ा तु
का कृण स वमाहो रज तमः॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
ye śāstravidhimutsṛjya yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ
teṣāṁ niṣṭhā tu kā kṛṣṇa sattvamāho rajastamaḥ

arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), kṛṣṇa (O Lord Krishna!), ye (those, who) utsṛjya (by ignoring)
śāstravidhiṁ (the principles of scriptures), yajante (worship) śraddhayānvitāḥ
(reverence-bound), kā (what is) teṣāṁ niṣṭhā (their endeavor), sattva (Is it pious), rajaḥ
(passionate) aho (or) tamaḥ (poor modes)? ||1||
Translation
O Lord Krishna!, questioned curiously Arjun
By ignoring the principles of holistic scriptures
What if worship those attached with firm faith
Is it attributes of piety, passion or poor modes ||1||
Verse No 2
वाच
वधा भव त ा दे
हनांसा वभावजा।
सा वक राजसी चै
व तामसी चेत तांृ
ण॥
ु
Transliteration
trividhā bhavati śraddhā dehināṁ sā svabhāvajā
sāttvikī rājasī caiva tāmasī ceti tāṁ śṛṇu

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), svabhāvajā (born of one’s own nature), sā
śraddhā (that reverence) dehināṁ (of the embodied soul) bhavati (is) trividhā (of three
types), sāttvikī (the faith of piety), tāmasī (the faith of passion), ca (and) iva (also)
tāmasī (the faith of poorness). Tāṁ śṛṇu (listen to all those). ||2||
Translation
Three-folds are the faiths, replied then the Lord
The faith of goodness, passion and ignorant wills
Naturally born, as destined, in the embodied soul
Now listen to those aspects of faith and believes ||2||
Verse No 3
स वानुपा सव य ा भव त भारत।
ामयोऽयं
पुषो यो य ः स एव सः॥
Transliteration
sattvānurūpā sarvasya śraddhā bhavati bhārata
śraddhāmayo’yaṁ puruṣo yo yacchraddhaḥ sa eva saḥ

Bhārata (O Great Born of Bharat!), ayaṁ puruṣo (this embodied soul) śraddhāmayo (is
reverence-bound). Sarvasya śraddhā (the reverence of all beings) bhavati (is) sattva-
anurūpā (according to the nature of the person). Yo (who) yat-sraddhaḥ (keeps what
type of faith), saḥ sa eva (he is like so). ||3||
Translation
Believes-bound, the persons, “O Bhārat born Brave!”
Firm-fixed, all the embodied ones, fettered by faith
Keeping faith some types, attached to blind believes
Keeps interest who, in whatever faith, he is like that ||3||
Verse No 4
यज तेसा वका दे
वा य र ांस राजसाः।
े
ता भू
तगणांा येजय तेतामसा जनाः॥
Transliteration
yajante sāttvikā devānyakṣarakṣāṁsi rājasāḥ
pretānbhūtagaṇāṁścānye yajante tāmasā janāḥ

sāttvikā (the persons in good modes) yajante (worship) devān (the demi-gods), rājasāḥ
(the persons in passionate modes) yakṣa (to the God of Wealth) rakṣāṁsi (and to the
God of Power), anye (the others) tāmasā janāḥ (persons in bad modes) yajante
(worship to) pretān (witches) ca (and) bhūta-gaṇān (to the family of ghosts). ||4||
Translation
Worship to the demi-Gods, persons in goodness
Adore to Power of Wealth, the passionate persons
But the persons born with the modes of ignorance
Worship to ghosts and witches, other evil insanes ||4||
Verse No 5-6
अशा व हतं घोरं
त य ते
येतपो जनाः।
द भाहङ् कारसं
युाः कामरागबला वताः॥
कशय तः शरीर थं
भूत ाममचे
तसः।
मां
चै
वा तःशरीर थं
ता व ध्
यासु
र न यान्
॥
Transliteration
aśāstravihitaṁ ghoraṁ tapyante ye tapo janāḥ
dambhāhaṅkārasaṁyuktāḥ kāmarāgabalānvitāḥ
karṣayantaḥ śarīrasthaṁ bhūtagrāmamacetasaḥ
māṁ caivāntaḥ śarīrasthaṁ tānviddhyāsuraniścayān

Acetasaḥ janāḥ (the senseless persons), ye (those), dambha-ahaṅkāra-saṁyuktāḥ
(attached to egoism and false capability), kāma-rāga-bala-anvitāḥ (enraged with
passion, desires and might), aśāstra-vihitaṁ (discarding the principles of the holistic
scriptures), tapyante (practise) ghoraṁ tapaṁ (painful penance), karṣayantaḥ (by
torturing) bhūta-grāmaṁ (the physical organs) māṁ-iva (as well as to me) śarīrasthaṁ
(present inside the body), viddhi (understand) niścayān (definitely) tān (them) asurān
(as demons). ||5||
Translation
Triggered by craving, passion and power
Attached to stubbornness, ego and pride
Practise those persons, painful penance
Discarding the religious scripts as guide ||5||
Crushing cruelly all the parts of the body

Torturing terrific internal physical organs
Tormenting to myself too, present inside
Know them clearly as senseless demons ||6||
Verse No 7
आहार व प सव य वधो भव त यः।
य तप तथा दानं
ते
षां
भे
द ममंृ
ण॥
ु
Transliteration
āhārastvapi sarvasya trividho bhavati priyaḥ
yajñastapastathā dānaṁ teṣāṁ bhedamimaṁ śṛṇu

āhāraḥ-tu-api (the food habits also) trividho bhavati (are of three types) priyaḥ (as per
likingness). Tathā (like wise), yajñaḥ (sacrifices), dānaṁ (charity), tapaḥ (penance). śṛṇu
(listen to) imaṁ bhedaṁ (the differences) teṣāṁ (among those). ||7||
Translation
Food habits are also three types as per likingness
Three type of persons have three different choice
So is the choice on sacrifice, charity, and penance
Now listen to, among them, the choice-difference ||7||
Verse No 8
आयुः स वबलारो यसु
ख ी त ववधनाः।
र याः न धाः थरा ा आहाराः सा वक याः॥
Transliteration
āyuḥ sattvabalārogyasukhaprītivivardhanāḥ
rasyāḥ snigdhāḥ sthirā hṛdyā āhārāḥ sāttvikapriyāḥ

āhārāḥ (the foods) rasyāḥ (which are juicy), snigdhāḥ (fresh), sthirā (steady and staple),
hridyā (satisfying), vivardhanāḥ (which increase) āyuḥ (the life span), sattva (goodness),
bala (strength), ārogya (health), prīti (and happiness), sāttvika-priyāḥ (are favorite of the
persons in goodness). ||8||
Translation
Foods which are pure, fresh and juicy
Which are pleasing, steady and staple
Increasing life, goodness and strength
Liked always those by the pious people ||8||
Verse No 9
कट्
व ललवणा यु णती ण वदा हनः।
आहारा राजस येा ःखशोकामय दाः॥
Transliteration
kaṭvamlalavaṇātyuṣṇatīkṣṇarūkṣavidāhinaḥ
āhārā rājasasyeṣṭā duḥkhaśokāmayapradāḥ

Āhārāh (the foods) katu (which are bitter), amla (acidic), lavaṇa (salty), ati-uṣna (very
hot), tīkṣṇa (very spicy), rūkṣa (dry), vidāhinaḥ (giving burning sensation), iṣṭā (are
favorites) rājasasya (of the passionate persons), duḥkha-śoka-āmaya-pradāḥ (which
give illness, woes, and pains). ||9||
Translation
Bitter, pungent, salty, and very very hot
Spicy and dry causing burning sensation
Passionate persons favour those foods
Causing illness, woes, and lamentation ||9||
Verse No 10
यातयामं
गतरसंपूत पयु
षतंच यत्
।
उ छ म प चामे
यंभोजनंतामस यम् ॥
Transliteration
yātayāmaṁ gatarasaṁ pūti paryuṣitaṁ ca yat
ucchiṣṭamapi cāmedhyaṁ bhojanaṁ tāmasapriyam

Yat bhojanaṁ (The food which is) yātayāmaṁ (stale), gata-rasaṁ (spoiled), pūti
(smelling bad), paryuṣitaṁ (contaminated), amedhyaṁ (uncleansed), ca (and)
ucchiṣṭaṁ api (even the left outs of others), tāmasa-priyaṁ (are liked by the people in
ignorant modes). ||10||
Translation
Spoiled stale foods, the ignorants favour
Overstayed, putrid, rotten, and tasteless
The left out of others also, smelling foul
That is uncleaned, dirty and full of dusts ||10||
Verse No 11
अफलाकाङ् भय ो व ध ो य इ यते ।
य मे वे
त मनः समाधाय स सा वकः॥
Transliteration
aphalākāṅkṣibhiryajño vidhidiṣṭo ya ijyate
yaṣṭavyameveti manaḥ samādhāya sa sāttvikaḥ

yaṣṭavyam-iva (sacrifices to be performed), iti (like this), samādhāya (making up)
manaḥ (the mind), yaḥ (who) ijyate (performs) yajño (sacrificial offers), vidhidiṣṭo (as
per the prescribed principles), aphalākāṅkṣibhiḥ (without desiring the fruits), saḥ (he is)
sātvikaḥ (in the mode of goodness). ||11||
Translation
Coveting without desires for fruits thereof
Obligatory, performs who sacrificial offers
Following the pious principles as prescribed
He is attributed to be the man in goodness ||11||
Verse No 12
अ भस धाय तु
फलं
द भाथम प चै
व यत्।
इ यते
भरत ेतंय ंव राजसम् ॥
Transliteration
abhisandhāya tu phalaṁ dambhārthamapi caiva yat
ijyate bharataśreṣṭha taṁ yajñaṁ viddhi rājasam

Tu (But) bharata-śreṣṭha (O Best born of Bharat!), yat ijyate (which is sacrificed)
abhisandhāya (by coveting) phalaṁ (the fruits) ca (or) iva (just) dambhārthaṁ (showing
arrogance), viddhi (understand) taṁ yajñaṁ (that sacrifice) rājasaṁ (passionate). ||12||
Translation
Desiring results for fruitful gains
Deceitful, showing pride and power
Participates who in showy sacrifices
That is said to be passionate offer |12||
Verse No 13
व धहीनमसृा ंम हीनमद णम् ।
ा वर हतं
य ं
तामसंप रच ते
॥
Transliteration
vidhihīnamasṛṣṭānnaṁ mantrahīnam adakṣiṇam
śraddhāvirahitaṁ yajñaṁ tāmasaṁ paricakṣate

yajñaṁ (the sacrificial offers) śraddhā-virahitaṁ (without reverence), vidhi-hīnaṁ
(without prescribed principles), asṛṣṭa-annaṁ (which does not yield any fruits OR
grains), mantra-hīnaṁ (without inspiring social slogans), adakṣiṇam (without spending
money), paricakṣate (are viewed to be) tāmasaṁ (ignorant acts). ||13||
Translation
Ignoring principles and processes prescribed
Lack of interest to donate in sacrificial offers
Without social slogans inspiring united efforts
That is Ignorant act yielding fruitless results |13||
Verse No 14
दे
व जगु ा पू जनं शौचमाजवम्
।
चयम हसा च शारीरं
तप उ यते
॥
Transliteration
devadvijaguruprājñapūjanaṁ śaucamārjavam
brahmacaryamahiṁsā ca śārīraṁ tapa ucyate

pūjanaṁ (the worship to) deva (the Gods), dvija (priests / Brahmins), guru (teachers)
prājña (the scholars), śaucaṁ (the cleanliness), ārjavaṁ (the simplicity), brahmacaryaṁ
(the bachelorhood), ahiṁsā (non-violence), ca (etc.) uchyate (are called) sāriraṁ tapam
(physical penance). ||14||
Translation
Respect to teachers, preachers and scholars
Worshiping the Gods, Goddesses and nature
The simplicity, bachelorhood, and cleanliness
These are physical penance of good character |14||
Verse No 15
अनुे गकरंवा यं
स यं य हतं
च यत्।
वा याया यसनंचै
व वाङ् मयं
तप उ यते॥
Transliteration
anudvegakaraṁ vākyaṁ satyaṁ priyahitaṁ ca yat
svādhyāyābhyasanaṁ caiva vāṅmayaṁ tapa ucyate

Anudvegakaraṁ (the unprovoking) vākyaṁ (words), yat (which) satyaṁ (are truthful),
priya (pleasing), hitaṁ (beneficial), ca (and) sva-adhyāya-abhyasanaṁ (which are
practiced in spiritual studies realizing self), vāṅmayaṁ (those words) ucyate (are called)
tapa (austerity of speech). ||15||
Translation
The pleasing, benefitting and truthful words
Not provoking those are to the general public
Practising Vedic Studies which felt and spelt
Those words are called austerities of speech ||15||
Verse No 16
मनः सादः सौ य वं
मौनमा म व न हः।
भावसं
शु र ये त पो मानसमु यते
॥
Transliteration
manaḥprasādaḥ saumyatvaṁ maunamātmavinigrahaḥ
bhāvasaṁśuddhirityetattapo mānasamucyate

manaḥ-prasādaḥ (pleasant mind), saumyatvaṁ (gentleness), maunaṁ (silence),
ātmavinigrahaḥ (self-control), bhāva-saṁśuddhiḥ (purity in thoughts) iti-etat (like these)
ucyate (are called) tapo (the austerity) mānasam (of the mind). ||16||
Translation
The pleasure-full mind reflecting gentleness
Purity of thoughts processed in clean mind
Self-controlled spirit swayed in silent state
Mental austerities these are of various kind ||16||
Verse No 17
या परया त तं
तप त वधं नरै
ः।
अफलाकाङ् भयुै ः सा वकं
प रच ते ॥
Transliteration
śraddhayā parayā taptaṁ tapastattrividhaṁ naraiḥ
aphalākāṅkṣibhiryuktaiḥ sāttvikaṁ paricakṣate

trividhaṁ (Three type) tapaṁ (of penances) taptaṁ (which are practiced) naraiḥ (by the
persons) yuktaiḥ (attached with) parayā śraddhayā (immense faith and interest), aphalā-
kāṅkṣibhiḥ (without desiring fruits), paricakṣate (are sighted) sāttvikaṁ (to be of pious
penances). ||17||
Translation
Non desirous of any benefits of the result
Attached with immense faith and interest
The three way penances practised by men
Sighted to be of pious endeavors, the best ||17||
Verse No 18
स कारमानपू
जाथ तपो द भे
न चै
व यत्
।
यतेत दह ो ंराजसं चलम वुम्॥
Transliteration
satkāramānapūjārthaṁ tapo dambhena caiva yat
kriyate tadiha proktaṁ rājasaṁ calamadhruvam

Tapo (the austerity) yat kriyate (which is undertaken) satkāra-māna-pūjārthaṁ (adoring
self-respect and regards) dambhena (showing pride and power), tat (that is) proktaṁ
(said to be) iha (in this world) rājasaṁ (passionate), calaṁ (which is transitory) ca (and)
adhruvaṁ (unfixed). ||18||
Translation
The penance, practised for respect and regards
The austerity undertaken with pride and power
Unfixed, which is transit, of no long term value
That is said to be the austerity of passion here ||18||
Verse No 19
मू
ढ ाहेणा मनो य पीडया यते तपः।
पर यो सादनाथ वा त ामसमु
दा तम्
॥
Transliteration
mūḍhagrāheṇātmano yatpīḍayā kriyate tapaḥ
parasyotsādanārthaṁ vā tattāmasamudāhṛtam

Tapaḥ (the austerity), yat (which is) kriyate (performed) pīḍayā (painfully) mūḍha-
grāheṇa (sprang from ignorance) ātmanaḥ (of one’s own) vā (or) arthaṁ (for the sake
of) utsādana (destruction) parasya (of others), tat (that is) udāhṛtaṁ (sighted to be)
tāmasam (darkened deeds). ||19||
Translation
By way of tormenting and torturing self
Ventured out of ignorance that penance
Or, for the sake of destruction of others
That is sighted to be deeds of darkness ||19||
Verse No 20
दात म त य ानं
द यते
ऽनु
पका रणे।
दे
शेकाले
च पा े
च त ानं
सा वकंमृ तम्॥
Transliteration
dātavyamiti yaddānaṁ dīyate’nupakāriṇe
deśe kāle ca pātre ca taddānaṁ sāttvikaṁ smṛtam

Dātavyaṁ (One must donate), iti (thinking like this), yat-dānaṁ (which gift) dīyate (is
gifted) deśe (at the right place), kāle (at the appropriate time), ca (and) pātre (to the
right person), anupakāriṇe (without expecting benefits), tat-dānaṁ (that gift) smṛtam (is
considered) sāttvikaṁ (to be pious). ||20||
Translation
Without expecting any benefits in return
To the right man, at right time and place
Which is gifted out of spontaneous feels
That is considered, the gift of goodness ||20||
Verse No 21
य ु यु
पकाराथ फलमु य वा पु
नः।
द यते
चपर ल ं त ानं
राजसंमृतम्॥
Transliteration
yattu pratyupakārārthaṁ phalamuddiśya vā punaḥ
dīyate ca parikliṣṭaṁ taddānaṁ rājasaṁ smṛtam

Tu (but) yat (which is) dīyate (gifted) parikliṣṭaṁ (reluctantly) prati-upakāra-arthaṁ (for
the sake of return benefits) vā (or) uddiśya (targeting) punaḥ phalaṁ (fruitful returns
(again and again), tat-dānaṁ (that gift) smṛtaṁ (is considered to be) rājasaṁ
(passionate). ||21||
Translation
But reluctantly which is gifted
Seeking self-benefits in return
That charity to gain fruits again
Called as donations in passion ||21||
Verse No 22
अदे
शकालेय ानमपा ेय द यते
।
अस कृ
तमव ातंत ामसमु
दा तम्
॥
Transliteration
adeśakāle yaddānam apātrebhyaśca dīyate
asatkṛtamavajñātaṁ tattāmasamudāhṛtam

Dānaṁ (The gift) yat (which is) dīyate (gifted) asat-kṛtaṁ (with dis-respect), avajñātaṁ
(with dis-regards), apātrebhyaḥ (to an underserving person) adeśa-kāle (at a wrong
place untimely), tat (that is) udāhṛtaṁ (sighted to be) tāmasaṁ (ignorance). ||22||
Translation
Gifted which to an underserving person
Untimely at an inappropriate place
With dis-regard, dis-respect, unwillingness
That is sighted as bitter ignorance ||22||
Verse No 23
ॐ त स द त नदशो ण वधः मृ तः।
ा णा तेन वे
दा य ा व हताः पु
रा॥
Transliteration
oṁ tatsaditi nirdeśo brahmaṇastrividhaḥ smṛtaḥ
brāhmaṇāstena vedāśca yajñāśca vihitāḥ purā

Om tat-sat (O Ultimate Truth!), iti-trividhaḥ (these three words) smṛtaḥ (are considered
to be) nirdeśo (the commands) brahmaṇaḥ (of the Supreme Spirit). Tena (by those),
vedāḥ (the Vedas), brāhmaṇāḥ (the priests), ca (and) yajñāḥ (the sacrifices) vihitāḥ (are
created) purā (long ago). ||23||
Translation
“Oom tat sat” which means, O Ulitmate Truth!
These three, considered to be spiritual orders
By way of which procreated, the Vedic Verses
The Brahmins, and also their sacrificial offers ||23||
Verse No 24
त मादो म यु
दा य य दानतपः याः।
वत तेवधानो ः सततं वा दनाम्॥
Transliteration
tasmādoṁityudāhṛtya yajñadānatapaḥ kriyāḥ
pravartante vidhānoktāḥ satataṁ brahmavādinām

Tasmāt (Therefore) iti (like this way) yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-kriyāḥ (the work of sacrifices,
charity, and penance) brahma-vādināṁ (of the spiritual advocates) pravartante (is
performed) satataṁ (always) udāhritya (by reciting) idaṁ Ooṁ (this Oom) vidhānoktāḥ
(as prescribed). ||24||
Translation
Reciting always therefore “Oom” in this manner
The sagacious advocates of the supreme spirit
Performed the sacrifices, charity and austerity
By following the Vedic principles as prescribed ||24||
Verse No 25
त द यन भस दाय फलं
य तपः याः।
दान या व वधाः य ते मो काङ् भः॥
Transliteration
tadityanabhisandhāya phalaṁ yajñatapaḥkriyāḥ
dānakriyāścavividhāḥ kriyante mokṣakāṅkṣibhiḥ

Iti (in this manner) tat (by reciting that Oom), anabhisandhāya (without desiring) phalaṁ
(any fruitful gains), vividhāḥ (various) kriyāḥ (activities) yajña-tapaḥ (of sacrifices and
penances) ca (and) dāna-kriyāḥ (the charitable activities) kriyante (are performed)
mokṣa-kāṅkṣibhiḥ (by the persons desiring liberation). ||25||
Translation
This way, by reciting that Oom all the time
Performed the austerities, sacrificial pains
Cherished, the charity by the spiritualists
Without wishing thereof any fruitful gains ||25||
Verse No 26
स ावे
साधु
भावेच स द यत युयते ।
श ते
कम ण तथा स छ दः पाथ युयते॥
Transliteration
sadbhāve sādhubhāve ca sadityetatprayujyate
praśaste karmaṇi tathā sacchabdaḥ pārtha yujyate

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), sat-iti (the supreme spirit is the ultimate truth), etat (this
means this “Oom”) prayujyate (is used) sat-bhāve (in truthful thoughts) ca (and also)
sādhu-bhāve (in noble thoughts), tathā (also), sat-śabdaḥ (the words meaning ultimate
truth) prayujyate (is used) praśaste karmaṇi (in auspicious works). ||26||
Translation
That supreme spirit only, the ultimate truth
By considering this, the most truthful utter
That “Oom” is recited addressing the Lord
In auspicious acts Arjun! In noble manner ||26||
Verse No 27
य े
तप स दाने
च थ तः स द त चो यते
।
कम चै
व तदथ यं
स द यवा भधीयते॥
Transliteration
yajñe tapasi dāne ca sthitiḥ saditi cocyate
karma caiva tadarthīyaṁ sadityevābhidhīyate

Sthitiḥ (the presence) yajñe (in sacrificial offers), tapasi (in austerities), ca (and) dāne
(in charity), ucyate (is called) iti (as like as) sat (the ultimate truth), ca (and) karma (the
works) tat-arthīyaṁ (for the sake of that) ca (also) abhidhīyate (are considered to be)
sat (truth bound). ||27||
Translation
The presence in sacrifices, charity and penance
Considered, attachment with the truth, ultimate
The service to mankind like the service to God
Called the connection with Truthful Divine Act ||27||
Verse No 28
अ या तं द ंतप त तंकृ
तंच यत्।
अस द यु
यते
पाथ न च त ेय नो इह॥
Transliteration
aśraddhayā hutaṁ dattaṁ tapastaptaṁ kṛtaṁ ca yat
asadityucyate pārtha na ca tatpretya no iha

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), yat (which) tapaḥ (penance) taptaṁ (is undertaken) ca (and)
dattaṁ kṛtaṁ (which donation is offered), ca (and) hutaṁ (which is sacrificed)
aśraddhayā (without faith and interest), tat (that) ucyate (is called) asat (untruthful), na
iha (neither for this birth), na ca pretya (nor for the next). ||28||
Translation
Without trust and faith, those offers, offered
Without will power, the penances, practised
Gift and Charity without heartily willingness
Neither truthful in this birth nor in the next ||28||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेी कृणाजु नसंवादे ा य वभागयोगो
नाम स तदशोऽ याय : ॥17॥
With this, ended the Seventeenth Chapter named
“The Doctrine of three-fold reverences”
The evergreen scripts, eternal ||17||
---000---
अथा ादशोऽ यायः- मो सं
यासयोग
EIGHTEENTH CHAPTER
(The Doctrine of Liberation through Renunciation)
Verse No 1
अजु न उवाच
स यास य महाबाहो त व म छा म वेदतु
म्।
याग य च षीकेश पृथ केश नषू दन ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
sannyāsasya mahābāho tattvamicchāmi veditum
tyāgasya ca hṛṣīkeśa pṛthakkeśiniṣūdana

arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), mahābāho (O Mighty Armed!), hṛṣīkeśa (O Lord of the Sense
Organs!), keśiniṣūdana (O Killer of Demon Keshi!), icchami (I am wishing) vedituṁ (to
know) pṛthak (the difference) sannyāsasya (of the renunciation) ca (and) tyāgasya (that
of relinquishment). ||1||
Translation
Asked then Arjun, “O Sense Controlling Master!”
Wishing to understand the difference between
The concept of renunciation and relinquishment
O Killer of Keshi! Tell me the difference therein ||1||
Verse No 2
वाच
का यानां
कमणा यासंस यासंकवयो व ः ।
सवकमफल यागंा यागंवच णाः ॥
Transliteration
kāmyānāṁ karmaṇāṁ nyāsaṁ sannyāsaṁ kavayo viduḥ
sarvakarmaphalatyāgaṁ prāhustyāgaṁ vicakṣaṇāḥ

Śrībhagavān-uvāca (the all opulent Lord said), kavayo (the wise men) viduḥ (know that)
sannyāsaṁ (the renunciation is) nyāsaṁ (to give up) kāmyānāṁ karmaṇāṁ (the desire
of fruitive works). vicakṣaṇāḥ (the intelligent persons) prahuḥ (say that) sarva-karma-
phala-tyāgaṁ (to abandon all the fruitful results of action) tyāgaṁ (is relinquishment).
||2||
Translation
The Lord said, to give up all deeds, desire-born
Called renunciation as the scholars understand
But to give up completely it’s fructified results
Said to be relinquishment by the wise, prudent ||2||
Verse No 3
या यं
दोषव द ये
केकम ा मनी षणः ।
य दानतपःकम न या य म त चापरे
॥
Transliteration
tyājyaṁ doṣavadityeke karma prāhurmanīṣiṇaḥ
yajñadānatapaḥkarma na tyājyamiti cāpare

eke manīṣiṇaḥ (some of the sages) prāhuḥ iti (say like that) doṣavat karma (the
aberrant works) tyājyaṁ (should be given up) ca (and) apare (the other ones) iti (say like
that) yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma (the works in sacrifices, charity, and austerity) na tyājyaṁ
(should not be given up). ||3||
Translation
Should be renounced, the aberrant works
Say like this, some of the sagacious seers
Some say not to renounce, let it be faulty
The deeds in charity, austerity, sacrifices ||3||
Verse No 4
न यंृ णु
मत यागेभरतस म ।
यागो ह पुष ा वधः स क ततः ॥
Transliteration
niścayaṁ śṛṇu me tatra tyāge bharatasattama
tyāgo hi puruṣavyāghra trividhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ

Bharatasattama (O Best of Bharat!), puruṣa-vyāghra (O Human Tiger!), śṛṇu (listen) me
(from me) niścayaṁ-hi (clearly) tatra tyāge (about that relinquishment). Tyāgo (the
relinquishment) samprakīrtitaḥ (has been described to be) trividhaḥ (of three types). ||4||
Translation
Now listen from me, O Best of Bharat!
Precisely, the term “Relinquishment”
The relinquishment is also three type
O valiant man, now listen about that ||4||
Verse No 5
य दानतपःकम न या यं कायमे व तत्
।
य ो दानं
तप ै
व पावना न मनी षणाम्॥
Transliteration
yajñadānatapaḥkarma na tyājyaṁ kāryameva tat
yajño dānaṁ tapaścaiva pāvanāni manīṣiṇām

Yajña-dāna-tapaḥ-karma (the activities in sacrifices, charity, and austerity) kāryaṁ
(should be performed), na tyājyaṁ (should not be given up). Yajña-dānaṁ ca tapaḥ (the
sacrifices, charity and austerity are) pāvanināṁ (for purification) manīṣiṇām (of the
sages). ||5||
Translation
Not to be relinquished the auspicious works
Like the sacrifices, charity and austerities
The deed of sacrifice, charity and penance
Purify the mind and soul of the spiritualists ||5||
Verse No 6
एता य प तु
कमा ण सङ् गंय वा फला न च ।
कत ानी त म पाथ न तंमतमुमम् ॥
Transliteration
etānyapi tu karmāṇi saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalāni ca
kartavyānīti me pārtha niścitaṁ matamuttamam

Tu (But) Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), etāni karmāṇi ca (these works also) kartavyāni
(should be performed) tyaktvā (by renouncing) saṅgaṁ (attachment) ca (and) phalāni
(fruits). Iti (this is) me (my) mattam (opinion) niścitaṁ (which is definite) uttamam (and
the best). ||6||
Translation
Must be performed these activities, O Arjun!
But relinquishing the fruitive results of that
Without remained attached thereto for gain
This is my personal opinion, surely the best ||6||
Verse No 7
नयत य तुस यासः कमणो नोपप ते ।
मोहा य प र याग तामसः प रक ततः ॥
Transliteration
niyatasya tu sannyāsaḥ karmaṇo nopapadyate
mohāttasya parityāgastāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ

Tu (but) parityāgaḥ (the relinquishment) niyatasya karmaṇo (of regular routine activities
MEANS obligatory works) na-upapadyate (is not advisable to be abandoned). Asya
parityāgaḥ (it’s relinquishment) mohāt (out of delusion) parikirtitaḥ (is said to be)
tāmasaḥ (ignorance). ||7||
Translation
Abstaining from ongoing obligatory works
Giving up routine activities, not righteous
Relinquished if, out of illusionary idleness
That is called nothing but idle ignorance ||7||
Verse No 8
ःख म येव य कम काय ले
शभया यजे
त्
।
स कृवा राजसंयागंनै
व यागफलंलभे
त्
॥
Transliteration
duḥkhamityeva yatkarma kāyakleśabhayāttyajet
sa kṛtvā rājasaṁ tyāgaṁ naiva tyāgaphalaṁ labhet

Duḥkhaṁ-iti-eva (assuming as painful), yat-karma (which work) tyajet (is given up) kāya-
kleśa-bhayāt (out of fear of physical pain), sa (he), kṛtvā (by performing) rājasaṁ
tyāgaṁ (passionate relinquishment), na labhet (does not achieve) tyāga-phalam (the
fruits of relinquishment). ||8||
Translation
Assuming as arduous and painful these works
Relinquished which, afraid of physical unrest
Doing so, called as relinquishment of passion
Never achieved so the fruits of relinquishment ||8||
Verse No 9
काय म ये
व य कम नयतं यते अजु
न।
सङ् गंय वा फलं चै
व स यागः सा वको मतः ॥
Transliteration
kāryamityeva yatkarma niyataṁ kriyate’rjuna
saṅgaṁ tyaktvā phalaṁ caiva sa tyāgaḥ sāttviko mataḥ
Arjuna (O Arjuna!), Kāryaṁ-iti (Must be done, so determined) yat-karma (which works)
kriyate (are done) niyataṁ (regularly), ca (and) iva (also) tyaktvā (by giving up) saṅgaṁ
(the attachment) phalaṁ (to fruits), sa-tyāgaḥ (that relinquishment) mataḥ (is opined)
sāttviko (as pious). ||9||
Translation
Must be done this, so determined
Performed which works, regularly
Without being attached to its fruits
That is known relinquishment, really ||9||
Verse No 10
न े कु शलं कम कुशले नानु
ष जते।
यागी स वसमा व ो मे
धावी छ संशयः ॥
Transliteration
na dveṣṭyakuśalaṁ karma kuśale nānuṣajjate
tyāgī sattvasamāviṣṭo medhāvī chinnasaṁśayaḥ

Medhāvī tyāgī (the relinquished wise), sattva-samāviṣṭo (adorned with goodness),
cchinna-saṁśayaḥ (cut off from the dualities), na-dveṣṭi (does not envy means does not
avoid) akuśalaṁ- karma (the non-beneficial works), na-anuṣajjate (nor carried away with)
kusale (beneficial works). ||10||
Translation
Devoid of any doubts, the relinquished wise
Endowed with goodness and divine deeds
Neither remains away from fruitless actions
Nor carried away with the benefitting needs ||10||
Verse No 11
न ह दे
हभृ
ता श यंय ु
ंकमा यशेषतः ।
य तु
कमफल यागी स यागी य भधीयते॥
Transliteration
na hi dehabhṛtā śakyaṁ tyaktuṁ karmāṇyaśeṣataḥ
yastu karmaphalatyāgī sa tyāgītyabhidhīyate

dehabhṛtā (the embodied ones) na hi śakyaṁ (are not at all able) tyaktuṁ (to give up)
karmāṇi (the works) aśeṣataḥ (totally), tu (but) yaḥ (who has) karma-phala-tyāgī
( relinquished the fruits of action) sa (he is) iti (considered) tyāgī (having relinquished)
||11||
Translation
Cannot relinquish fully, the embodied one
Essential activities for the body to sustain
Known to be relinquished he is, therefore
Abandoned, who hath, the fruits of action ||11||
Verse No 12
अ न म ंम ं च वधं कमणः फलम् ।
भव य या गनांे
य न तु
स या सनांव चत्॥
Transliteration
aniṣṭamiṣṭaṁ miśraṁ ca trividhaṁ karmaṇaḥ phalam
bhavatyatyāgināṁ pretya na tu sannyāsināṁ kvacit

Phalaṁ (the fruits) karmaṇaḥ (of actions) atyāgināṁ (of the un-relinquished ones)
trividhaṁ (are of three types), istaṁ (favourable), anistaṁ (un-favourable), ca (and)
misraṁ (mixed), bhavati (which occur) pretya (in the next birth), tu (but) na kvacit (never)
sannyāsināṁ (of the relinquished saints). ||12||
Translation
The fructifying works of the un-relinquished one
Better, worse, or mixed, yield threefold result
Which are endured after their births, rebirths
But the relinquished unborn is deprived of that |12||
Verse No 13
प चै
ता न महाबाहो कारणा न नबोध मे
।
साङ्ये
कृता तेो ा न स ये सवकमणाम् ॥
Transliteration
pañcaitāni mahābāho kāraṇāni nibodha me
sāṅkhye kṛtānte proktāni siddhaye sarvakarmaṇām

Mahābāho (O Mighty Armed!), etāni pancha kāraṇāni (these five reasons) proktāni (have
been told) sāṅkhye (in the divine theories) siddhaye (for achieving perfection) kṛta-ante
sarva-karmaṇām (to destroy the effects of fructifying works). Nivodha (understand) me
(from me). ||13||
Translation
Described in the holistic scriptures
These five causes of fruitive works
Listen from me, “O Mighty Armed One!”
How to get rid of the effects of those |13||
Verse No 14
अ ध ानं
तथा कता करणंच पृ
थ वधम्
।
व वधा पृ
थ चेा दैवं
चै
वा प चमम्॥
Transliteration
adhiṣṭhānaṁ tathā kartā karaṇaṁ ca pṛthagvidham
vividhāśca pṛthakceṣṭā daivaṁ caivātra pañcamam

adhiṣṭhānaṁ (the Organisation), tathā (and) kartā (the work enabler), ca (and) pṛthag-
vidhaṁ karaṇaṁ (various instruments / resources), ca (and) vividhāḥ pṛthak-ceṣṭā
(various types of work efforts), ca (and) atra (here) pañcamaṁ (fifth one is) daivam (the
God). ||14||
Translation
First is the organization, secondly, the workers
Third is the resource, and Fourth, various efforts
Fifth is Godly blessings, the surrounding supports
Five causes these are, for work-enforcements |14||
Verse No 15
शरीरवाङ् मनो भय कम ारभते नरः ।
या यंवा वपरीतं
वा प चै
ते
त य हे
तवः॥
Transliteration
śarīravāṅmanobhiryatkarma prārabhate naraḥ
nyāyyaṁ vā viparītaṁ vā pañcaite tasya hetavaḥ

Nyāyaṁ (righteous), vā (or) viparitaṁ (opposite), yat-vā (whatever) karma (work) naraḥ
(the man) prārabhate (starts) śarīra-vāṅ-manobhiḥ (by body, words and mind), ete
pañca (these five) hetavaḥ (are the reasons) tasya (of that). ||15||
Translation
By all out efforts through body, mind and speech
Whatever work endeavors the person, his best
Righteous, unrighteous, or negative nuisances
These five-way forces are the causes of that ||15||
Verse No 16
त व
ैंस त कतारमा मानं
के
वलं
तुयः ।
प य यकृतबु वा स प य त म तः ॥
Transliteration
tatraivaṁ sati kartāramātmānaṁ kevalaṁ tu yaḥ
paśyatyakṛtabuddhitvān na sa paśyati durmatiḥ

Tu (but) tatra (in that means in that work efforts) ivaṁ sati (this is being truth means
these five reasons are being the main causes), yaḥ (who) paśyati (views) ātmānaṁ
(himself) kartāraṁ (as the doer), sa (he), durmatiḥ (the evil minded fellow)
akṛtabuddhitvāt (because of immature wisdom) na paśyati (does not view rightly). ||16||
Translation
But these five work incentives being the Truth
Viewed himself by whom, as if the sole Doer
For his immature intellect and unwise mind
Viewed naught right by that foolish character ||16||
Verse No 17
य य नाहङ् कृ तो भावो बु य य न ल यते।
ह वा प स इमाँलोका ह त न नब यते ॥
Transliteration
yasya nāhaṅkṛto bhāvo buddhiryasya na lipyate
hatvāpi sa imāḻlokānna hanti na nibadhyate

Yasya bhāvo (whose thoughts) na-ahaṅkṛto (are not egoistic), yasya buddhiḥ (whose
intellect) na lipyate (is not carried away). Sa (he) hatvā-api (despite having killed) imān-
lokān (these persons) na hanti (neither kills at all), na nivadhyate (nor bound by these
killing acts). ||17||
Translation
Neither unstained nor undermined by heart
Without being egoistic in mind and thoughts
Despite having killed these rivals, gathered
Neither doth he kill nor bound by its results ||17||
Verse No 18
ानंे
यं
प र ाता वधा कमचोदना ।
करणं
कम कत त वधः कमसङ्हः ॥
Transliteration
jñānaṁ jñeyaṁ parijñātā trividhā karmacodanā
karaṇaṁ karma karteti trividhaḥ karmasaṅgrahaḥ

jñānaṁ (the knowledge), jñeyaṁ (the knowable), parijñātā (the all knower), trividhā
(these three are) karma-codanā (the inspirations of work). karaṇaṁ (the instruments),
karma (the work efforts), kartā-iti (and the work-enabler etc.) trividhaḥ (are three types
of) karma-saṅgrahaḥ (work performances). ||18||
Translation
The knowledge, knowable, and the all knower
These three inspirations do engage in works
The instruments, efforts and the organizers
These three collectively cause performance ||18||
Verse No 19
ानं
कम च कता च धै व गु
णभे
दतः ।
ो यतेगु
णसङ्याने यथाव णु ता य प ॥
Transliteration
jñānaṁ karma ca kartā ca tridhaiva guṇabhedataḥ
procyate guṇasaṅkhyāne yathāvacchṛṇu tānyapi

jñānaṁ (the knowledge), karma (the performed action), ca (and) kartā (the wok enablerr)
tridhaiva (are also three types) guṇa-bhedataḥ (due to the attributes of nature). śṛṇu
(listen) tāni-api (to those also) yathā-vat (as) procyate (has been told) guṇa-saṅkhyāne
(in the theory of attributes). ||19||
Translation
The knowledge, the quiver mind, and the action
These three are incentives to work-inspiration
As described in the theory of work-ascription
Now listen to those aspects, the divine lesson ||19||
Verse No 20
सवभू
ते
षु
ये
नक
ैंभावम यमी ते
।
अ वभ ंवभ ेषु
त ानं व सा वकम्
॥
Transliteration
sarvabhūteṣu yenaikaṁ bhāvamavyayamīkṣate
avibhaktaṁ vibhakteṣu tajjñānaṁ viddhi sāttvikam

Yena (by way of which), ekaṁ-avibhaktaṁ-avyaṁ bhāvaṁ (the one and only one
undivided, un-destructible form) īkṣate (is noticed) vibhakteṣu sarvabhūteṣu (among all
divided beings), tat-viddhi (know that to be) sāttvikaṁ jñānaṁ (pure knowledge). ||20||
Translation
Differentiated, among all the living, non-living beings
By the help of which knowledge one is able to notice
The un-divided, un-destructible form of the super soul
Know that to be pure knowledge by the spiritual bliss ||20||
Verse No 21
पृ
थ वेन तु
य ानंनानाभावा पृ
थ वधान्।
वे सवषुभू
ते
षु
त ानं व राजसम् ॥
Transliteration
pṛthaktvena tu yajjñānaṁ nānābhāvānpṛthagvidhān
vetti sarveṣu bhūteṣu tajjñānaṁ viddhi rājasam

Tu (but) yat-jñānaṁ (which knowledge) vetti (discerns) pṛthaktvena (differently) nānā-
bhāvān (to various forms) pṛthag-vidhān (sub divided) sarveṣu bhūteṣu (among all
beings), tat viddhi (know that to be) rājasaṁ jñānaṁ (imperfect knowledge). ||21||
Translation
Various forms, among all livings, non-livings
Discerns which knowledge, viewing different
Diversities, divisions from one to the other
Know that to be the knowledge, imperfect ||21||
Verse No 22
य ु
कृनवदे क म काय स महैतु
कम्।
अत वाथवद पं
च त ामसमु
दा तम्
॥
Transliteration
yat tu kṛtsnavadekasminkārye saktamahaitukam
atattvārthavadalpaṁca tattāmasamudāhṛtam

Tu (but) yat (which) saktaṁ (clings to) ekasmin-kārye (one type of work) kṛtsnavat
(thinking the whole of works), ahaitukaṁ (without any reason), ca (and) atattva-arthavat
(without any logic and truth), tat (that) udāhṛtaṁ (is sighted to be) tāmasam (dull and
dark). ||22||
Translation
Assuming as if doing the works as a whole
The insight that clings to one type of work
Without any reason, logic, insight and truth
That is sighted to be the null, dull and dark ||22||
Verse No 23
नयतं
सङ् गर हतमराग े
षतः कृ
तम।
अफल ेसु
ना कम य सा वकमु यते
॥
Transliteration
niyataṁ saṅgarahitamarāgadveṣataḥ kṛtam
aphalaprepsunā karma yattatsāttvikamucyate

Yat karma (which work) kṛtam (is performed) niyataṁ (regularly) arāga-dveṣataḥ
(without likes and dislikes), saṅga-rahitaṁ (without attachment), aphala-prepsunā (by
the persons not desiring any results), tat (that is) ucyate (called) sātvikaṁ (right action).
||23||
Translation
Without likes, dislikes, and attachment thereto
Performed well which, regularly by a person
Without desiring the fruitful results out of it
That is called religious, the righteous action ||23||
Verse No 24
य ु
कामेसु
ना कम साहङ् कारे
ण वा पुनः।
यते
ब लायासंत ाजसमुदा तम्॥
Transliteration
Yattu kāmepsunā karma sāhaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ
kriyate bahulāyāsaṁ tadrājasamudāhṛtam

Tu (but) yat karma (which work) kriyate (is done) sa-ahaṅkāreṇa (out of egoism) vā (or)
bahula-āyāsaṁ (undergoing arduous efforts) kāma-ipsunā (by the passionate persons),
tat (that is) udāhṛtaṁ (sighted) rājasaṁ (as passion bound). ||24||
Translation
But which is performed out of egoistic ambition
Undergoing arduous efforts with painful effect
By the covetous persons desiring fruitful gains
That is sighted to be the luring passionate act ||24||
Verse No 25
अनुब धंयंहसामनवेय च पौ षम्।
मोहादार यते
कम य ामसमु यते
॥
Transliteration
anubandhaṁ kṣayaṁ hiṁsāmanavekṣya ca pauruṣam
mohādārabhyate karma yattattāmasamucyate

Yat karma (which work) ārbhyate (is started) mohāt (out of delusion) anavekṣya
(without considering) anubandhaṁ (the obstacles), kṣayaṁ (the loss), hiṁsāṁ (the
violence), ca (and) pauruṣaṁ (the capacity), tat (that is) ucyate (called) tāmasaṁ
(wrongful acts). ||25||
Translation
Without considering the obstacles on the way
Without bothering about the damage and loss
What is performed in delusion without ability
That is called deeds in dark, wrongful works ||25||
Verse No 26
मुसङ् गोऽनहंवाद धृयु साहसम वतः ।
स य स यो न वकारः कता सा वक उ यते॥
Transliteration
muktasaṅgo’nahaṁvādī dhṛtyutsāhasamanvitaḥ
siddhyasiddhyornirvikāraḥ kartā sāttvika ucyate

Kartā (the doer), mukta-saṅgo (freed from attachment), anahaṁvādī (freed from
egoistic attitudes), dhṛti-utsāha-samanvitaḥ (attached with aspiration and inspiration),
siddhi-asiddhyoḥ-nirvikāraḥ (least bothered with success or failure), ucyate (is called)
sāttvika (pious performer OR the best). ||26||
Translation
Freed from attachment, without any ego
Aspired and inspired with self confidence
Least bothered with success and failure
The divine doer he is said to be righteous ||26||
Verse No 27
रागी कमफल े सु
लुधो हसा मकोऽशु चः।
हषशोका वतः कता राजसः प रक ततः॥
Transliteration
rāgī karmaphalaprepsurlubdho hiṁsātmako’śuciḥ
harṣaśokānvitaḥ kartā rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ

rāgī (passionate), karma-phala-prepsuḥ (desirous in fruitive actions), lubdho (greedy),
hiṁsātmako (violent), asuciḥ (dirty minded), harṣa-śoka-anvitaḥ (overwhelmed in
pleasure and pain), kartā (such a doer) parikīrtitaḥ (is said to be) rājasaḥ (passionate).
||27||
Translation
Lured with the results for fruitive gains
Dirty minded, vehement to grab in greed
Rejoiced and recoiled with profit and loss
The doer is called as passionate, indeed ||27||
Verse No 28
अयुः ाकृतः त धः शठोनै कृतकोऽलसः ।
वषाद द घसूी च कता तामस उ यते
॥
Transliteration
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ śaṭhonaiṣkṛtiko’lasaḥ
viṣādī dīrghasūtrī ca kartā tāmasa ucyate

ayuktaḥ (unfixed), prākṛtaḥ (dull minded), stabdhaḥ (stubborn), śaṭho (the swindler),
anaiṣkṛtiko (disloyal), alasaḥ (lazy), viṣādī (pessimistic), dīrghasūtrī (delayed in decision),
kartā (such a doer) ucyate (is called) tāmasa (ignorant). ||28||
Translation
Unfixed, weak minded, stubborn, cheater
Indolent, malicious, and disloyal to others
Despondent, sluggish, and delayed decider
Such a person called, a doer in darkness ||28||
Verse No 29
बुे भदंधृ
तेै
व गु
णत वधंृ णु।
ो यमानमशे
षे
ण पृ
थ वे
न धनं
जय ॥
Transliteration
buddherbhedaṁ dhṛteścaiva guṇatastrividhaṁ śṛṇu
procyamānamaśeṣeṇa pṛthaktvena dhanañjaya

dhanañjaya (O Winner over Wealth!), trividhaṁ bhedaṁ (there are threefold differences)
buddheḥ (of the reason) ca (and) dhṛteḥ (of the aspiration) guṇataḥ (due to difference in
attributes), procyamānaṁ (which has been told) aśeṣeṇa (endlessly) pṛthaktvena (in
different manner), śṛṇu (listen to that). ||29||
Translation
Threefold are the intelligence and steadfastness
As per the differences in attributes, three sorts
Described which differently in never ending way
Now listen to that aspect, O winner over wealth! ||29||
Verse No 30
व च नवृ च कायाकाय भयाभये ।
ब धं
मो ं
च या वे
त बु ः सा पाथ सा वक ॥
Transliteration
pravṛttiṁ ca nivṛttiṁ ca kāryākārye bhayābhaye
bandhaṁ mokṣaṁ ca yā vetti buddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī

Pārtha (O Arjun!), yā buddhiḥ (which intelligence) vetti (cognizes) pravṛttiṁ (persuasion)
ca (and) nivṛttiṁ (dissuasion), kārya-akārye (deeds and misdeeds), bhaya-abhaye
(fearness and fearlessness), ca (and) bandhaṁ mokṣaṁ (bondage and freedom), sā
sāttvikī (that is pure). ||30||
Translation
Persuasion or dissuasion that cognizeth clear
Deeds and misdeeds, fright and fearlessness
Fetters and freedom, liberation from the world
That is, O Paartha! said to be pure intelligence ||30||
Verse No 31
यया धममधम च काय चाकायमे व च।
अयथाव जाना त बु ः सा पाथ राजसी॥
Transliteration
yayā dharmamadharmaṁ ca kāryaṁ cākāryameva ca
ayathāvatprajānāti buddhiḥ sā pārtha rājasī

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), yayā (by way of which) dharmaṁ-ca-adharmaṁ
(righteousness and unrighteousness), kāryaṁ-ca-akāryaṁ (deeds and misdeeds),
prajānāti (are cognized), ajathāvat (improperly), sā buddhiḥ (that reason is) rājasī
(passionate). ||31||
Translation
Righteous, unrighteous, deeds, misdeeds
Distinguished improperly by which intellect
Mistaken by which way, O Son of Prithaa!
That is known as the Reason, passionate ||31||
Verse No 32
अधम धम म त या म यतेतमसावृ ता।
सवाथा वपरीतांबु ः सा पाथ तामसी॥
Transliteration
adharmaṁ dharmamiti yā manyate tamasāvṛtā
sarvārthānviparītāṁśca buddhiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!),yā buddhiḥ (which intelligence) manyate (considers)
adharmaṁ (unrighteousness) iti (as) dharmaṁ (righteousness), ca (and) sarva-arthān
(everything) viparītān (contravening), sā tāmasī (that is ignorance), tamasāvṛtā (covered
with darkness). ||32||
Translation
Actionables, inactionables, wrong or right
Viewed reversed way, by which intellect
Which is covered through deep darkness
That is called useless thoughts, ignorant ||32||
Verse No 33
धृया यया धारयते
मनः ाणे य याः।
योगे
ना भचा र या धृ तः सा पाथ सा वक ॥
Transliteration
dhṛtyā yayā dhārayate manaḥprāṇendriyakriyāḥ
yogenāvyabhicāriṇyā dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), jayā (by way of which) dhṛtyā (aspiration), manaḥ-prāṇa-
indirya-kriyāḥ (the activities of breath, sense organs and mind) dhārayate (are
controlled), avyabhichāriṇyā-yogena (by unhindered efforts), sā dhṛtiḥ (that aspiration)
sāttvikī (is pure). ||33||
Translation
Purest is the steadfastness that controls over
The mind, breathing air and the sensual action
By way of unhindered endeavors, one-pointed
That is sooth steadfastness, O Prithaa’s born! ||33||
Verse No 34
यया तु
धमकामाथा ध या धारयतेऽजुन।
सङ् गेन फलाकाङ्ी धृतः सा पाथ राजसी॥
Transliteration
yayā tu dharmakāmārthāndhṛtyā dhārayate’rjuna
prasaṅgena phalākāṅkṣī dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha rājasī

Tu (but) Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), dhṛtyā (the steadfastness by which) phalākāṅkṣī
(the result aspirant) dhārayate (accomplishes) prasaṅgena (with attachment to) dharma
-kāmārthān (ritual desires), sā dhṛtiḥ (that aspiration is) rājasī (passionate). ||34||
Translation
Desires driven, sticking to rituals for results
The fruit seeker undergoing the pain for gain
Aspireth through which, attached with wants
O Arjun! That is the steadfastness of passion ||34||
Verse No 35
यया व ं
भयं
शोकंवषादं मदमेव च।
न वमुच त मधा धृ
तः सा पाथ तामसी॥
Transliteration
yayā svapnaṁ bhayaṁ śokaṁ viṣādaṁ madameva ca
na vimuñcati durmedhā dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), jayā (by which) durmedhā (the evil minded fellows) na
vimuñcati (cannot give up) svapnaṁ (drowsiness), bhayaṁ (fearness), śokaṁ
(lamentation), ca (and) viṣādaṁ (grief), sā dhṛtiḥ (that is the steadfastness) tāmasī (of
ignorance). ||35||
Translation
Befooled with falsehood, fearness, and follies
Drowned in drowsiness, day-dreams-dubious
Not seized off by which way, sloth and sorrow
That is steadfastness of darkened ignorance ||35||
Verse No 36
सु
खंवदान वधंृणु
मेभरतषभ।
अ यासा मते
य ःखा तं
च नग छ त॥
Transliteration
sukhaṁ tvidānīṁ trividhaṁ śṛṇu me bharatarṣabha
abhyāsādramate yatra duḥkhāntaṁ ca nigacchati

bharatarṣabha (O Best of Bharat Empire!), sukhaṁ tu (the pleasure is also) trividhaṁ
(three types), idānīṁ (like these), śṛṇu (listen) me (from me), yatra (by way of which)
ramate (one rejoices) abhyāsat (in pious practices) ca (and) nigacchati (attains to)
duḥkhāntaṁ (the end of owes). ||36||
Translation
Pleasures too threefold by nature’s attribute
Which way therein one amuseth with efforts
By which is reached at the end of all woes
Listen from me Arjun, those holistic aspects ||36||
Verse No 37
य द ेवष मव प रणामे
ऽमृ
तोपमम्
।
त सु
खंसा वकं ो मा मबु सादजम् ॥
Transliteration
yattadagre viṣamiva pariṇāme’mṛtopamam
tatsukhaṁ sāttvikaṁ proktamātmabuddhiprasādajam

Yat (which is) visaṁ-iva (like poison) agre (at the beginning), amṛta-upamaṁ (like
celestial nectar) pariṇāme (later), tat-sukhaṁ (that pleasure) sāttvikaṁ (is divine), ātma-
buddhi-prasādajaṁ (which is born out of self-propelled knowledge). ||37||
Translation
Sourced from self-insight, the serenity of mind
Poison like at the beginning, but nectar like later
Painful at the initial stage, but pleasureful after
That is called pure, divine and perpetual pleasure ||37||
Verse No 38
वषये यसं
योगा द ऽे मृ
तोपमम्
।
प रणामे
वष मव त सु
खंराजसंमृतम्॥
Transliteration
viṣayendriyasaṁyogādyattadagre’mṛtopamam
pariṇāme viṣamiva tatsukhaṁ rājasaṁ smṛtam

Yat-tat (which are) amṛta-upamaṁ (like celestial nectar) agre (at the very beginning),
viṣayā-indriya-saṁyogāt (due to the attachment of sense organs with sense objects),
viṣaṁ-iva (but like poison) pariṇāme (at the end), tat-sukhaṁ (that pleasure) smṛtaṁ (is
considered) rājasaṁ (to be passionate). ||38||
Translation
Attached to the sense-objects by the sense-organs
At the initial stage which is felt like celestial nectar
But turns bitter that later giving poisonous effects
That is called sense-born, passionate pleasure ||38||
Verse No 39
यद ेचानु
ब धेच सु
खंमोहनमा मनः।
न ाल य मादो थंत ामसमु
दा तम्॥
Transliteration
yadagre cānubandhe ca sukhaṁ mohanamātmanaḥ
nidrālasyapramādotthaṁ tattāmasamudāhṛtam

Agre (at the beginning) ca (as well as) anuvandhe (at the end), Yat sukhaṁ (which
pleasure) mohanaṁ-ātmanaḥ (self-deluding), nidrā-ālasya-pramāda-uthaṁ (arise out of
slumber, sluggishness, and silliness) tat (that is) udāhṛtam (sighted to be) tāmasam
(ignorance). ||39||
Translation
At the very beginning, at the end as well
Deluding which pleasure in self-indolence
Giving rise to laziness, leisure and seizure
That black-out pleasure, called ignorance ||39||
Verse No 40
न तद त पृ
थ ां
वा द व दे
वष
ेुवा पु
नः।
स वंकृ तजै
मुं
यदेभः या भगु णै
ः॥
Transliteration
na tadasti pṛthivyāṁ vā divi deveṣu vā punaḥ
sattvaṁ prakṛtijairmuktaṁ yadebhiḥ syāttribhirguṇaiḥ

Na-tat-asti-sattvaṁ (there is no being) pṛthivyāṁ (in this world), vā (nor) deveṣu (among
the gods) divi (in the heaven), vā (nor) punaḥ (in any other higher world), yat (who is)
muktaṁ (freed) ebhiḥ-tribhiḥ-gunaiḥ (from these three modes), prakṛtijaiḥ (nature-born).
||40||
Translation
There is no one exists in this world
Nor among the Gods in the heaven
Nor anywhere in the higher worlds
Freed from these modes, nature-born ||40||
Verse No 41
ा ण य वशां शूाणां
च पर तप।
कमा ण वभ ा न वभाव भवैगणै
ुः॥
Transliteration
brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviśāṁ śūdrāṇāṁ ca parantapa
karmāṇi pravibhaktāni svabhāvaprabhavairguṇaiḥ

Parantapa (O Fury of the foes!), karmāṇi (the works) brāhmaṇa-kṣatriya-viśāṁ ca
śūdrāṇāṁ (of the Scholars, warriors, traders, and service class), pravibhaktāni (are
divided) svabhava-prabhavaiḥ-guṇaiḥ (as per the modes influenced by their nature).
||41||
Translation
Driven by these attributes, “O Fury of the Foes!”
Distributed, the duties amongst the living mass
As per their inborn qualities, induced by nature
Of the scholars, traders, and the service class ||41||
Verse No 42
शमो दम तपः शौचंा तराजवमे
व च।
ानंव ानमा त यं कम वभावजम् ॥
Transliteration
śamo damastapaḥ śaucaṁ kṣāntirārjavameva ca
jñānaṁ vijñānamāstikyaṁ brahmakarma svabhāvajam

śamo (the internal control), damaḥ (the external control), tapaḥ (austerity), śaucaṁ (the
purity), kshyāntiḥ (forgiveness), ārjavaṁ (simplicity), jñānaṁ (the spiritual knowledge)
vijñānaṁ (the material knowledge), ca (and) āstikyaṁ (the theism) eva (etc.) brahma
karma (are the scholastic efforts), svabhāvajaṁ (in-born by nature) ||42||
Translation
Self-control of sense organs, serenity of mind
Austerity, purity, candidness, simple character
Science, conscience, and theism etc., these are
The scholastic virtues inherent, born of nature ||42||
Verse No 43
शौय ते
जो धृ
तदा यंयुेचा यपलायनम्
।
दानमी रभाव ा ं
कम वभावजम् ॥
Transliteration
śauryaṁ tejo dhṛtirdākṣyaṁ yuddhe cāpyapalāyanam
dānamīśvarabhāvaśca kṣātraṁ karma svabhāvajam

śauryaṁ (valour), tejo (splendor), dhṛtiḥ (steadfastness), dākṣyaṁ (expertise), ca (and)
apalāyanaṁ (not to flee away) yudhe-api (from the battlefield also), dānaṁ (charity), ca
(and) īśvarabhāvaḥ (thinking himself as the Lord), kṣātraṁ karma (are the efforts of
warriors), svabhāvajam (naturally born). ||43||
Translation
Persistence, expertise, valour and splendor
Charity, self-styled as the Lord of the men
Never to flee away from the battle ground
The virtues are these of the warriors’ born ||43||
Verse No 44
कृषगौर यवा ण यं
वैयकम वभावजम्
।
प रचया मकंकम शूया प वभावजम्
॥
Transliteration
kṛṣigorakṣyavāṇijyaṁ vaiśyakarma svabhāvajam
paricaryātmakaṁ karma śūdrasyāpi svabhāvajam

kṛṣi (agriculture), gorakṣya (cattle rearing), vāṇijyaṁ (trade and commerce), vaiśya-
karma (are the duties of the Vaisyas, the trading community), svabhāvajam (self-born by
nature). Api (further), Paricaryātmakaṁ (to serve to all other communities) karma (is the
duty) śūdrasya (of Sudra, the lower castes). ||44||
Translation
The trading class, by nature-born, engaged with
Agriculture, cattle-rearing, trade and commerce
But the duties of the Sudras, the inferior castes
Born by their nature, to serve to all other class ||44||
Verse No 45
वेवेकम य भरतः सं
स लभते नरः।
वकम नरतः स यथा व द त त छृ
णु॥
Transliteration
sve sve karmaṇyabhirataḥ saṁsiddhiṁ labhate naraḥ
svakarmanirataḥ siddhiṁ yathā vindati tacchṛṇu

abhirataḥ (being engaged) sve sve (in one’s own) karmaṇi (duties) saṁsiddhiṁ labhate
(perfection is attained). Yathā (how) Naraḥ (the man), svakarmaṇirataḥ (engaged in his
own tasks), vindati (achieves) saṁsiddhiṁ (full-fledged perfection), śṛṇu (listen to) tat
(that). ||45||
Translation
Engaged in duties of one’s own destined
Perfection attained in full or in part
But excellence by a man, ever engaged
Achieved what way, now listen to that ||45||
Verse No 46
यतः वृभू तानां
ये
न सव मदंततम्।
वकमणा तम य य स व द त मानवः॥
Transliteration
yataḥ pravṛttirbhūtānāṁ yena sarvamidaṁ tatam
svakarmaṇā tamabhyarcya siddhiṁ vindati mānavaḥ

pravṛttiḥ (the natural activities) bhūtānāṁ (of all beings) yataḥ (have been sourced from
whom), sarvaṁ (all) idaṁ (these worlds) tataṁ (pervaded) yena (by whom), abhyarcya
(by offering) svakarmaṇā (all work effects) taṁ (to him), mānavaḥ (the man) vindati
(gets) siddhiṁ (perfection). ||46||
Translation
Activities of all beings sourced from whom
Pervaded by whom, this entire universe
Offering him in worship all work-effects
The dedicated person attains excellence ||46||
Verse No 47
े
या वधम वगु
णः परधमा वनुतात्
।
वभाव नयतं
कम कु
व ा ो त क बषम्
॥
Transliteration
śreyānsvadharmo viguṇaḥ paradharmātsvanuṣṭhitāt
svabhāvaniyataṁ karma kurvannāpnoti kilbiṣam

svadharmo (Own profession), śreyān (is better), viguṇaḥ (be low graded) paradharmāt
(than other profession), su-anuṣṭhitāt (well established). Kurvan (by doing) karma (the
duties) svabhāva-niyataṁ (destined by nature), na-āpnoti (one does not get) kilbiṣam
(sins). ||47||
Translation
Much better one’s own profession be inferior to
The other’s profession, repute, well established
Engaged in one’s own duties, destined by nature
Never stained with sins, the wise, accomplished ||47||
Verse No 48
सहजं कम कौ तेय सदोषम प न यजे त्
।
सवार भा ह दोषे
ण धू
मनेा न रवावृ
ताः॥
Transliteration
sahajaṁ karma kaunteya sadoṣamapi na tyajet
sarvārambhā hi doṣeṇa dhūmenāgnirivāvṛtāḥ

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), sahajaṁ karma (the destined duties by born), api (though)
sadoṣaṁ (full of faults), na tyajet (should not be given up) hi (because) sarva-ārambhā
(all start-ups means all works) āvṛtāḥ (are covered) doṣeṇa (with faults) iva (like) agniḥ
(the fire) dhūmena (with smoke). ||48||
Translation
The destined duties bestowed by born
Not to be given up, may be with flaws
For all start-ups are hid with defects
Like smoke in the fire before it glows ||48||
Verse No 49
अस बु ः सव जता मा वगत पृ
ह ः।
नैक य स परमां
स यासे
ना धग छ त॥
Transliteration
asaktabuddhiḥ sarvatra jitātmā vigataspṛhaḥ
naiṣkarmyasiddhiṁ paramāṁ sannyāsenādhigacchati

Asaktabuddhiḥ (with minds detached) sarvatra (everywhere), vigata-spṛhaḥ (devoid of
desires), jitātmā (who has conquered himself), adhigacchati (he attains) paramāṁ
siddhiṁ (absolute perfection) naiṣkarmya (ceased off all the works) sannyāsena (by
renouncing the results). ||49||
Translation
Completely detached whose mind everywhere
Devoid of desires who hath conquered himself
Attained with pure perfection, complete of all
Results renounced, and the works, ceased off ||49||
Verse No 50
स ा तो यथा तथा ो त नबोध मे ।
समासे
नव
ैकौ ते य न ा ान य या परा॥
Transliteration
siddhiṁ prāpto yathā brahma tathāpnoti nibodha me
samāsenaiva kaunteya niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), siddhiṁ prāpto (after attaining perfection), yathā (how)
brahma āpnoti (the spiritual realization is achieved), yā parā niṣṭhā (which is the highest
steadfastness) jñānasya (by knowledge), nivodha (understand) tathā (that) me (from
me) samāsena (briefly). ||50||
Translation
Attened with perfection then, “O Son of Kunti!”
How to reach the super soul, the highest place
Now understand from me that divine doctrine
By way of which achieved that steadfastness ||50||
Verse No 51-52-53
बुध्या वशुया युो धृ या मानंनय य च।
श दाद वषयांय वा राग े षौ दुय च॥
व व से वी ल वाशी यतवा कायमानस।
यानयोगपरो न यंवैरा यंसमुपा तः॥
अहङकारं बलं दप कामंोधं प र हम्
।
वमु य नममः शा तो भूयाय क पते
॥
Transliteration
buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto dhṛtyātmānaṁ niyamya ca
śabdādīnviṣayāṁstyaktvā rāgadveṣau vyudasya ca
viviktasevī laghvāśī yatavākkāyamānasaḥ
dhyānayogaparo nityaṁ vairāgyaṁ samupāśritaḥ
ahaṅkāraṁ balaṁ darpaṁ kāmaṁ krodhaṁ parigraham
vimucya nirmamaḥ śānto brahmabhūyāya kalpate

buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto (attached with pure knowledge), ca (and) ātmānaṁ niyamya
(controlling self) dhṛtyā (by steadfastness), tyaktvā (by renouncing) śabdādīn viṣayān
(the sensual effects like sounds, sights etc.), ca (and) vyudasya (avoiding) rāga-dveṣau
(likes, dislikes), vivikta-sevī (sheltered in solitude), laghvāśī (controlling diets), yata-vāk-
kāya-mānasaḥ (mastered over speech, body and mind), dhyāna-yoga-paro-nityaṁ
(always concentrating on meditation and practice), vairāgyaṁ samupāśritaḥ (stayed
passion-free), vimucya (by giving up) ahaṅkāraṁ (egoism), balaṁ (prowess), darpaṁ
(arrogance), kāmaṁ (desires), krodhaṁ (anger), parigrahaṁ (acquisitions), nirmamaḥ
(without thinking “me” or “mine”), śānto (who is pacified), brahmabhūyāya kalpate (he is
considered to be the spiritualist).
Translation
Connected with clean mind and consciousness
Self-controlled always, being quite steadfast
Foregoing sensual touches like sounds, sights
Freed from likes and dislikes, love and hate ||51||
Sheltered in solitude, controlled over diet

Mastered over the speech, mind and body
Concentrating always on spiritual practice
Freed from passion, without being greedy ||52||
Devoid of pipe dreams, arrogance and ego

Without showing prowess, passion and pride
Avoiding acquisition, without being selfish
Considered as peaceful and spiritual indeed ||53||
Verse No 54
भू
तः स ा मा न शोच त न काङ् त।
समः सवषु
भू
ते
षुम लभते पराम्
॥
Transliteration
brahmabhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu madbhaktiṁ labhate parām

Brahmabhūtaḥ (the spiritually bound) prasannātmā (serene soul), na śocati (neither
laments upon), na kāṅkṣati (nor desires for), samaḥ (treating equal) sarveṣu bhūteṣu
(all beings), mad-bhaktiṁ labhate (attains his devotion to me), parām (which is the
highest ultimatum). ||54||
Translation
A self-satisfied saint, who is spiritually bound
Neither laments upon anything nor desires for
With regards and respects treating all at par
Remains attached to myself, devoted forever ||54||
Verse No 55
भ या माम भजाना त यावा य ा म त वतः।
ततो मां
त वतो ा वा वशते तदन तरम्॥
Transliteration
bhaktyā māmabhijānāti yāvānyaścāsmi tattvataḥ
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā viśate tadanantaram

Bhaktyā (by deep devotion) ca (and) tattvataḥ (through knowledge) abhijānāti (he
cognizes) māṁ (me), tato jñātvā (after knowing) tattvato (through spiritual knowledge)
yaḥ-ca-asmi (who am I), yāvān (how am I), viśate māṁ (he enters into me) tat-
anantaram (later on). ||55||
Translation
By love and worship, through divine knowledge
He cognizeth me that who am I in absolute truth
He realizeth my presence that how am I spread
After knowing which lore he attaineth my booth ||55||
Verse No 56
सवकमा य प सदा कुवाणो मद्पा यः।
म सादादवा ो त शा तं पदम यम्
॥
Transliteration
sarvakarmāṇyapi sadā kurvāṇo madvyapāśrayaḥ
matprasādādavāpnoti śāśvataṁ padamavyayam

Mad-vyapāśrayaḥ (sheltered on myself), sarva-karmāṇi kurvāṇo api (despite doing all
the activities) sadā (always), avāpnoti (he attains) śāśvataṁ padaṁ-avyayam (the
eternal position, unchangeable), mat-prasādāt (by my blessings). ||56||
Translation
Sheltered under my shadow, fixed to myself
Despite being engaged in obligatory works
Attained that eternal position, unchangeable
For his devotional attachment by my grace ||56||
Verse No 57
चे
तसा सवकमा ण म य स य य म परः।
बु योगमु
पा य म च ः सततं भव॥
Transliteration
cetasā sarvakarmāṇi mayi sannyasya matparaḥ
buddhiyogamupāśritya maccittaḥ satataṁ bhava

Sannyasya (by renouncing) sarva-karmāṇi (all the works) mayi (surrendered on to me)
cetasā (through consciousness), upāśritya (sheltered on) buddhi-yogaṁ (the concept of
spiritual insight), bhava (be) mat-paraḥ (inclined to me), mat-cittaḥ (merged in mind)
satataṁ (always). ||57||
Translation
Renouncing all the works through self-insight
Surrendered onto me, the results of all kind
Sheltered on the wisdom of equanimity-view
Cling close to me always, merged in my mind ||57||
Verse No 58
म च ः सव गा ण म सादा र य स।
अथ चे
वमहाङ् कारा ो य स वनङ्य स॥
Transliteration
maccittaḥ sarvadurgāṇi matprasādāttariṣyasi
atha cettvamahaṅkārānna śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi

Mat-cittaḥ (with mind fixed on me), mat-prasādāt (by my grace), tariṣyasi (you will cross
through) sarva-durgāṇi (all the dangers). Atha (after this) cet (if) tvaṁ (you) na śroṣyasi
(do not listen) ahaṅkārāt (out of ego), vinaṅkṣyasi (you will be ruined). ||58||
Translation
With heart and mind, fixed solely on me
Thou shalt cross through all the dangers
After this, still thou not listen out of ego
Shalt be ruined with everything of yours ||58||
Verse No 59
यदहङ् कारमा य न यो य इ त म यसे
।
म यै
ष वसाय तेकृ त वांनयो य त ॥
Transliteration
yadahaṅkāramāśritya na yotsya iti manyase
mithyaiṣa vyavasāyaste prakṛtistvāṁ niyokṣyati

āśritya (sheltered on) yat-ahankāraṁ (which egoism), manyase (you have decided) iti
(that) na yotsye (I shall not fight), te (your) vyavasāyaḥ (decision) eṣa (like this), mithyā
(is false), prakritiḥ (the natural force) niyokṣyati (will engage) tvāṁ (you). ||59||
Translation
The ego and illusion driven by which
Thou have decided if not to fight
False and futile, this decision, thine
Thou shalt fight by natural right ||59||
Verse No 60
वभावजे
न कौ ते
य नब ः वे न कमणा ।
कतुने
छ स य मोहा क र य यवशोऽ प तत्॥
Transliteration
svabhāvajena kaunteya nibaddhaḥ svena karmaṇā
kartuṁ necchasi yanmohātkariṣyasyavaśo’pi tat

Kaunteya (O Son of Kunti!), yat (which) na-icchasi (you want not) kartuṁ (to do) mohāt
(out of delusion), kariṣyasi (you will do) tat (that) api (too) avaśo (forcibly) svena
karmaṇā nibaddhaḥ (being bound by your own righteous duty). ||60||
Translation
Bound by thy duty, O Son of Kunti!
Born of thy own in-born nature
Deluded, want not to do which now
Shalt do that helplessly later ||60||
Verse No 61
ई रः सवभू
तानां ेशऽे
जुन त त।
ामय सवभूता न य ा ढा न मायया॥
Transliteration
īśvaraḥ sarvabhūtānāṁ hṛddeśe’rjuna tiṣṭhati
bhrāmayansarvabhūtāni yantrārūḍhāni māyayā

Arjuna (O Arjun!), īśvaraḥ (The God) tiṣṭhati (stays) hṛddeśe (inside the heart) sarva-
bhūtānāṁ (of all the living beings), bhrāmayan (by making move) sarva-bhūtāni (all
beings), yantra-ārūḍhāni (riding on this machine like body), māyayā (by his inner
potency). ||61||
Translation
Letting living beings all move around
Riding on this mechanical body
There dwells the God, the Super Soul
Inside the heart of everybody ||61||
Verse No 62
तमेव शरणंग छ सवभावे
न भारत।
त सादा परां
शा तंथानंा य स शा तम्
॥
Transliteration
tameva śaraṇaṁ gaccha sarvabhāvena bhārata
tatprasādātparāṁ śāntiṁ sthānaṁ prāpsyasi śāśvatam

Bhārata (O Bharat born Arjun!), śaraṇaṁ gaccha (seek shelter) taṁ-eva (only under him)
sarva-bhāvena (devoting all your mind and thoughts), prāpsyasi (you will get) parāṁ
śāntiṁ (perpetual peace), śāśvataṁ sthānaṁ (the eternal place) tat-prasādāt (by his
grace). ||62||
Translation
With all thy mind and thoughts devoted to him
Seek shelter only under him, O Bharat’s Prince!
By his grace, grandiose, shalt be able to achieve
That supreme destination with perpetual peace ||62||
Verse No 63
इ त तेानमा यातंगुाद्गुतरं मया ।
वमृयै
तदशेषे
ण यथेछ स तथा कु॥
Transliteration
iti te jñānamākhyātaṁ guhyādguhyataraṁ mayā
vimṛśyaitadaśeṣeṇa yathecchasi tathā kuru

Iti (this) guhyataraṁ jñānaṁ (secret most knowledge) guhyāt (of all the secrets),
ākhyātaṁ (was explained) te (to you) mayā (by me). vimṛśya (by considering) etat (all
these) aśeṣeṇa (in detail), yathā-icchasi (whatever you like), tathā kuru (do that). ||63||
Translation
Explained vividly by me in this manner to thee
The secret-most amongst the saga of secrets
By analyzing all its aspects after realizing this
Do whatever thou decide to do in thy interest ||63||
Verse No 64
सवगुतमं भूतः ृणु मे
परमं वचः ।
इ ोऽ स मेढ म त ततो व या म तेहतम्॥
Transliteration
sarvaguhyatamaṁ bhūyaḥ śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ
iṣṭo’si me dṛḍhamiti tato vakṣyāmi te hitam

śṛṇu (listen) me (from me) sarva-guhyatamaṁ (the most secret) paramaṁ vachaḥ
(supreme speech) bhūyaḥ (once again). Istaḥ-asi (you are my dearest), iti (for this)
vakṣyāmi (I am telling) hitaṁ (the benefits) dṛḍhaṁ (with assurance) ||64||
Translation
Once again imparting thee the secret-most of all
The supreme learning through sagacious speech
Delivering which I am assuring thy benefits only
My dearest thou are my liking most, only for this ||64||
Verse No 65
म मना भव म ो म ाजी मां
नम कु ।
मामे
वै
य स स यं
ते तजाने योऽ स मे॥
Transliteration
manmanā bhava madbhakto madyājī māṁ namaskuru
māmevaiṣyasi satyaṁ te pratijāne priyo’si me

Mad bhakto bhava (become my devotee), māṁ namaskuru (bow before me) madyājī
(by worshiping) mat-manā (with mind fixed on me), eṣyasi (you shall attain) māṁ-eva
(to me only). Priyo-asi me (you are my dearest), pratijāne (I am imparting) te (you)
satyaṁ (the truth). ||65||
Translation
Become my devotees, with mind fixed on me
Bowed before myself, worshiping all the time
Thou shalt achieve me definitely, no doubt at all
Revealed to thee this truth being dearest to me ||65||
Verse No 66
सवधमा प र य य मामे
कं
शरणंज ।
अहंवा सवपापेयो मो य या म मा शु
चः ॥
Transliteration
sarvadharmān parityajya māmekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvā sarvapāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ

Parityajya (giving up) sarva-dharmān (all the rituals / religions) śaraṇaṁ vraja (seek
shelter) māṁ (under me) ekaṁ (alone), ahaṁ (I) tvā makshyaisyāmi (shall make you
free) sarva-pāpebhyo (from all the sins), mā śucaḥ (do not lament upon). ||66||
Translation
Given up completely all thy religious rites, rituals
Surrendered fully, seek shelter under me alone
I shalt make thyself free from all ills and evils
Minding the material myths do not lament upon ||66||
Verse No 67
इदं
तेनातप काय नाभ ाय कदाचन ।
न चाशुू
षवेवा यंन च मां
योऽ यसू
यत॥
Transliteration
idaṁ te nātapaskāya nābhaktāya kadācana
na cāśuśrūṣave vācyaṁ na ca māṁ yo’bhyasūyati

Idaṁ (This is) na vācyaṁ (not to be told) na-atapaskāya (either to the atheists), na-
abhaktāya (or to the non-devotees), na aśuśrūṣave (or to the persons having no interest
in listening), na ca (not also to) yo (him, who) abhyasūyati (hates at) mām (me). ||67||
Translation
The un-devoted devils, not interested to listen
The un-righteous insanes those criticize to me
The un-scrupulous persons those dislike to me
Never to be imparted with, this doctrine divine ||67||
Verse No 68
य इमं
परमं
गुंम ेव भधा य त ।
भ म य परां
कृवा मामे
वै
य यसं
शयः ॥
Transliteration
ya imaṁ paramaṁ guhyaṁ madbhakteṣvabhidhāsyati
bhaktiṁ mayi parāṁ kṛtvā māmevaiṣyatyasaṁśayaḥ

Kṛtwā (revering) parāṁ bhaktiṁ (deep devotion) mayi (in me) ya (who) abhidhāsyati
(imparts immensely) imaṁ paramaṁ guhyaṁ (this most secret saga), eṣyati (he shall
attain) māṁ (to me) eva (only), asaṁśayaḥ (there is no doubt in this). ||68||
Translation
Completely merged with me in deep devotion
Imparteth, who so, this secret-most sermon
To my devotees, amongst the spiritual men
No doubt at all, he attaineth to my position ||68||
Verse No 69
न च त मा मनुये
षु
क मे यकृमः ।
भ वता न च मे
त माद यः यतरो भु
व॥
Transliteration
na ca tasmānmanuṣyeṣu kaścinme priyakṛttamaḥ
bhavitā na ca me tasmādanyaḥ priyataro bhuvi

Kaścit-na (no one) me priya-kṛttamaḥ (is my liking most) tasmāt (than him) manuṣyeṣu
(among the men), ca (also) na ca bhavitā anyaḥ (no other person will be) me priyataro
(more liking to me) tasmāt (than him) bhuvi (in this world). ||69||
Translation
No one other than those spiritually bound
Can be my favorites, my well-to-do seers
Nor shalt born there anyone in this world
More liking to me than those of my dears ||69||
Verse No 70
अ ये
यतेच य इमंध य संवादमावयोः ।
ानय े
न ते
नाह म ः या म त मेम तः ॥
Transliteration
adhyeṣyate ca ya imaṁ dharmyaṁ saṁvādamāvayoḥ
jñānayajñena tenāhamiṣṭaḥ syāmiti me matiḥ

Ya (whoever) adhyeṣyate (will read) imaṁ (this) dharmyaṁ saṁbādaṁ (the religious
recitations) āvayoḥ (of both of ours), tena ca (by them too) ahaṁ iṣṭaḥ syām (I will be
worshipped) jñāna-yajñena (through insightful efforts), iti (this is) me matiḥ (my opinion)
||70||
Translation
Religious recitals of us, conversed like this
Reads, recites whoever by regular practice
By him also, through his insightful efforts
I am adored and pleased, my opinion is this ||70||
Verse No 71
ावाननसू
य ृ
णय
ुाद प यो नरः ।
सोऽ प मुः शुभाँ
लोका ा ु
या पुयकमणाम् ॥
Transliteration
śraddhāvānanasūyaśca śṛṇuyādapi yo naraḥ
so’pi muktaḥ śubhāḻlokānprāpnuyātpuṇyakarmaṇām

śraddhāvān (like-minded fellows) ca (also) anasūyaḥ (without finding faults), yo naraḥ
(the person who ever) śṛṇuyāt (will listen carefully) api (only), saḥ-api (he too), muktaḥ
(being freed), prāpnuyāt (attains to) śubhān-lokān (the auspicious worlds) puṇya-
karmaṇām (of the pious doers). ||71||
Translation
Like-minded pragmatic person, not finding faults
Whoso listens only mindfully to this religious lore
Freed from fetters, he too attaineth to that world
Which is auspicious, occupied by the divine doer ||71||
Verse No 72
क चदे
त तं पाथ वयै
का ण
ेचे
तसा ।
क चद ानस मोहः न तेधन य ॥
Transliteration
kaccidetacchrutaṁ pārtha tvayaikāgreṇa cetasā
kaccidajñānasammohaḥ praṇaṣṭaste dhanañjaya

Pārtha (O Son of Prithaa!), kacchit-etat-śrutaṁ (was it listened) tvayā (by you) ekāgreṇa
cetasā (in one pointed mind)? dhanañjaya (O Winner over wealth!), te (your) ajñāna-
sammohaḥ (delusion out of ignorance) kacchit pranastaḥ (if destroyed)? ||72||
Translation
With one-way attention, “O Son of Prithaa!”
Did thou listen to this, the spiritual lesson
After knowing this, “O Winner over Wealth!”
If destroyed thy ignorance, dark delusion ||72||
Verse No 73
अजु
न उवाच
न ो मोहः मृ
तल धा व सादा मया यु
त।
थतोऽ म गतसं
देह ः क र ये
वचनं
तव ॥
Transliteration
arjuna uvāca
naṣṭo mohaḥ smṛtirlabdhā tvatprasādānmayācyuta
sthito’smi gatasandehaḥ kariṣye vacanaṁ tava

arjuna uvāca (Arjuna said), Acyuta (O Infallible One!), tvat-prasādāt (by your grace) naṣṭo
mohaḥ (the delusion has been destroyed), smṛtitiḥ labdhā (I have regained my
consciousness), gata-sandehaḥ (devoid of doubts) sthito-asmi (I am positioned now).
Kariṣye (I shall carry out) tava vachanaṁ (your words). ||73||
Translation
Replied then amazed Arjun, O Infallible One!
Destroyed my delusion by the grace of thine
Regained my consciousness devoid of doubts
Shalt carry out of course, thy words, divine ||73||
Verse No 74
सं
जय उवाच
इ यहंवासुदे
व य पाथ य च महा मनः ।
संवाद ममम ौषम त ुंरोमहषणम् ॥
Transliteration
sañjaya uvāca
ityahaṁ vāsudevasya pārthasya ca mahātmanaḥ
saṁvādamimamaśrauṣamadbhutaṁ romaharṣaṇam

sañjaya uvāca (Sanjaya said), iti (like this), ahaṁ (I) aśrauṣam (listened) imaṁ
adbhutaṁ saṁbādaṁ (to this amazing messages) mahātmanaḥ vasudevasya (of the
great soul, Vaasudeva) ca (and) Pārthasya (the son of Prithaa), romaharṣaṇam (which
was thrilling). ||74||
Translation
Chanced to listen myself, this way, Sanjay said
These amazing words exchanged in between
The son of Prithaa and the son of Vaasudeva
Sung by the great souls, the doctrine divine ||74||
Verse No 75
ास सादा तवाने तद्गुमहं परम्
।
योगंयोगेरा कृणा सा ा कथयतः वयम्॥
Transliteration
vyāsaprasādācchrutavānetadguhyamahaṁ param
yogaṁ yogeśvarātkṛṣṇātsākṣātkathayataḥ svayam

Vyāsa-prasādāt (By the grace of the Lord Vyaasadev) ahaṁ (I) śrutavān (listened) etat
paraṁ guhyaṁ yogaṁ (these most secret eternal arts) yogeśvarāt kṛṣṇāt (from
Srikrishna, the master of all arts and efforts), kathayataḥ (told by) sākṣāt svayam
(himself only). ||75||
Translation
His majesty, by the grace of the Lord Vyaasadev
Could be able to listen myself, the truths of facts
These transcendental topics, the supreme secret
From Srikrishna himself, the master of all efforts ||75||
Verse No 76
राज संमृ
य सं मृय सं
वाद ममम तुम्।
केशवाजु
नयोः पुयं या म च मुमुः ॥
Transliteration
rājansaṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya saṁvādamimamadbhutam
keśavārjunayoḥ puṇyaṁ hṛṣyāmi ca muhurmuhuḥ

Rājan (O King Dhritaraastra!), hṛṣyāmi (I am getting delighted) muhuḥ-muhuḥ (again and
again) saṁsmṛtya-saṁsmṛtya (by recalling repeatedly) imaṁ (this) puṇyaṁ (pious) ca
(and) adbhutaṁ sambādaṁ (wonderful messages) keśava-arjunayoḥ (of the Lord
Krishna and Arjuna). ||76||
Translation
Recalling repeatedly the words exchanged between
The supreme Lord Srikrishna and Arjuna, the great
Rejoiced again and again myself, O King of Kauravs!
By the echo of ethics, eternal, these amazing facts ||76||
Verse No 77
त च संमृय संमृय पम य त ुंहरे
ः।
व मयो मे
महान्राज या म च पु
नः पु
नः ॥
Transliteration
tacca saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya rūpamatyadbhutaṁ hareḥ
vismayo me mahān rājanhṛṣyāmi ca punaḥ

Rājan (O King!), saṁsmṛtya saṁsmṛtya (by recalling and recalling) tat rūpaṁ-ati-
adbhutaṁ (that absolute amazing form) hareḥ (of the Lord) hṛṣyāmi (I am delighted)
punaḥ punaḥ (again and again) me mahān vismayo (out of my great astonishment).
||77||
Translation
Recalling more and more that fantastic form
Of Lord Srikrishna, the destroyer of distress
Astonished enough I am, O King of the Kurus!
Again and again I am quite delighted of course! ||77||
Verse No 78
य योगेरः कृणो य पाथ धनु धरः ।
त ी वजयो भू त वा
ु नी तम तमम ॥
Transliteration
yatra yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo yatra pārtho dhanurdharaḥ
tatra śrīrvijayo bhūtirdhruvā nītirmatirmama

Yatra (wherever) yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo (there is blessings of Lord Krishna, the master of all
arts), yatra (wherever) Pārtho dhanurdharaḥ (there is the bowman like Pārtha), śrīḥ-
vijayo (the vivacious victory) tatra (is there) bhūtiḥ (due to miracles) dhruvā nitiḥ
(followed by definite rules), matiḥ-mama (this is my opinion). ||78||
Translation
Wherever Srikrishna, the master of all arts and crafts
Wherever heroes like the bowman Arjun, full of skills
Victory is inevitable there, self-assured, the success
For miraculous results of religious rules, I opine this ||78||
-XXXX-
योगशा ेीकृणाजु नसंवादेमो स यासयोगो
नामा ादशोऽ यायः॥18॥
With this, ended the Eighteenth Chapter named
“The Doctrine of Liberation through Renunciation”
The evergreen scripts, eternal ||18||
---000---

Songs Divine (Poetic Translation of Srimad Bhagavad Gita in English) by Pundit Ranjan Dash

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Songs Divine (Poetic Translation of Srimad Bhagavad Gita in English) by Pundit Ranjan Dash

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Songs Divine

The entire Bhagavadgita is in the form of commentary by Sanjaya (Minister of King

" Hare Rama Hare Rama Rama Rama Hare Hare

Jai Shri Krishna

अथ थमोऽ यायः- अजु

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Dhristaketu, Chekitaan and Saivya

Yudhamanyu, Uttamauja with Vikrant

Synonyms in prose order

Bhisma, Karna with Saumadatti

Various weapons, armor experts

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Together sounded then all conch shells

Synonyms in prose order

The conch-shell, Panchajanya of Krishna

The King Yudhisthir, the son of Kunti

Synonyms in prose order

The King of Drupada and Draupadi’s sons

That thundering sound of all conch-shells

अथ व थता ् वा धातरा ान्क प वजः ।

Synonyms in prose order

Let me behold once again, their heroic faces

Synonyms in prose order

Glare at Arjun! These Kauravas assembled

Seeing these near and dears O Krishna!

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Must not therefore we kill our teachers

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Teach me only that for my all wellbeing

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order

Death is also like that, a physical phase

Synonyms in prose order

Synonyms in prose order